Home

Canon 700 Series User's Manual

1. 0 0 cc eee 1 30 Senno me TALINE POM mes yere Se Se edt eh Bethe Go ae apc woh ieee rete aca Beh Di ias Ahead 1 33 Switching Between the Two Lines 0 0 0 ccc eee eee eens 1 35 1 1 Main Features E Improved Speed Your machine is equipped with the ITU T International Telecommunication Union Telecommunication Standardization Sector standard V 34 mode which enables transmission speeds up to 33 6 Kbps more than double the rate of older G3 fax models UHQ Ultra High Quality Image Canon s ultra high quality image processing produces excellent reproductions of the documents you send and copy Before You Start Using This Machine E Full Support of ITU T Subaddresses and Passwords You can employ ITU T subaddresses and passwords to communicate not only with other Canon fax machines but fax machines of other manufacturers 1 2 Main Features E Automatic Dialing Includes one touch and coded speed dialing directory dialing group dialing and access code dialing which enables you to send the same document to several destinations by pressing a single key or just a few keys One Touch Speed Dial E Variety of Send and Receive Features Includes sequential broadcasting polling relay sending and receiving and confidential mailbox sending and receiving gt Relay Sending Confidential Sending Sequential Broadcasting Polling E ECM Send and Receive ECM Error Correction Mode re
2. Summary of Important Settings Summary of Important Settings ME A OS MA ON 1 TTI POSITION OUTSIDE IMAGE INSIDE IMAGE 2 TEL NUMBER MARK FAX TEE OFF 5 SENDER FAX NUMBER USER TEL NUMBER OTHER FAX NUMBERS 6 PROG 1 TOUCH KEY 1 PRINT REPORT 2 REPORT 3 SENDER NAME 4 SUBADDRESS 11 8 User Settings See the Sending Guide For the LASER CLASS 710 the installation of the optional Network Kit III is necessary to access these items The TX terminal ID will be included in the document that is scanned and sent by I Fax Terminal ID appears outside the image border of the document Terminal ID appears inside the image border of the document You can prefix your e mail address with the abbreviation FAX or TEL in your sender ID Prefixes the e mail address with the abbreviation FAX Prefixes the e mail address with the abbreviation TEL The TX terminal ID will not be included in the document that is scanned and sent by I Fax Sets the telephone number to be printed as the TX Terminal ID on top of the document the other party receives The user s telephone number is registered as the sender s fax number You can specify the number you want to use as the sender s fax number Designate a one touch speed dialing key 1 72 to perform one of the following functions See Setting Up the Program One Touch Key on p 10 15 Press the one touch speed dialing key unde
3. 0 00 eee eens 3 16 Memory SENIOR AAA an Ro eda Pee eee 3 16 DIFECESCNGINGU 25 vee hee neck ae cake oe eed Gach Sede atta nth ee a ant Mie teint aja 3 18 Mental chdig o ado aii NS Lab tS oats el ou 3 20 Redialing When the Line Is Busy 02 0 cece ees 3 22 What lS Automatic Redialng l et a ote tu en hoes Cee Red ee Res 3 22 Sein UP ACCIAIING tratara det whee A dec olic wed ae hates hed oes 3 23 Sequential Broadcasting to More Than One Location o o ooooooooo 3 26 Sending Documents ata Preset Time 0 ccc eee eee ees 3 29 Sending a Document with a Subaddress Password 00 0c eee eee eee 3 32 Subaddress Password Sending with Speed Dialing 1 0 0 0 es 3 32 Subaddress Password Sending with the Operation Panel KeyS 0 00 00 eee 3 33 3 1 Setting a Document for Sending This section explains how to place your documents on the machine Preparing the Document Follow these simple guidelines to check your document before you set your document on the machine for scanning C IMPORTANT e For best results load only documents of recommended standard size and weight See Documents You Can Scan on p 14 4 e To avoid paper jams never feed thick documents or documents backed with carbon paper e To avoid paper jams and possible damage to the machine avoid wrinkled or creased paper carbon paper curled paper coated paper and onion skin or other very thin
4. Before You Start Using This Machine Monitor Press to check the fax transmission or copying status 3 Delete File Deletes documents waiting in memory for sending 4 LCD Display Displays messages and prompts during operation It also displays selections text numbers and names when registering information 1 8 Operation Panel Parts and Functions 6 Resolution Sets the resolution for the documents you send Contrast Adjusts the lightness darkness of the documents you send or copy Document Type Adjusts the quality of documents containing only text or both photos and text One Touch Panels Opened Data Delayed Registration Transmission Reception Q Advanced Communication B Memory Memory Transfer Reference Report 42 Stamp Option E TTI Selector Pin Code Q Return 5 a o O O as O __ tone 50 Gs Subaddress Password Space 1 _ Delete 1 Y Data Registration Starts data registration for speed dialing sender information and other important settings for sending and receiving 2 Delayed Transmission Sets a time for delayed sending 3 Advanced Communication Press to set a document for advanced communications such as polling sending and receiving confidential mailbox relay broadcast and subaddress password transmissions 4 Report Prints reports about information registered in the machine
5. CANCEL DURING TR Ra LANOH YESS MO 3 _J Press x x If you do not want to cancel the job press CANCEL CURING Ta Ra WES 3 MO 2 The selected job will be canceled lt NOTE e You cannot select multiple jobs and cancel them all at once e When canceling multiple jobs select and cancel one by one Canceling a Job from the Monitor Screen You can cancel a fax job during sending or while it is waiting to be processed 1 Display the job you want to cancel For instructions explaining how to display the desired job see Checking Canceling Fax Jobs on p 3 11 O D 2 Press Set CANCEL DURING Tar Es YESS H 3 3 Press x If you do not want to cancel the job press The selected job is canceled Checking Canceling Fax Jobs 3 13 Sending Documents Sending Documents ES Hook 3 14 Long Distance with Regular Dialing Follow this procedure to dial a long distance number and send a document using regular dialing 2 NOTE To take advantage of the speed dialing features register frequently dialed long distance numbers under one touch speed dialing keys or coded speed dialing codes See Setting Up One Touch Speed Dialing on p 2 6 or Setting Up Coded Speed Dialing on p 2 15 1 Place your documents on the machine For instructions explaining how to place your documents see Setting the Document on the Machine on
6. See Chapter 6 Maintenance in the Reference Guide A paper jam has occurred Clear the jam and try copying again See Chapter 7 Troubleshooting in the Reference Guide a Troubleshooting The machine is out of paper Reload the paper in the paper cassette or on the MP tray When Trouble Occurs 13 19 z Troubleshooting The copied document is reduced Cause Remedy The document feed guides are not snug against the sides of the document you are copying Make sure that the document feed guides are both against the sides of the document in the document feeder tray before you start copying See Setting the Document on the Machine on p 3 3 Copied documents are cut at the margins Cause Remedy The paper guides in the paper cassettes or the MP tray are not set with the correct width of the paper loaded Adjust the paper guides to the width of the paper that is loaded See Chapter 2 Getting Started in the Reference Guide Other Troubles Sending and receiving documents is too slow Cause 1 Remedy Cause 2 Remedy When sending the document mode for scanning documents is set to Ultra Fine Super Fine Fine or Text Photo If the indicator for Ultra Fine Super Fine Fine or Text Photo is lit press Resolution to select Standard or press Document Type to select Text See Adjusting the Scan Setti
7. e To end the procedure and return to the Standby mode 1 Press Stop 10 Press v or a until lt 3 OPTIONAL SETTING gt appears gt press Set TEL REGISTRATION gt JOPTIOM L SETTING J OPTIONAL SETTING OFF 11 Press v or a to display lt ON gt gt press Set OPTIOMAL SETTING gt OPTIONAL SETTING OM i ACCESS CODE 12 If you want to set an access code press V or A until lt 1 ACCESS CODE gt appears gt press Set If you do not want to perform this setting proceed to step 14 OPTIOMAL SETTING gt ALLESS CODE l ACCESS CODE 2 8 Setting Up One Touch Speed Dialing QUO OJOO OSO o O lt NOTE e f you want to use access code dialing you have to register an access code from two to five digits that represents the telephone number you are registering for one touch speed dialing e To use access code dialing you need to set ACCESS CODE to USE from the SYSTEM SETTINGS menu and set up the access code key See Setting Up the Access Code Key on p 2 29 13 Enter an access code from two to five digits using the numeric keys press Set ACCESS CODE gt OPTIONAL SETTING 111 2074 TIME SETTHG 14 If you want to set the time for the transmission press v or a until lt 2 TX TIME SETTNG gt appears gt press Set If you do not want to perform this setting proceed to step 18 OPTIOMAL SETTING _ Ta TIME SETTHG sa 4 TIME SETTHG 1 lt NOTE
8. 00O If the PIN code is to be dialed after the telephone number enter the telephone OKOLO number before pressing Pin Code 90 TEL HUMBER ENTRE TELS C123 4367 CD 3 Press Set al Continue registering other information for speed dialing 3 Other Special Features 4 Repeat the procedure above to continue registering PIN codes for additional telephone numbers US 5 when you are finished registering press Stop to return to the Standby mode Setting Up and Using PIN Codes 10 11 3 Other Special Features Using Speed Dialing with PIN Code Access If you registered a PIN code when you registered numbers for speed dialing perform the following procedure See Setting PIN Code Access for Speed Dialing on p 10 11 1 Place your documents on the machine For instructions explaining how to place your documents see Setting the Document on the Machine on p 3 3 DOCUMENT READY lt NOTE e You can adjust the resolution contrast and document type for scanning See Adjusting the Scan Settings on p 3 4 e You can also specify a sender s name with TTI Selector See Selecting a Sender s Name on p 3 6 O 2 Pressa speed dialing key or press Coded Dial followed by a three digit code Coded Dial TEL ooo 344 _ 222 41 AR ENTERPRISES 2 NOTE If you want to use sequential broadcasting dial the second destination within five seconds of dialing the first destinatio
9. 5 Memory Reference Performs operations with documents currently stored in memory including printing a list of documents printing a document sending a document to another destination or deleting a document O ID Press to enter the Department ID Tone Connects to information services that accept tone dialing only even if you are using a rotary pulse line 8 Press to enter a plus sign in a fax number Operation Panel Parts and Functions 1 9 Before You Start Using This Machine 7 Before You Start Using This Machine 9 Delete Deletes a number or letter entry only when you are registering or entering a number Return Press to enter a paragraph break when entering e mail text a Space Enters a space between letters and numbers on the LCD display when you are registering information and dialing 2 Password Enables you to enter an ITU T password so you can send a document with a password 3 Subaddress Enables you to enter an ITU T subaddress so you can send a document with a subaddress Pin Code Displays the PIN code message so you can enter a PIN code when dialing through a PBX Public Branch Exchange To use this feature you need to first setup the PIN Code access 1 10 Operation Panel Parts and Functions 45 TTI Selector Enters a registered sender s name to appear at the top of the document you are sending Stamp Option Switches the machine in and out o
10. How the Machine Operates with Default Settings 10 23 3 Other Special Features E Other Special Features E E 30 Description of Default Redialing AUTO REDIAL If the other party s line is busy the machine is set to perform two redialing attempts within two minutes You can increase the number of redialing attempts and the length of the time interval between attempts See TX Send Settings on p 11 14 Reduction of RX REDUCTION All documents are automatically reduced to fit on one Document Image sheet of paper You can also set the reduction ratio to one of the fixed ratios in the machine Select one of the fixed ratios to increase the amount of reduction or you can turn this feature OFF See Printer Settings on p 11 19 Report Activity ACTIVITY REPORT _ An Activity Management Report prints after every 40 Management transactions Transactions are listed in chronological Report order You can turn this feature OFF or set the machine to print an Activity Management Report at the same time everyday You can also change the format of the report by listing sending and receiving transactions separately See Report Settings on p 11 11 Report Confidential CONFID RX A report prints every time you receive a document in a Receiving REPORT confidential mailbox You can turn this feature OFF See Report Settings on p 11 11 Report Error TX REPORT If an error occurs wh
11. Te TIME SETTHG gt I TIME SETTAG 55015 Za The message lt DATA ENTRY OK gt appears on the LCD display for a few seconds 2 18 Setting Up Coded Speed Dialing Data Registration _ lt NOTE e If you want to clear the time you have set press Stop gt repeat the procedure from the beginning gt press Clear at this step gt press Set e f you want to set another time repeat the procedure from step 15 e To end this procedure and return to the Standby mode press Stop 17 To continue registration and set other options for the current coded speed dialing code press Data Registration OPTIOMAL SETTING 2074 TIME SETTHG 18 If you want to set the transmission type press vV or A until lt 3 TX TYPE gt appears press Set If you do not want to perform this setting proceed to step 20 OPTIOMAL SETTING gt Ta TYPE Se TA TYPE REGULAR Te 19 Press v or A to select the desired transmission type gt press Set There are several TX TYPE items to select For details see the table below Ta TYPE gt OPTIONAL SETTING REGULAR Ta 4 INTERHAT TONAL O If you select REGULAR TX L Proceed to step 20 O If you select another TX Type 11 Set the ITU T password and subaddress for the feature you select 1 Proceed to step 20 The TX TYPE menu includes these items AAA TARA REGULAR TX Designates the transaction as a normal transmission with no special features You can ca
12. printing list 9 17 memory lock 11 30 memory lock password 11 30 Memory Reception 1 10 Memory Reference 1 9 9 17 9 18 9 20 9 23 memory sending 3 16 menu 1 11 key summary 1 15 14 24 Index opening 1 12 returning to previous level 1 12 using 1 11 messages 13 8 when sending 3 17 MID PAUSE SET 2 4 10 23 11 15 mode changing entry mode 1 13 Monitor 1 8 multi transaction report 12 13 N numeric keypad entering text numbers 1 13 summary 1 15 O OFFHOOK ALARM 10 23 11 9 one touch speed dial list 12 2 one touch speed dial list detail 12 3 one touch speed dialing 2 5 registering for group dialing 2 25 setting 2 6 setting for long distance 2 12 setting time 2 9 setting transmission speed 2 12 turning ECM ON OFF 2 13 using 2 32 one touch speed dialing button 2 6 2 32 one touch speed dialing key 1 7 one touch speed dialing panels 1 7 operation panel 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 1 10 keys 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 1 10 using 1 11 optional handset kit 4 4 ORIG RELAY TX 2 11 2 20 Originator 6 2 P Password 1 10 3 33 password confidential mailbox 7 4 document transfer 9 4 memory lock 11 30 relay broadcasting 6 8 Pause 1 7 2 2 pause adjusting length 2 3 entering 2 2 PBX Private Branch Exchange 2 2 PGS 12 8 PHONE NO CHECK 11 31 PIN CODE 10 23 11 16 Pin Code 1 10 10 6 dialing after number 10 8 dialing before number 10 9 forced 10 13 setting 10 6 setting for
13. remote receiving changing ID 4 7 with extension phone 4 6 REMOTE RX 4 7 10 23 11 18 Report 1 9 12 4 12 6 12 10 12 16 12 17 REPORT SETTINGS accessing 11 11 menu 11 13 REPORT WITH TX IMAGE 10 24 reports 12 1 RESEND DOCUMENT 9 20 Resolution 1 8 3 5 5 5 RESTRICTIVE CODES 10 24 rotary pulse line 1 21 RX Receive SETTINGS accessing 11 17 menu 11 18 RX PAGE FOOTER 10 23 11 18 RX PASSWORD 10 23 11 31 RX REDUCTION 10 24 11 21 RX REPORT 4 10 10 24 11 12 RX START SPEED 10 24 11 6 S scan settings 3 4 scanning area 14 6 search name number from directory 2 39 SELECT CASSETTE 10 22 11 20 sender information 1 16 1 17 registering 1 16 RX footer 1 17 setting 1 16 unit s name 1 19 unit s telephone number 1 19 SENDER S NAME 1 24 11 7 sender s name changing 1 27 erasing 1 27 registering 1 24 selecting 3 6 sending methods 3 16 sequential broadcasting 3 26 Set 1 7 14 26 Index Space 1 10 specifications 14 2 SPEED DIAL LIST 12 4 speed dialing access code dialing 2 5 2 37 coded speed dialing 2 5 2 34 group dialing 2 5 2 35 methods 2 5 one touch speed dialing 2 5 2 32 using 2 32 with PIN codes 10 12 speed dialing list printing list 12 2 Stamp optional 1 10 10 21 stamp feature 10 18 setting 10 18 turning ON OFF 10 21 Standby mode 1 12 Start 1 7 Stop 1 7 Subaddress 1 10 3 33 subaddress password 3 32 sending with operation keys 3 33
14. ERROR PAGE The machine redials the number and resends the failed pages only ALL PAGES The machine redials the number and resends all pages of the document The machine does not automatically redial the number after a transmission error occurs An asterisk indicates the default setting 3 24 Redialing When the Line Is Busy US 8 press Stop to return to the Standby mode Redialing When the Line Is Busy 3 25 Sending Documents Sequential Broadcasting to More Than One Locaiton Follow this procedure to scan the documents once and send them to several locations With this sending method called Sequential Broadcasting you can send the same document to a maximum of 210 locations NOTE e f you frequently send the same document to several locations use Group Dialing With Group Dialing you can register up to 199 facsimile numbers and send the same document to these numbers with the press of only one or four keys See Setting Up Group Dialing on p 2 24 and Using Group Dialing on p 2 35 e f you use Sequential Broadcasting frequently and you want to make sure that all transactions are completed assign the PRINT REPORT function to a program one touch key Then before you send a document press the program one touch key under which the Print Report function is registered to have the machine print a multiple transaction report to confirm that the document was sent to all destinati
15. Ledger Letter Legal max 3 16 Al max 3 16 4mm A 4 mm h qa gt a gt a gt a max 5 8 max 21 32 max 3 16 max 3 16 15 7 mm 16 2 mm 4 mm 4 5 mm max 7 32 5 5 mm using the Standard scanning mode Printing Area Note that the machine cannot print completely from the edge of one border to the other There is a margin around the paper and the size of the margin differs slightly from the paper size max 7 32 5 mm ES max letter 13 32 9 7 mm 4 max legal 7 16 10 5 mm lt _ lt max 7 32 5 5 mm max 5 16 7 5 mm 14 6 Documents You Can Scan Glo ry A Access code dialing Access code dialing enables you to start a document transmission by pressing or another key depending on your setting followed by an access code you register with the one touch or coded speed dialing numbers Activity report Journal of transactions both sent and received ADF Stands for automatic document feeder Automatic dialing Dialing fax or telephone numbers by pressing one or four keys To use automatic dialing you must register the numbers in the machine s memory See also One Touch Speed Dialing Coded Speed Dialing Access Code Dialing and Group Dialing Automatic redialing When the other fax machine is busy or does not answer the machine waits two minutes and then automatically redials the same number If
16. OPTIOMAL SETTING gt Ts LINE SELECTION Ys TA LINE SELECTION ALTO 2 NOTE This setting becomes available only when the optional Dual Line Upgrade Kit is installed on your machine 2 Press V or a to select lt AUTO gt or lt FIXED gt gt press Set lt AUTO gt The machine uses the available telephone line for outgoing fax transmissions lt FIXED gt The machine uses only the telephone line you select here for outgoing fax transmissions O If you select AUTO L Proceed to step 28 Setting Up Coded Speed Dialing 8 lt P 8 lt P O If you select FIXED 1 Press V or A to select a line gt press Set Ts LINE SELECTION gt OPTIOMAL SETTING LINE i O SENDER HAME 28 If you want to select a sender name press v or A until lt 8 SENDER NAME gt appears gt press Set If you do not want to perform this setting proceed to step 30 OPTIONAL SETTING gt SENDER HAME O SENDER HAME 46 CANON DIL 29 Press v or a to select a sender name gt press Set SENDER HARE gt TEL FEGISTRATION aL SMITH 1 3 If you want to set up other coded speed dialing codes repeat this procedure from step 2 This completes all the optional settings for a coded speed dialing code 2 NOTE To perform this setting you had to previously register senders names 30 Press Stop to return to the Standby mode Setting Up Coded Speed Dialing 2 23 Using Speed Dialing U
17. Set the number of the polling box you want to change Enter the password protecting the polling box settings You can now change any of the settings listed above in 1 SETUP FILE Delete the polling box and all of its settings Enter the number of the polling box you want to delete Enter the password protecting the polling box settings you want to delete Sets the machine to transfer the documents it receives to other fax machines See Setting Up the Machine for Document Transfer on p 9 3 Create a file in order to receive and transfer documents Enter a name for the transfer file up to 24 characters Select the numbers of the fax machines to where you want documents transferred Use one touch or coded speed dialing to specify the numbers of the fax machines to where you want documents transferred 0 9999999 Enter a password up to seven digits to protect the transfer file settings Enables you to set the machine to receive and transfer documents only from originator fax machines that you designate All fax transmissions are received and transferred The machine receives and transfers transmissions only from the fax machine that you designate by fax telephone number Use one touch or coded speed dialing to designate the originator fax machine Sets a time period wherein documents are to be received and transferred Set a specified time to start the transfer operation Set up to five times everyday to sta
18. Setting Your Machine as a Relay Unit 0 0 0 cee 6 3 Changing the Relay Broadcast Settings o oooooooooo 6 7 Deleting the Relay Group 0 cc eee ene 6 9 Sending a Document to a Relay Unit for Relay Broadcasting 6 11 Sending a Document to a Relay Unit with Speed Dialing 6 12 Sending with the Advanced Communication Key 6 12 Chapter 7 Using Confidential Mailboxes Setting Up and Using the Confidential Mailbox Feature 7 2 Creating a Confidential Mailbox 2 2 0 ene 7 2 Changing Confidential Mailbox Settings o oooooooooo 7 6 Deleting a Confidential MailboX o o ooooooocooonrooonno os 7 8 Receiving a Confidential Document 0 000 cee eee eee eee 7 10 Sending a Confidential Document 0 000 cee eee eee 7 12 Sending a Confidential Document with Speed Dialing 7 12 Sending a Confidential Document with the Advanced Communication Key 7 13 Chapter 8 Using Polling What ls Polling 02020 tad Akama A ae gees 8 2 Before You Use Polling Receiving 0000 cece eee eee eee 8 2 Polling Other Fax Machines to Receive a Document 8 3 Polling to Receive ata PresetTiMe o oooooooooomoommoo 8 5 Changing the Preset Polling Settings o oooooooo 8 10 Deleting a Preset Polling Box 2 00 es 8 12 Setting Up
19. Settings on p 11 14 e The machine does not dial the number registered for the one touch speed dialing key until you place your documents for sending If you press the one touch speed dialing key before you place your documents the machine prompts you to set your documents SET DOCUMEHT e If you press a one touch speed dialing key where no number has been registered the machine displays HOT REGISTERED e If you register a number for one touch speed dialing you can as an option set the time you want your document to go out up to five different sending times in a day See Setting Up One Touch Speed Dialing on p 2 6 e If you want to send your document at a preset time using one touch speed dialing make sure that no other preset time has been set by someone else for the one touch speed dialing key See Setting Up One Touch Speed Dialing on p 2 6 e If you want to cancel the transmission after you press a one touch speed dialing key press Stop Using Speed Dialing 2 33 Using Speed Dialing 3 Using Coded Speed Dialing Follow this procedure to start a transmission and send a document by pressing Coded Dial followed by a three digit code C IMPORTANT To use this feature you must first register a telephone number for coded speed dialing See Setting Up Coded Speed Dialing on p 2 15 1 Place your documents on the machine For instructions explaining how to place your doc
20. T SYSTEM SETTINGS 1 MEMORY LOCK Ra pecial Sending Receiving Features 9 26 TX Document Archiving So 5 Press v or a until lt 6 TX DOC ARCHIVING gt appears gt lt P press Set SYSTEM SETTINGS _ SYSTEM SETTINGS 1 MEMORY LOCK Ex bx TA DOC ARCHIVING So 6 Press v or a to select lt ON gt gt press Set TX DOC ARCHIVING TX DOC ARCHIVING OFF OH wi f Press Stop to return to the Standby mode SYSTEM SETTINGS gt FAR 12 31 2042 10 11 I MEMORY LOCK Ra AUTO The TX Document Archiving is set to ON and the machine returns to the Standby mode In order to use the TX Document Archiving you must turn the Transfer mode ON See Turning the Transfer Mode ON and OFF on p 9 6 lt NOTE e TX Document Archiving will be performed once for each document transmitted Regarding the redialing it works based on the settings of this machine See Setting Up Redialing on p 3 23 e When using sequential broadcasting after all transmissions including redialing or EN Special Sending Receiving Features error redialing finish if there is at least one destination to which all pages were sent successfully then TX Document Archiving will be performed once e In the Activity Management Report regarding the Mode field Transaction Mode TRANSFER will be printed and regarding the NO field Transaction Number the number of the original sending destination will be printed e Regar
21. TEL Q OJO O 06 Using Speed Dialing 2 37 Using Speed Dialing 3 Using Speed Dialing mo 2 38 After five or ten seconds the machine starts to send the document TEL 13 4567 14 CANON U S A HY The transaction number and page numbers of the document are also displayed during scanning TRANSMIT HE S SCANH IAG Pa HEI If you are using Direct sending you will see a series of brief alternating messages that tell you the machine is dialing calling then transmitting the document The number being dialed name of the other party and transaction number of the document are also displayed NOTE e To start scanning immediately press Start Otherwise the machine waits five to ten seconds before it starts to scan This timeout feature can be turned OFF See TX Send Settings on p 11 14 e The machine does not start dialing until you place your documents for sending If you enter the access code before you place your documents the machine prompts you to set your documents SET DOCUMEHMT e f you press the access code key and enter an access code where no number has been registered the machine displays TEL e f you want to cancel the transmission after you press the access code press Stop Using Speed Dialing UsIpg Directory Dialing Follow this procedure to look up the other party s name and retrieve the number for dialing This feature is conveni
22. Type photographs on the same page Text For documents that contain text without photographs Text Photo For documents that contain text and photographs on the same page Automatically the machine adjusts the quality of the image and text on the same page Adjusting the Scan Settings 5 5 Using the Machine as a Copier Making Copies Follow this procedure to use the machine as a copier 1 Place your documents on the machine For details on how to place your documents see Setting a Document on the Machine on p 5 3 Copy 2 Press Copy COPY Hi CASSETTE 1 LTR 3 Specify the document settings For details see Adjusting the Scan Settings on p 5 5 o Darker Standard o Text Lighter o Text Photo Using the Machine as a Copier a DD lt Contrast Document Type 2 NOTE When copying the Resolution is fixed to Ultra Fine feo 4 ii you want to select another paper cassette or the MP tray press V or a COPY Hi CASSETTE 1 LTR lt NOTE In order to select MP TRAY MP TRAY must be set to USE from the PRINTER SETTINGS menu See Chapter 5 Summary of Important Settings in the Reference Guide 5 6 Making Copies 00 OJOJOJO OSO Start 5 Enter the number of copies 01 to 99 using the numeric keys COPY CASSETTE 1 2 NOTE 43 LTR If you make a mistake and want to enter a different copy quantity press C Clear 6 Pre
23. USER SETTINGS So 4 Press V or A until lt 1 USER SETTINGS gt appears gt press Ep Set FAS SETTINGS USER SETTINGS l USER SETTINGS 1 TEL LIHE SETTIHGS S 5 Press V or A until lt 8 TX LINE SELECTION gt appears gt Cw press Set USER SETTINGS Te LIME SELECTION S T LINE SELECTION gt ALTO 2 NOTE This setting is available only after the optional Dual Line Upgrade Kit is installed on your machine Before You Start Using This Machine 1 34 Using the Optional Dual Line 6 Press V or A to display the desired setting gt press Set The TX LINE SELECTION menu includes the following items E IA TX LINE SELECTION You can select a preferred line for sending faxes or disable the transmission of outgoing faxes altogether 1 AUTO The machine selects the idle line automatically You can preset which line has the priority when both lines are idle 1 LINE1 PRIMARY PRIMARY The specified line will be preferably used for SECONDARY outgoing faxes when both lines are available PROHIBIT TX SECONDARY The specified line will be used for 2 LINE2 outgoing faxes when the primary line is in use PRIMARY PROHIBIT TX The specified line will never be used for SECONDARY outgoing faxes PROHIBIT TX 2 MAN 1 DEFAULT TEL LINE You can select the line to be used manually when sending a fax by pressing Fax l Fax The line you set 1 LINE 1 here is automatically used if you do not select a line 2 L
24. V or a until lt 3 FAX SETTINGS gt appears gt press Set AY Data Registration s lt gt If necessary see steps 1 to 3 of Creating a Confidential Mailbox on p 7 2 So 2 Press v or A until lt 6 FILE SETTINGS gt appears gt press lt gt Set gt v or a until lt 1 CONFIDNTL MAILBOX gt appears gt press Set If necessary see steps 4 and 5 of Creating a Confidential Mailbox on p 7 2 Press v or A until lt 3 DELETE FILE gt appears gt press Set CONFICHTL MAILBOs DELETE FILE J DELETE FILE gt SET BOY La 4 Enter the two digit number of the confidential mailbox that you want to delete using the numeric keys gt press Set 8 E gt oF GQ 00 GOGO OOOO You can also press W or A to select a confidential mailbox number DELETE FILE DELETE FILE SET Elx 22 PASSWORD S 5 Using Confidential Mailboxes a 7 8 Setting Up and Using the Confidential Mailbox Feature 00 0000 OSO S o 5 Enter the password protecting access to the confidential mailbox you want to delete using the numeric keys press Set If you have not previously set a password proceed to step 6 DELETE FILE DELETE FILE PASSWORD kkkt FILE DELETED The confidential mailbox is deleted lt NOTE If the message lt CANNOT DELETE is displayed there is at least one confidential document received in the mailbox To delete the mailbox print the
25. What Happens to the Memory After a Power Failure If power to the machine is lost due to a power failure or if the machine is accidentally disconnected a built in battery keeps a trickle of current supplied to the memory so all of the documents currently stored in memory can be saved for up to 12 hours How Your Registered Data Is Protected This is what happens when the machine is disconnected e The backup battery takes over and keeps a trickle of current flowing to the memory in order to preserve all of the documents that are waiting to be sent or printed e However if the machine is turned OFF for longer than 12 hours all of the documents in the machine s memory are lost after the battery power runs down As soon as power is restored to the machine a Memory Clear Report is printed which shows you the documents that were erased See Memory Clear Report on p 12 17 e Your user data and speed dialing settings are constantly refreshed by a lithium battery and they are not lost as a result of a power failure This is true even if power to the machine is cut OFF for longer than 12 hours e f many documents are stored in the machine s memory the machine may need about two minutes to recover after power is restored to the machine About the Backup Battery Here is a list of things to keep in mind about the backup battery Y Same LL O e O Ud oO O S Lo E YW iss O ab
26. Y lt NOTE If the relay has been set for Timer Sending and the document is still in the memory you cannot delete the relay group until the document has been sent In this case the following message is displayed Wait until the document is sent before you attempt to delete the relay group CAHHOT DELETED Setting Up and Using a Standard Relay Unit sending a Document to a Relay Unit for Relay Broadcasting Follow this procedure to send a document to a relay unit lt NOTE In this procedure your machine is the originator m Before Sending a Document to Another Machine for Relay Broadcasting Confirm the following points on your machine e Make sure your own machine s telephone number is correctly registered See Registering the Machine s Telephone Number and Unit Name on p 1 19 e Enter a subaddress Contact the other party and confirm the following points about their machine e The relay unit must support ITU T subaddress password transactions e f you want a relay transmission report sent back to your machine from the relay unit instruct the other party to turn this feature ON when they set up the relay function on their machine e Make sure the relay unit has registered the telephone numbers of all destinations under speed dialing keys e Make sure you have the correct subaddress for the relay units machine e Confirm that the subaddress you have been given has been used to set up the other
27. do not need to press Start The machine pauses for five seconds before it starts scanning the document automatically e The timeout feature can be turned OFF See TX Send Settings on p 11 14 Sending Documents Messages Displayed After Pressing the Start Key When the machine sends a document messages appear on the LCD display and report the following information about the transmission E Transaction Number A transaction number is assigned to every document that is sent from your machine starting with 0001 up to 4999 When the number 4999 is reached numbering begins again from 0001 TRANSIT HAAT Transaction Number SCAHHI HG FP Bal 2 NOTE If you have installed the optional Dual Line Upgrade Kit and both lines are in use at the same time press Monitor gt press V or A to select the transaction to cancel press Stop See Checking Canceling Fax Jobs on p 3 11 Overview of Sending Methods 3 17 Sending Documents ES Direct Sending The machine dials the number connects the call and then scans and sends the document one page at a time Direct Sending is slower than Memory Sending but because this method bypasses the memory you can send a document ahead of other documents stored in memory lt NOTE e Direct Sending scans and sends each page one at a time e With Direct Sending you can watch each page as it is scanned and sent e Although Direct Sending is slower th
28. e Although the document guides on the document feeder tray indicate that 11 x 17 paper can be placed in the document feeder tray the effective scanning width is up to 10 B4 paper e The machine does not scan completely to the edges of the paper and anything beyond this recommended margin is not scanned for copying See Documents You Can Scan on p 14 4 Using the Machine as a Copier a 5 2 Preparing the Document sewn a Document on the Machine You can set a stack of up to 50 letter or A4 size pages or 20 legal or 11 x 17 or B4 size pages into the machine for copying However the effective scanning width is up to 10 or B4 size paper 1 Place your documents face up in the document feeder tray If the documents are too long for the document feeder tray e g legal size or 11 x 17 pull out the document extension tray 2 Adjust the document guides to fit the width of your documents Setting a Document on the Machine 5 3 Using the Machine as a Copier jo IMPORTANT Do not set the document guides so tight against the sides of the document that the document bends e 3 Make sure the documents are below the load limit marks for A4 LTR or B4 LGL sizes 4 Insert the documents fully into the feeder until the leading edges of the documents stop Using the Machine as a Copier a The following messages appear on the LCD display MEM 1H USE 1A DOCUMENT READY lt NOTE
29. e You can set up to five different times in a 24 hour period for sending e If you set the timer for a one touch speed dialing key every document you send using this key is sent at the same time everyday 15 Press V or A to select a preset time number 1 to 5 gt press Set TIME S lt ETTHG _ Ta TIME SETTHG i Setting Up One Touch Speed Dialing 2 9 Using Speed Dialing 3 Using Speed Dialing mo 2 10 OOOO OJOJOJO OSO o S Data Registration 16 Enter the time in 24 hour notation using the numeric keys e g 1 00 p m as 13 00 gt press Set Te TIME SETTHG gt Ta TIME SETTHG 55615 a The message lt DATA ENTRY OK gt appears on the LCD display for a few seconds lt NOTE e If you want to clear the time you have set press Stop gt repeat the procedure from the beginning gt press Clear at this step gt press Set e f you want to set another time repeat the procedure from step 15 e To end this procedure and return to the Standby mode press Stop 17 To continue registration and set other options for the current key press Data Registration OPTIOMAL SETTING sa 8 TIME SETTHG 18 If you want to set the transmission type press vV or A until lt 3 TX TYPE gt appears press Set If you do not want to perform this setting proceed to step 20 OPTIOMAL SETTING gt Ta TYPE Se TA TYPE REGULAR Ta 19 Press v or a to select the desired transm
30. gt press Set gt enter a new password it is displayed as you enter it gt press Set US 6 When you are finished making changes press Stop to return to the Standby mode 9 8 Transferring Documents Canceling the Transfer Settings Follow this procedure to delete the transfer setup file and cancel the transfer settings 1 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels press Data Registration gt V or A until lt 3 FAX SETTINGS gt appears gt press Set a If necessary see steps 1 to 3 of Setting Up the Machine for Document Transfer 0 9 on p 9 3 lt D 0 8 2 Press V or A until lt 6 FILE SETTINGS gt appears gt press lt 2 Set gt V or A until lt 5 TRANSFER gt appears gt press Set If necessary see steps 4 and 5 of Setting Up the Machine for Document Transfer on p 9 3 Press v or A until lt 3 DELETE FILE gt appears gt press Set lt A 0 GQ YN ab _ 5 rq LL O S Pa O x O ES O 6b 09 3 O 0 oa U TRANSFER DELETE FILE S DELETE FILE gt PASSWORD o E z 4 Enter the password up to seven digits protecting the transfer DOO setup file using the numeric keys press Set 906 If you have not previously set a password proceed to step 5 o S DELETE FILE DELETE FILE PASSWORD dee FILE DELETED The transfer setup file is deleted gt 5 Press Stop to return to the Stan
31. lt D If you register a TX password it must match the ITU T password attached to the other party s polling request Setting Up Polling Sending 8 17 16 Press v or a until lt 5 ERASE AFTER TX gt appears gt press Set SETUP FILE gt ERASE AFTER Tas 2 ERASE AFTER Ta OH 17 Press v or a to display lt ON gt or lt OFF gt gt press Set lt ON gt The document in the polling box is erased after it is sent in response to a polling request from another fax machine lt OFF gt The document in the polling box is not erased after it is sent Select this setting if you expect that the document will be polled by more than one fax machine ERASE AFTER Ta _ SETUP FILE OFF SET BUH AE 18 If you want to set up another polling box repeat this procedure from step 7 US 19 Press Stop to return to the Standby mode Scanning a Document into the Memory for Polling Sending Follow this procedure to scan a document into a polling box The document remains in the polling box so that it can be polled by other fax machines To use polling sending you have to previously create a polling box with ITU T subaddress password Using Polling ES 1 Place your documents on the machine For instructions explaining how to place your documents see Setting the Document on the Machine on p 3 3 DOCUMENT READY 8 18 Setting Up Polling Sending Advanced Communication U 4
32. o YW e The backup battery is a rechargeable battery which preserves document data in the memory for up to 12 hours The battery requires about one day to reach a full charge after power to the machine is restored e Frequently disconnecting the machine from the power source shortens the service life of the battery e To avoid shortening the backup battery s service life use the machine within a temperature range between 50 F to 90 5 F 10 C to 32 5 C If the machine is used in an environment that is too hot or too cold the service life of the backup battery may be shortened 9 30 What Happens to the Memory After a Power Failure e f the backup battery cannot preserve data even after you plug in the power source and the machine is left ON for one day 24 hours call your local authorized canon dealer and have the backup battery replaced What Happens to the Memory After a Power Failure 9 31 e Special Sending Receiving Features o Special Sending Receiving Features 9 32 What Happens to the Memory After a Power Failure 0 CHAPTER This chapter describes some convenient features that you may want to use in daily operations Using the Telephone 0 eens 10 2 Tone Dialing On a PUISe LING spice titere is 10 4 Setting Up and Using PIN CONOS e turge is e e aa ak 10 6 Sector INS Ode pas a o ad po li al dcir Se Sea Dala ia 10 6 Dialing with a PIN Code after the Number 0 000 0
33. only reports that print automatically such as activity reports for sending and receiving and Activity Management Reports No report prints while in the Memory Lock mode A report prints while the machine is in the Memory Lock mode Sets the time for the machine to enter and leave the Memory Lock mode The timer settings are optional If you do not set the time you can use Memory Reception to turn the Memory Lock mode ON or OFF Turns OFF the timer setup You can turn the Memory Lock mode ON or OFF with Memory Reception Turns ON the timer setup You can still use Memory Reception to turn the Memory Lock mode ON or OFF Sets the time for the machine to automatically enter the Memory Lock mode Set the time using 24 hour notation Up to five start times can be specified for everyday or each selected day Sets the time for the machine to leave the Memory Lock mode Set the time using 24 hour notation Up to five end times can be specified for everyday or each selected day An asterisk indicates the default setting O 8 press Stop to return to the Standby mode 9 12 Using Memory Lock Turning Memory Lock ON Follow this procedure to put the machine in the Memory Lock mode if the Memory Lock mode timer has not been set or if you want to put the machine in the Memory Lock mode before the timer activates the Memory Lock mode 2 NOTE If the tim
34. opening all three one touch speed dialing panels pressing Advanced Communication and selecting lt RELAY TX gt Whenever you want to use the Relay Transmission feature press the one touch speed dialing key set for this feature Set a one touch speed dialing key to substitute for the procedure of opening all three one touch speed dialing panels pressing Advanced Communication and selecting lt POLLING gt Whenever you want to use Polling feature press the one touch speed dialing key set for this feature Set a one touch speed dialing key to be used as the access code key when ACCESS CODE KEY is set to OTHER in the SYSTEM SETTINGS from the FAX SETTINGS menu Whenever you want to initiate access code dialing press the one touch speed dialing key set for this feature Register a sender s name in a program one touch key Register fixed text such as a domain name of e mail address to be entered in a program one touch key Set a one touch speed dialing key to function as Memory Reference Whenever you want to check or delete the documents stored in memory press the one touch speed dialing key set for this feature Set a one touch speed dialing key to function as Pin Code Whenever you want to enter the PIN code to connect to an outside line press the one touch speed dialing key set for this feature If you have installed the optional stamp feature you can turn the stamp feature ON or OFF without openi
35. or a until lt 3 FAX SETTINGS gt appears gt press Cw Set ADDITIONAL FUNCT IOMS FAS SETTINGS J FAR SETTINGS gt 1 USER SETTINGS S 4 Press v or A until lt 7 SYSTEM SETTINGS gt appears gt press lt P Set If the prompt lt SYSTEM SETTINGS PASSWORD gt is displayed enter the System Administrator s password protecting the system settings using the numeric keys gt press Set FAs SETTINGS SYSTEM SETTINGS T SYSTEM SETTINGS gt 1 MEMORY LOCK RX Summary of Important Settings System Settings 11 29 E Summary of Important Settings lo 5 Press v or A to display the item you want to set or change gt press Set SYSTEM SETTINGS 1 MEMORY LOCK Ra For more information on the available System Settings see the table below US 6 press Stop to return to the Standby mode Settngitom Desorption O SYSTEM SETTINGS PASSWORD Enter the system settings password protecting the system settings You do not need to do this if the system settings are not yet password protected 1 MEMORY LOCK RX Turn forced memory receiving ON and OFF See Using Memory Lock on p 9 10 OFF Memory receiving operation is turned OFF ON Memory receiving operation is turned ON 1 MEM LOCK PASSWORD 0 9999999 Enter a password up to seven digits to protect the memory lock settings 2 REPORT Sets the machine to print reports when the forced memory receiving feature is ON
36. registered number immediately use regular dialing See Printing the Speed Dialing Lists on p 12 2 and Using Speed Dialing on p 2 32 The transmission speed is too fast for the telephone lines in your area or the telephone lines in your area may be in poor condition Select a slower transmission speed The other fax machine is out of paper Call the other party and make sure their fax machine is supplied with paper The memory fills up immediately when you try to send Cause 1 Remedy You are using high resolution scan settings such as Fine Super Fine Ultra Fine or Text Photo The Fine Super Fine Ultra Fine or Text Photo settings can use large amounts of memory when scanning certain types of documents Use the standard scanning mode and direct sending to send your document See Direct Sending on p 3 18 13 14 When Trouble Occurs Cause2 You have a lot of documents stored in memory Remedy Delete the documents you do not need from the memory See Erasing a Document from Memory on p 9 22 Documents are streaked with lines after they print on the other fax machine Cause The scanning glass on your machine is not clean Remedy Copy a document on your machine and see if the copy is streaked or dirty If the copy is streaked or dirty clean the scanning glass See Chapter 6 Maintenance in the Reference Guide Your docum
37. 18 Setting Up the Stamp Action 2 0 0 10 19 Turning the Stamp Feature ON OFF 0 0000 cee eee ees 10 21 How the Machine Operates with Default Settings 10 22 Chapter 11 Chapter 12 Chapter 13 Summary of Important Settings Opening the Additional Functions Menu 0 oooooooooooo o o 11 2 Summary of User Data SettingS ooooooooooonommmmoos 11 3 User SENINGS 0000 ease he eels AA Sed 11 5 DOING Procedencia as coat al see ee Bike eee ie ee 11 5 Report SeTunGgS ia ii 11 11 Seting Procede 4 402 sumas aia latas aa 11 11 TA Send SeN S cid A A 11 14 Seting Proceder 11 14 RX Receive Selling oa aia A ee 11 17 DOING Procedure Sx 2 erate ay d pratelss create wees data dada 11 17 Printer SETUING S aaaea acu stereos enc oa ace 11 19 Selling PIOCCUUNG arenden mea A oda 11 19 Pile SettinGS 04 1 te cbs ect Seco te 11 22 Seting POCOS di ay rk a ed he o a Sees 11 22 System Settings iaa a e a iNest a a a ead oe 11 29 SeuING Procede yas SBC l se oboe ck Siwerds bound eiedend 24034 11 29 Printing Reports and Lists Printing the Speed Dialing Lists 00 0 cee es 12 2 Printing the User s Data List 1 0 0 cece 12 6 Repor ibarra eta ot ours 12 8 Printing the Activity Management Report o o oooooooooo 12 9 Activity Reports x cmd hoe amp Sake ward eo aed A Soe ak Se eee ae eB A 12 11 Cancel Report Printing scsi rara 12 15 Memory LISIS cdas Se ee eh ye ee
38. Document on p 7 12 The ITU T subaddress password does not match those of the other party s confidential mailbox Make sure that you set the correct ITU T subaddress password See Sending a Confidential Document on p 7 12 The memory of the other fax machine is full Check with the other party and make sure there is enough memory to receive your document If there is not enough memory to receive your document ask them to clear their memory Try sending the document again When Trouble Occurs Cannot relay a document from another fax machine Cause 1 Remedy 1 Remedy 2 Cause 2 Remedy Cause 3 Remedy 1 Remedy 2 The other fax machine does not support ITU T subaddress password transactions If the other party s fax machine does not support ITU T subaddress password transactions you cannot relay their documents Make sure both the originator machine and your machine as the relay unit have registered the same ITU T subaddress password See Setting Your Machine as a Relay Unit on p 6 3 Your machine is not set up to relay documents Make sure your machine is set up properly to relay documents The relay feature must be turned ON See Setting Your Machine as a Relay Unit on p 6 3 The originator s ITU T subaddress password are not correct The originator must send you the document with the correct ITU T subaddress password The ITU T password setting is optional How
39. E 5 Description of Default Key Press Sound VOLUME CONTROL Every time you press a numeric key you should hear a KEYPAD VOLUME beep The volume of this beep can be adjusted or it can be turned OFF See Chapter 5 Summary of Important Settings in the Reference Guide Date Format DATE SETUP In the Standby mode the date is given in the format MM DD YYYY Two other formats are available See Chapter 5 Summary of Important Settings in the Reference Guide Dialing Timeout TIME OUT The machine automatically pauses five seconds after you press a speed dialing key to allow you to dial other numbers for sequential broadcasting You can turn the timeout feature OFF See TX Send Settings on p 11 14 Document Smaller SELECT CASSETTE If you receive a letter size document and only a larger Than Paper CASSETTE SW B paper size is available the machine prints the document on the larger paper If you do not want the smaller document printed on large paper you can receive the document in memory This switch is effective only when letter size paper runs out See Printer Settings on p 11 19 Document Too SELECT CASSETTE If you receive a legal size document and only letter size Large for Paper CASSETTE SW A paper is available the document is divided over two pages or reduced If you do not want to divide documents you can receive them in memory This switch is effective only when the paper cassette
40. ITU T password for the other party s polling box 2 SUBADDRESS The ITU T subaddress for the other party s polling box lt NOTE e For details about sending documents using ITU T subaddresses and passwords see the procedure for sending a document with a subaddress and password on p 3 32 e You can cancel the currently set TX TYPE by selecting REGULAR TX e Only one feature can be set for the TX TYPE The next time you open the TX TYPE menu to change a setting you will see the currently set item displayed 2 20 Setting Up Coded Speed Dialing 20 If you experience transmission errors during long distance sending and want to change the long distance setting press v or a until lt 4 INTERNATIONAL gt appears gt press Set If you do not want to perform this setting proceed to step 22 OPTIONAL SETTING gt INTERNATIONAL de INTERNATIONAL DOMESTIC 2 1 Press v or A to select the desired long distance setting EM press Set 4 You can select ana INTERNATIONAL 1 INTERNATIONAL 2 o a INTERNATIONAL 3 3 eb TERRAN Tonan co ES Us P TERRAN Tonan co 13 ES O E 5 lt NOTE If you experience transmission errors during long distance sending change the long distance setting Select INTERNATIONAL 1 and try to send the document again If this setting does not solve the problem try settings 2 and 3 22 If you want to change the transmission speed press Vv or a until lt 5 TX SPEED gt
41. ITU T subaddress password when registering one touch speed dialing or coded speed dialing See Setting Up One Touch Speed Dialing on p 2 6 or Setting Up Coded Speed Dialing on p 2 15 13 Specify the destination to poll press Set You can specify the destination using regular dialing one touch speed dialing coded speed dialing access code dialing or directory dialing See Using Regular Dialing on p 3 8 Using Speed Dialing on p 2 32 or Using Directory Dialing on p 2 39 TEL 111 2345 SETUP FILE AZ JOHN BARRISTER gt 4 START TIME lt NOTE You can specify up to 200 destinations to be polled by your machine OOOO Sick OSO o 14 Set the time for your machine to poll other fax machines You can set the machine to poll other fax machines everyday or only on selected days of the week For each day you can set up to five times for the machine to poll another fax machine during a 24 hour period 8 8 Polling Other Fax Machines to Receive a Document OOOO OCJOJOJO OS 5 D gt Y Data Registration _ O To set preset polling for everyday 1 Press Set twice START TIME EVERYDAY EVERYDAY gt 1 1 Press V or A to display an empty setting column gt press Set EVERYDAY EVERYDAY E z 1 Enter the time to poll other fax machines using the numeric keys press Set Enter the time in 24 hour notation e g 1 00 p m a
42. K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K kkk ERROR TX REPORT Kokk 2h ok K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K TX FUNCTION WAS NOT COMPLETED TX RX NO 0006 RECIPIENT ADDRESS 761 1298 DESTINATION ID JOHN BARRISTER ST TIME 12 31 11 48 TIME USE 00 00 PAGES SENT 0 RESULT NG Cancel Sending a Document 3 9 Sending Documents fo Cancel Sending on a Dual Line If you have installed the optional Dual Line Upgrade Kit and both lines are in use at the same time and you want to select a transmission to cancel follow this procedure gt 1 Press Stop If the machine is using both lines when you press Stop you will be prompted on the LCD display to select which transaction you want to cancel lt NOTE If you are using Direct Sending you cannot a switch the lines You can only view transactions for the current line being used US 2 Press v or A to select the transaction you want to cancel gt press Set Sending Documents ES CANCEL DURING Tac Er VES O HO 2 3 Press to cancel the transmission If you do not want to cancel the transmission press After you press O x to cancel the transmission an alarm sounds and a report automatically prints unless this feature has been turned OFF See Report Settings on p 11 11 3 10 Cancel Sending a Document Check ing Canceling Fax Jobs Flow of Checking Operations Follow the procedure below to check the
43. OOOO OSO o OSO S o O 3 Press v or A until lt 3 DELETE FILE gt appears gt press Set POLLING BOX DELETE FILE J DELETE FILE gt SET BOY El 4 Enter the two digit number of the polling box you want to delete using the numeric keys gt press Set You can also press W or A to select the polling box number DELETE FILE DELETE FILE SET Bum 11 PASSWORD 5 Enter the password up to seven digits using the numeric keys press Set If you have not previously set a password skip this step and proceed to step 6 DELETE FILE DELETE FILE PASSWORD dee FILE DELETED The polling box is deleted lt NOTE If there is any document stored in the polling box you cannot delete the polling box and the message lt CANNOT DELETE gt appears on the LCD display 7 5 6 Press Stop to return to the Standby mode 8 22 Setting Up Polling Sending Special Sending Receiving CHAPTER This chapter describes some additional features for sending and receiving documents Transferring Documents a s2s4000564446bo05600eoEe4 ES eRe eee eRe AE KS 9 2 Before You Setup Document Transfer csi als Keel ls a Mea eee beled 9 2 setting Up the Machine for Document Transfer 0 0 0 0 ees 9 3 Turning the Transfer Mode ON and OFF y2 75 4 0s9 4 pe aa a a ee 9 6 Changing ine lransier Settings eqopastiacis irradia paraa da nes 9 7 Canceling the Tanseer oein Ss A A eth ee A ee ae 9 9 Using Memory LOCK
44. Registration ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONS 1 P PER SETTINGS Setting Up and Using a Standard Relay Unit 6 3 Using a Relay Network ES OOOO OCJOJOJO 6 4 o or or OSO y S e 8 Press v or a until lt 3 FAX SETTINGS gt appears press Set ADDITIONAL FUNCT IOMS FAS SETTINGS J FAR SETTINGS gt 1 USER SETTINGS Press v or a until lt 6 FILE SETTINGS gt appears gt press Set FAs SETTINGS gt FILE SETTINGS BeFILE SETTINGS 1 COMFIDHTL MAILBOS Press v or a until lt 2 RELAY TX GROUP gt appears press Set FILE SETTINGS RELAY Tx GROUP 2 RELAY TH GROLP gt 1 5ETUP FILE Press v or a until lt 1 SETUP FILE gt appears press Set RELAY Ta GROUP SETUP FILE 1 5ETUP FILE SET RLY Ts GROUP 66 Enter a two digit relay group number 00 to 99 using the numeric keys press Set You can also press W A to select a relay group number SEDE erouPe a o Bra Nene SERLE croure o1 RLY TE GROUP al gt FILE STTEROUF Bren NAME GROUP DIAL HAME Press v or a to display the setting you want gt press Set Setting Up and Using a Standard Relay Unit The SETUP FILE menu includes the following items AA AAA 1 GROUP DIAL NAME Name 24 characters Enter a name for the relay group The name can be up to 24 characters long Then press Set 2 PASSWORD 0 9999999 Enter a password up to seven digits to protect the relay box settin
45. SENDER HAME 14 L 5M1TH 1 SENDER HANE KEG oS 3 Press v or a until lt 1 SENDER NAME REG gt appears gt PS press Set SENDER HAME A 1 SENDER HAME REG L SMITH 4 Change or delete the sender s name and its personal Before You Start Using This Machine settings EY To change the sender s name 8 9 1 If necessary press lt or p Delete Space and the numeric keys to change the sender s name Delete O Space O 000 000 OO 900 Clear To delete the sender s name C LI Press Clear Oo 5 When you are finished making changes press Set YD If you changed the sender s name the message lt DATA ENTRY OK gt appears on the LCD display for a few seconds If you deleted the sender s name the message lt ERASING END gt appears on the LCD display for a few seconds Things You Must Do Before Using This Machine 1 27 Before You Start Using This Machine gt 6 Press Stop to return to the Standby mode 1 28 Things You Must Do Before Using This Machine Usipg the Optional Dual Line The optional Dual Line Upgrade Kit enables you to connect two telephone lines to the machine at the same time This section describes how to set up and use the dual line For details on how to connect two telephone lines to the machine see Chapter 2 Getting Started in the Reference Guide How the Two Telephone Lines Operate The machine uses the two telephone lines in different
46. SETTIHGS oS 5 Press v or a until lt 3 SENDER NAME gt appears gt press gt Set USER SETTINGS gt SENDER HAME J SENDER HAME 41 1 24 Things You Must Do Before Using This Machine 8 oF QUO OJOJOJO OSO 5 k 0 8 6 Press v or a to display a number 01 to 99 where you want to register the sender s name gt press Set You can also use the numeric keys to enter the number SENDER MAME gt SENDER HAME H5 1 5EHDER HANE KEG EN lt NOTE e One number can accept a single name entry e f a name is already registered you will see that name to the right of the number e Keep pressing F or A until you see a number with no entry 7 Press v or a until lt 1 SENDER NAME REG gt appears gt press Set SENDER HAME 5 l SEHDER HAME REG 8 Enter a name up to 24 characters using the numeric keys gt press Set 4 _ SENDER HAME K SMITH 2 PERSONAL SETTINGS The message lt DATA ENTRY OK gt appears on the LCD display for a few seconds Before You Start Using This Machine 9 If you want to set personal settings for the sender s name you are registering press V or A until lt 2 PERSONAL SETTINGS gt appears gt press Set In the PERSONAL SETTINGS menu you can set the sender s fax number and e mail account SENDER HAME gt PERSONAL SETTINGS sa PERSOMN L SETTINGS l SENDER FAs HUMBER Things You Must Do Before Using This Machine 1 25 B
47. SYSTEM SETTINGS accessing 11 29 T TEL LINE TYPE 10 24 11 6 TEL REGISTRATION 2 6 2 15 2 24 telephone 10 2 telephone line checking 1 21 setting 1 21 using the optional dual line 1 29 telephone number registering 1 30 telephone numbers entering 2 2 time registering 1 18 TIME OUT 10 22 11 16 timer sending 3 29 Tone 1 9 10 4 tone dialing on a pulse line 10 4 tone line 1 21 TONER SUPPLY LOW 10 23 11 21 transaction number 3 17 TRANSFER 9 3 11 27 Transfer 1 7 1 10 9 6 Transfer mode 9 2 9 6 transferring documents 9 2 transmission TX report 12 11 transmission TX report with first page 12 12 transmission speed 11 6 transmission type 2 10 2 19 troubleshooting copying documents 13 19 other troubles 13 20 receiving documents 13 18 sending documents 13 14 TTI Selector 1 10 3 6 TX Document Archiving 9 25 TX Send SETTINGS accessing 11 14 menu 11 15 11 16 TX REPORT 10 24 11 12 TX SETTINGS 11 14 TX STAMP 10 19 10 24 TX START SPEED 10 24 11 6 U Ultra High Quality UHQ imaging technology 3 4 5 5 UNIT NAME 1 20 10 25 11 6 UNIT TELEPHONE 11 6 USER DATA LIST 12 6 user data list 12 6 user data settings 11 3 USER SETTINGS accessing 11 5 menu 11 8 11 9 11 10 V VOLUME CONTROL 10 22 Index 14 27 FS Appendix Canon CANON INC 30 2 Shimomaruko 3 chome Ohta ku Tokyo 146 8501 Japan CANON U S A INC One Canon Plaza Lake Suc
48. Setting Up One Touch Speed Dialing on p 2 6 or Setting Up Coded Speed Dialing on p 2 15 e f you need to poll a fax machine with which you also perform regular transactions you should register its fax number under two different speed dialing keys or codes one for regular transmission and another for preset polling with ITU T subaddress and password to match the polling box of the other party s machine 1 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels O 2 Press Data Registration ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONS 1 PAPER SETTINGS aS 3 Press v or a until lt 3 FAX SETTINGS gt appears press 0 9 Set ADDITIONAL FUNCT IOHS FAS SETTINGS J FAR SETTINGS gt 1 USER SETTINGS aS 4 Press v or a until lt 6 FILE SETTINGS gt appears press S Set FAs SETTINGS _ FILE SETTINGS B FILE SETTINGS 1 COHMFIDHTL MAILBOS D 5 Press v or a until lt 3 PRESET POLLING gt appears press lt Set FILE SETTIHGS PRESET POLLING S PRESET POLLIHG gt 1 5ETUP FILE Data Registration 8 6 Polling Other Fax Machines to Receive a Document g E gt OOOO OJOJO O OSO o a o000 0000 OSO Ss Cw 6 Press v or a until lt 1 SETUP FILE gt appears press Set PRESET POLLING gt SETUP FILE 1 SETUP FILE SET Ela HH Y Enter a two digit box number 00 99 for the preset polling box using the numeric r oys press Set You can also press VW A to select a
49. Subaddress Password 3 32 Subaddress Password Sending with Speed Dialing 3 32 Subaddress Password Sending with the Operation Panel Keys 3 33 Receiving Documents Receiving Documents Automatically lt oooooooooo 4 2 Setting the Automatic Receive Mode 000 eee eee eee 4 2 Receiving Documents Manually 000 cee ees 4 4 Receiving a Document Manually with the Optional Handset 4 4 Receiving a Document Manually with an Extension Telephone 4 6 Changing the Remote Receive ID 0000 c eee eee eee ees 4 7 Cancel Receiving aDocument 0 0c0 cece eee eee 4 9 Cancel Receiving on a Single Line 0 000 c eee 4 9 Cancel Receiving on a Dual Line 00 02 ee 4 10 Using the Machine as a Copier Preparing the Documento os wees is Sa ee ote wees 5 2 Setting a Document on the Machine ooo ooooooooooooooo 5 3 Adjusting the Scan Settin9S oooooooonoonaranaa 5 5 Making COples 0002 ad ita 5 6 Checking Canceling Copy JODS 2 cee ee 5 8 Flow of Checking Operations 0 0 00 cece eee 5 8 Canceling with the Stop Key naana cee ee eee es 5 9 Canceling from the Monitor Screen 0 000 e eee 5 10 Chapter6 Using a Relay Network What Is Relay Broadcasting 000 c eee ees 6 2 Setting Up and Using a Standard Relay Unit 6 3
50. This equipment may not be used on coin service provided by the telephone company Connection to party lines is subjected to state tariffs IN CASE OF EQUIPMENT MALFUNCTION Should any malfunction occur which cannot be corrected by the procedures described in this User s Guide disconnect the equipment from the telephone line and unplug the power cord The telephone line should not be reconnected or the switch turned on until the problem is completely resolved Users should contact their local authorized Canon Facsimile Service Dealer for servicing of equipment RIGHTS OF THE TELEPHONE COMPANY Should the equipment cause harm to the telephone network the telephone company may temporarily disconnect service The telephone company also retains the right to make changes in facilities and services which may affect the operation of this equipment When such changes are necessary the telephone company is required to give adequate prior notice to the user Also you will be advised of your right to file a compliant with the FCC if you believe it is necessary A WARNING The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a computer or other electronic device to send any message via a telephone facsimile machine unless such message clearly contains in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page or on the first page of the transmission the date and time it is sent and an identification of the business or oth
51. W or A to select lt 1 LINE 1 gt or lt 2 LINE 2 gt as dedicated line for fax functions gt press Set See Registering Telephone Numbers for the Lines on p 1 30 6 Press v or A until lt 2 TEL LINE TYPE gt appears gt press Set TEL_LIHE SETTINGS gt TEL LINE TYPE s TEL LINE TYPE TOUCH TOME S 7 Press v or a to select lt TOUCH TONE gt or lt ROTARY lt gt lt P PULSE gt gt press Set TEL LIWE_TYFE gt TEL_LIWE SETTINGS ROTARY PULSE J Ts START SPEED 8 If you want to select the transmission speed press v or a until lt 3 TX START SPEED gt appears gt press Set TEL LIME SETTINGS _ Ta START SPEED 4078 START SPEED SS 6HRBFS lt NOTE If your document transmissions are slow in starting this may mean that the telephone lines in your area are in poor condition Select a slower speed You can 1 22 Things You Must Do Before Using This Machine select 33600bps 14400bps 9600bps 7200bps 4800bps or 2400bps S 9 Press v or a to select the desired transmission speed 9 press Set Ta START SPEED gt TEL_LIHE SETTINGS 4 S6HRBFS ks START SPEED EN So 10 If you want to select the reception speed press Vv or A until ED lt 4 RX START SPEED gt appears gt press Set TEL LIHE SETTINGS _ Es START SPEED Es START SPEED 4S 6HRBFS The telephone line type is set L NOTE If your document receptions are
52. again See Chapter 7 Troubleshooting in the Reference Guide The document is longer than 39 3 8 inches 1 meter or it has taken more than 32 minutes to send the document when using direct sending Make a reduced copy of the document with a copy machine then send the copy You can also cut the document to the effective scanning size for faxing or copying See Document Size on p 14 5 The other party s fax machine did not respond within 55 seconds Send the document again Contact the other party and have them check their fax machine You can try to send the document manually If you are making an overseas call add pauses to the registered number The other party is not using a G3 fax machine Check with the other party and send the document to a G3 fax machine If the other party does not have a G3 fax machine try sending your document using a transmission mode that the other party supports Error Code Table Listed by Number 0008 Cause Remedy 0009 Cause 1 Remedy Cause 2 Remedy Cause 3 Remedy 0011 Cause Remedy 0012 Cause Remedy 0018 Cause You cannot perform polling sending Make sure the subaddress passwords matches the settings on the other party s fax machine If the other party s fax machine is a Canon fax machine and can set a polling ID request that the other party set their polling ID to 255 decimal or 1111 1111 binary The pape
53. and they do not appear on printed activity reports Main Features E JBIG Improved Image Data Compression JBIG Joint Bi Level Image Experts Group is a new ITU T standard image data compression method JBIG s compression method allows data to be compressed more efficiently than MMR Modified Modified Read a conventional compression method JBIG is especially effective when transmitting halftone image documents The smaller data size requires less transmission time and JBIG saves you time and money The actual compression ratio may vary with different images Main Features 1 5 Before You Start Using This Machine 7 N N A h Operat ion Panel Parts and Functions This section provides you with the names and functions of the operation panel keys and explains all the parts on the operation panel One Touch Panels Closed Super Fine Darker I I I I I I I I I I Fine OStandard OText ODirect TX alld 2 Standard Text Photo esolution Before You Start Using This Machine Delete File C Directory Monitor A S 1 6 Operation Panel Parts and Functions 1 Printer Operation Panel These keys control the printing function of the machine For details see the PCL Printer Guide For the LASER CLASS 710 the installation of the Printer Kit Ill is necessary to use these keys 2 Counter Check Press to check the counter informa
54. arsena wae te we eee ae a ie ae esas ae eee al eee as 9 10 setting a Time and Password for Memory Lock 0 0 0000 cc eens 9 10 Turning Memory Lock ON errata id 9 13 Turning Memory Lock OFF and Printing Documents 0 0 00 o 9 14 When the Machine Displays lt RECEIVED IN MEMORY gt oco ooocooooo o 9 15 Pining a Memory Bistiurio ara rata oi ia i GERa 9 17 Printing a Document in Memory ococococco eee 9 18 Sending a Document in Memory to a Different Destination 9 20 Erasing a Document from MemMory oooooccocoo eee 9 22 Deleting a Document with the Delete File Key o oooooooooocoroco o 9 22 Deleting a Document with the Memory Reference Key 0 000 cece eee 9 23 TA Document AFTCOIVIDO coi AG el ee oe ee EA OA 9 25 Before You Set Up the TX Document Archiving s a sasaa 0 eee 9 25 Turning hie TXA DOCUMeENLAKCAIVING OM pito watts a tle ee Ata ie A ees 9 26 Turning the TX Document Archiving OEP evs wd opt pee ie eee a ea wen hae 9 28 What Happens to the Memory After a Power Failure o o o oooo o 9 30 How Your Registered Data Is Protected 1 unana anaana aana 9 30 AOU NE Backup Balsa A eat eee a a li 9 30 9 1 o Special Sending Receiving Features Iragsterring Documents The Transfer mode tells the machine to receive documents and then transfer them automatically to a fax machine at your home or at another work
55. available as an option If the stamp option is not provided on your machine you cannot access this setting Registration 2 Press Data Registration ADDITIONAL FUMCTIONS 1 PAPER SETTINGS ES 3 Press v or a until lt 3 FAX SETTINGS gt appears press lt gt Set ADDITIONAL FUNCT IOMS FAS SETTINGS J FAR SETTINGS gt 1 USER SETTINGS ee 50 4 Press v or a until lt 7 SYSTEM SETTINGS gt appears gt press lt gt Set FAs SETTINGS SYSTEM SETTINGS T SYSTEM SETTINGS gt 1 MEMORY LOCK RX If the prompt lt SYSTEM SETTINGS PASSWORD gt is displayed enter the System Administrator s password using the numeric keys press Set 10 18 Setting Up and Using the Optional Stamp Feature Ce 50 5 press v or A until lt 4 FAX DEFAULT gt appears gt press Set lt p SYSTEM SETTINGS FAs DEFAULT FAS DEFAULT gt 1 RESOLUTIOW ee 6 Press v or a until lt 5 TX STAMP gt appears press Set lt P FAs DEFAULT Te STOMP Ss Ta STAMP Te STAMP OFF lt NOTE This item does not appear on the menu unless your machine is equipped with the stamp option Y Press v or a to display lt TX STAMP OFF gt or lt TX STAMP ON gt gt press Set TH STAMP oe STAMP oN TAP _ SYSTEM SETTINGS TH STAMP oe STAMP oN STAMP OH Os ALLES gt S CODE Sto 8 Press Stop to return to the Standby mode Setting Up the Stamp Action Follow this procedure to set up the stamp action when the stamp fea
56. be adjusted See Chapter 1 Before You Start Using This Machine in the Reference Guide 2 Dial the telephone number of the information service using S 5 the numeric keys 906 TEL 123 4567 g aS 3 When the recorded message of the information service he answers open all three one touch speed dialing panels press Tone Tone TEL 1234 4567T After pressing Tone a lt T gt appears on the LCD display 10 4 Tone Dialing on a Pulse Line 00 OJOJOJO VOS 4 Enter the numbers requested by the information service using the numeric keys Tone Dialing on a Pulse Line 10 5 3 Other Special Features Seting Up and Using PIN Codes PIN Personal Identification Number codes prevent unauthorized personnel from making calls To protect privileged access to the telephone lines only authorized users are entrusted with the PIN codes for daily operations Some PBX Private Branch Exchange systems require that a PIN code be entered when dialing a number to make a call or sending a document by fax Depending on the requirements of the PBX system the PIN code may be entered either before the number as a prefix or after the number as a suffix If your PBX requires a PIN code to connect to an outside line the machine can be set up using the TX SETTINGS item in the FAX SETTINGS menu to prompt you for a PIN code every time you dial Setting a PIN Code 1 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels R
57. cea 10 8 Dialing with a PIN Code before the Number 0 anana eee 10 9 setting PIN Code Access for Speed Dialing 0 0 cc ae 10 11 Using Speed Dialing with PIN Code ACCESS 6 eee 10 12 Forced FIN COS ACCESS 42a s chav ie se et eee a 10 13 Setting Up the Program One Touch Key 000 cece eens 10 15 Setting Up and Using the Optional Stamp Feature 0 0 0 cee eee 10 18 Seting Up the Stamp Feature ii ba SEA E RSE A Sales 10 18 Salina Wp the Samp ACION ita A td eae ee a BS 10 19 Turning the Stamp Feature ON OFF rane k si elk Peed bebe ae da 10 21 How the Machine Operates with Default SettingS o oooooooooooo 10 22 3 Other Special Features UsIps the Telephone Follow this procedure to use the telephone for voice communication if you have installed the optional handset kit See Chapter 1 Before You Start Using This Machine in the Reference Guide 1 Pick up the handset or press Hook Hook an 2 When you hear the dial tone specify the destination You can specify the destination using regular dialing one touch speed dialing coded speed dialing access code dialing or directory dialing See Using Regular Dialing on p 3 8 Using Speed Dialing on p 2 32 or Using Directory Dialing on p 2 39 TEL 123 4567 lt NOTE e When entering a number using regular dialing if you see that you have entered an incorrect digit press Delete t
58. detailed information about a fax transaction This feature is convenient when you want to check the status of a transaction without printing an Activity Report Monitor 1 Press Monitor FAs MONITOR 1 FAK 2 Press Set 7D If you want to check the transaction results press lt q or gt to display lt 2 TX RX RESULTS gt FAs MONI TOR L Ra TaA STATUS 3 Press Set To scroll through the list of jobs press V or A 15 49 54643 Ex OF 4311111111 HES Ta TERM 13 4567 The fax jobs appear on the LCD display one at a time 2 NOTE The Monitor screen does not appear during scanning Checking Canceling Fax Jobs 3 11 Sending Documents Sending Documents ES US 4 press Stop to return to the Standby mode Canceling with the Stop key US press Stop 3 12 O If you press Stop during scanning STOF REY PRESSED PRESS SET KEY 1 Press Set The scanning stops and the job will be canceled O If there is only one job being processed Ll Press x If you do not want to cancel the job press CANCEL DURING TAARAT VES O HO 2 The job will be canceled O If there are multiple jobs STOP KEY PRESSED FAR OF LOPY 2 1 Press x to select the fax job you want to cancel gt press 1 Press Set FAs MONITOR L Ra TAa STATUS Checking Canceling Fax Jobs SA 1 Press V or A to select a job gt press Set 8 9 Heise BRS Ta
59. does not exceed five Even if the dual line option is installed the REN is applicable to each port Avis Lindice d quivalence de la sonnerie IES du present mat riel est de 0 3 LIES assigu chaque dispositif terminal indique le nombre maximal de terminaux qui peuvent tre raccord s a une interface t l phonique La terminaison d une interface peut consister en une ombinaison quelconque de dispositifs la seule condition que la somme d indices d quivalence de la sonnerie de tous les dispositifs n excede pas 5 Repairs to certified equipment should be made by an authorized Canadian maintenance facility designated by the supplier Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment or equipment malfunctions may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipment Users should ensure for their own protection that the electrical ground connections of the power utility telephone lines and internal metallic water pipe system if present are connected together This precaution may be particularly important in rural areas Caution Users should not attempt to make such connections themselves but should contact the appropriate electric inspection authority or electrician as appropriate This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations Cet appareil num rique de la classe B respecte toutes les exigences du R
60. e The machine has run out of paper while printing a document RECEIVED IH MEMORY SUPPLY REC FAFEF CASSETTE 1 44 Open the paper cassette and load paper into the paper cassette As soon as you refill 4 the paper cassette and close it the remainder of the document in memory is printed See Printing a Memory List on p 9 17 e The toner cartridge has run out of toner while printing a document REPLACE CARTRIDGE Open the printer cover and replace the toner cartridge As soon as you close the cover the machine returns to the Standby mode and the remainder of the document in memory starts printing automatically See Chapter 6 Maintenance in the Reference Guide lt NOTE If you see any other error messages take note of the message then look it up on the List of LCD Display Messages Alphabetical List on p 13 8 Receiving Documents Receiving Documents Automatically 4 3 Receiving Documents Manually When you receive documents manually you can monitor all incoming calls yourself by picking up the handset every time the machine rings If you pick up the handset and determine the call is from another person start your conversation If you hear a slow beep tone this means the call is a fax transmission To receive the document press Start then hang up the handset Receiving a Document Manually with the Optional Handset Receiving Documents gt Follow this procedure to receive a documen
61. eB Shoe eho Wd Rt BS ede aor ate eae 6 9 Sending a Document to a Relay Unit for Relay Broadcasting 6 11 sending a Document to a Relay Unit with Speed Dialing o ooooooo 6 12 sending with the Advanced Communication Key o o o o ooooooooooro ee 6 12 6 1 Using a Relay Network o Wh 6 2 s Relay Broadcasting In a relay broadcast the originator fax machine sends a document over a long distance to another fax machine called the relay unit After the relay unit receives your document it automatically sends the document to several other fax machines in the local area In this way you can send a document to several fax machines in the same locality with only one long distance transmission Originator Relay Unit In a relay network your machine can function as both an originator and a relay unit If your machine is the originator it sends a document to a relay unit from which the document is relayed to several destinations in the same locality If your machine is the relay unit it receives a document from another party and your machine relays it to one or several other facsimile machines in your own locality What Is Relay Broadcasting Seting tg Up and Using a Standard Relay Unit This section shows you how to set up and manage a relay network with the standard relay features provided in the machine Before you set up your mach
62. eee eee bese 3 2 Setting the Document on the Machine 0 0000 eee ee ees 3 3 Adjusting the Scan SettingS 0 0 ccc eee eee eee 3 4 Selecting a Senders NaMe oocococcococ he a eR A 3 6 Using Regular DIalINd 50 fost tee eee eens ee eee eeiieoes gies Sones 3 8 Cancel Sending a DocumMent occccccc ees 3 9 Cancel Sending on a Single Line 0 ee 3 9 Chapter 4 Chapter 5 vi Cancel Sending on a Dual Line 0 ee es 3 10 Checking Canceling Fax Jobs 0 cee ees 3 11 Flow of Checking Operations 00 ees 3 11 Canceling with the Stop key 0 0 00 eee eee eee 3 12 Canceling a Job from the Monitor Screen 2 0000 eee ees 3 13 Dialing Long Distance with Regular Dialing lt lt 3 14 Overview of Sending MethodS 000 c cece eee eee ees 3 16 MEMO Sendin resres cine ag a Se eas Saree eo aces ee ies ed es 3 16 Messages Displayed After Pressing the Start Key 3 17 Direct SCNGING unicidad Ge is Sethe wah ia 3 18 Manual Send acc coe solados Feel a 3 20 Redialing When the Line ls Busy 00 00 eee ees 3 22 What Is Automatic Redialing 0 000 ees 3 22 Setting Up Redialing 222 corse dan teeta cats oe eat sa 3 23 Sequential Broadcasting to More Than One Location 3 26 Sending Documents at a Preset Time 0 00 e eee eee 3 29 Sending a Document with a
63. end of a number cannot be adjusted g a 1 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels Registration 2 Press Data Registration ADDITIONAL FUNCT IOWS 1 PAPER SETTINGS S 3 Press v or a until lt 3 FAX SETTINGS gt appears gt press Set ALCITIOHAL_FUHCTIOHS FAS SETTINGS J FAR SETTINGS gt 1 USER SETTINGS oS 4 Press V or a until lt 3 TX SETTINGS gt appears gt press Set lt gt Fax SETTINGS T SETTINGS Z T SETTINGS gt TECH TH Read This Before Entering Telephone Numbers 2 3 Using Speed Dialing 3 Using Speed Dialing mo O 5 Press v or a until lt 2 PAUSE TIME gt appears press Set hd TH SETTINGS _ PAUSE TIME 2 PAUSE TIME BZ2SEC E z SS 6 Entera new pause time from 01 to 15 seconds using the DO numeric keys press Set 00 PAUSE TIME _ Tx SETTINGS E HSSEC 3eAUTO REDIAL o di O 7 Press Stop to return to the Standby mode 2 4 Read This Before Entering Telephone Numbers Whatls Speed Dialing Speed dialing enables you to streamline and customize dialing procedures by registering a telephone number and other important settings so you can start a document transmission while pressing only a few keys The four methods of speed dialing include One Touch Speed Dialing One touch speed dialing enables you to start a document transmission by pressing only one key You can register up to 72 destinations for one touch speed dialing The first gr
64. feature to turn ON and OFF Please remember however that documents received in a confidential mailbox or a memory box cannot be transferred See also transfer password Transfer password Protects the transfer settings from unauthorized access You must enter the transfer password a code of up to seven digits 0 9999999 in order to view or change the transfer settings Transmission time A fax transmission consists of three stages the pre message handshake the message transmission and the post message handshake The transmission time described in this manual is not the total time required for the entire transmission It is only the time for the message transmission The transmission time described in this manual is the fastest time achieved when faxes communicate in the same mode TTI Stands for Transmit Terminal Identification Also called sender information The TTI is the name of the person or organization and the facsimile number of the machine that sends a document In addition to a unit name that you register for the machine you can create up to 99 sender s names that can be selected and used in place of the unit name when you send a facsimile transmission TTI Selector With this feature you can select a name to be printed at the top of the message you send Usually you register your company s name as the TTI but you can also use personal names TX password The ITU T password set on your machine that accompanies
65. for scanning However the effective scanning width is up to 10 B4 size paper 1 Place your document face up in the document feeder tray If the document is too long for the document feeder tray e g legal size or 11 x 17 pull out the document extension tray Sending Documents fo C IMPORTANT Do not set the document guides so tight against the sides of the document that the document bends gt Setting a Document for Sending 3 3 3 Make sure the document is below the load limit marks for A4 LTR or B4 LGL sizes 4 Insert the document fully into the feeder until the leading edges of the document stops The following messages appear on the LCD display Sending Documents ES MEM IH USE da COCUMNEMNT READY 2 NOTE If the machine already displays lt DOCUMENT READY gt before you set your document a small sized document such as a STMT document may have remained in the automatic document feeder from a previous fax or copy job In such a case remove the small sized document from the automatic document feeder and set your document Adjusting the Scan Settings Canon s original UHQ Ultra High Quality imaging technology enables you to send documents that are very close to the quality of the original document For best results adjust the scan settings for special documents before sending 2 NOTE The light indicators on the operation panel tell you the current settings 3 4 Set
66. from piling up in the paper output tray when the office is unattended After you return to the office you can print all documents stored in memory Memory reception password Protects all documents received and stored in memory when the memory reception feature is turned ON The memory reception password can be up to seven digits from 1 to 9999999 and should be safeguarded to prevent access to your received documents that are stored in memory The password unlocks the memory for printing all documents received while the Memory Lock mode is turned ON See Memory Lock Memory sending Scanning the document into memory before the machine dials the number and sends it Scanning is fast and you only have to wait until the original document is scanned not until it is sent You can get the original back much faster and spend less time standing around the machine MP Multi Purpose tray Folds out from the machine and holds a variety of print media including cut sheets standard paper envelopes adhesive labels and transparencies Glossary 14 13 FS Appendix z Appendix 14 14 Multitransaction Also called multiple transmission or sequential broadcast This term refers to scanning a document once and sending it to more than one location You can send a single document to a maximum of 210 destinations N Noise A general term applied to a number of problems that adversely affect the operation of telephone lines used f
67. gt press Set TEL REGISTRATION _ IEL HUMBER ENTRE 1 TEL HUMBER ENTRE TEL _ 7 Enter the telephone number up to 120 digits using the numeric keys press Set To enter a space press Space Spaces are optional and ignored during dialing TEENY _HUMEER ENTR TEA MES ETRATION A ee The message lt DATA ENTRY OK gt appears on the LCD display for a few seconds lt NOTE e To correct the entered number press lt q to move the cursor to the digit you want to correct gt press Delete gt enter the correct number e If you make a mistake press Clear to delete the number gt enter the correct number 8 Press v or a until lt 2 NAME gt appears gt press Set TEL REGISTRATION N 2s MAME Setting Up One Touch Speed Dialing 2 7 Using Speed Dialing 3 Using Speed Dialing mo OOOO 0000 OSO C H Data Registration U Ss lt P S Ss lt P 9 Enter a name up to 16 characters long using the numeric keys press Set For more information on how to enter names see Entering Names for Registration on p 1 13 A _ TELA REGISTRATION CANON 0 5 A HY J OPTIONAL SETTING The message lt DATA ENTRY OK gt appears on the LCD display for a few seconds This completes the minimum settings for registering a one touch speed dialing key e To stop here and register another key 1 Press Data Registration gt repeat the procedure from step 5
68. gt proceed to step 8 REMOTE Fe REMOTE Ex ID OH gt 22 7 Enter a new number for the ID 00 to 99 using the numeric keys press Set REMOTE Ex ID _ Ra SETTINGS 53 q ks PAGE FOOTER US 8 press Stop to return to the Standby mode OOOO 0000 OSO S 4 8 Receiving Documents Manually Cancel Receiving a Document Follow this procedure to cancel receiving a document Cancel Receiving on a Single Line 1 Visually check the In Use Memory lamp to confirm that a document is being received When the machine Is receiving a document the In Use Memory lamp flashes green gt 2 Press Stop to cancel the reception The following message is displayed CANCEL DURING TAARAT VES O HO 2 e 3 Press to cancel receiving the document To continue receiving the document press After you press to cancel the reception an alarm sounds and document reception is canceled The machine returns to the Standby mode Cancel Receiving a Document 4 9 Receiving Documents gt lt NOTE If the Receive RX Report feature is ON or set to PRINT ERROR ONLY an RX Report also prints See Report Settings on p 11 11 12 31 2002 12 50 FAX 833 4423 WORLD ESTATE INC J001 ok 2k K ok K K 2 K K K K K K K K K K K ok K K kkk RX REPORT ok 2k 2k ok 2k 2 K 2 ok K K 2 K ok K K K K ok ok ok ok ok ok INCOMPLETE RECEPTION TX RX NO 5005 RECIPIENT ADDRESS 1 213 97
69. have to enter this password every time you want to put the machine in the document transfer mode 4 SELECT ORIG UNIT Enables you to set the machine to receive and transfer documents only from originator fax machines that you designate All fax transmissions are received and transferred The machine receives and transfers transmissions only from fax machines you designate by the telephone number The machine checks if the last six digits excluding spaces and pauses of the originator s telephone number match the telephone number you designate here o Special Sending Receiving Features Press the one touch speed dialing key or Coded Dial followed by the three digit code to designate the originator fax machine The telephone number of the originator machine must be registered for one touch or coded speed dialing on your machine 9 4 Transferring Documents ARA RR 5 TIME SETUP 1 START TIME EVERYDAY SELECT DAYS 2 END TIME EVERYDAY SELECT DAYS 6 PRINT RX DOC OF RX COPIES Sets the time for the machine to enter and leave the Transfer mode If you do not set the timer you can still switch the Transfer mode ON OFF manually Sets a specified time for the machine to automatically start the transfer operation Sets the machine to start the transfer operation everyday You can set up to five start times for every day of the week 1 SUN to 7 SAT Sets the machine to start the transfer operation
70. ignored If the transmission speed appears to be extremely slow you may be able to speed up the transmission time by turning the ECM OFF 25 Press v or a to select ON or OFF gt press Set ECM OPTIONAL SETTING On 7 7 T LIME SELECTION 26 If you want to select a telephone line for outgoing fax transmissions press V or A until lt 7 TX LINE SELECTION gt appears press Set If you do not want to perform this setting proceed to step 28 OPTIOMAL SETTING Ta LIME SELECTION Ye Ta LINE SELECTION AUTO lt NOTE This setting becomes available only when the optional Dual Line Upgrade Kit is installed on your machine 2 Press v or a to select lt AUTO gt or lt FIXED gt gt press Set lt AUTO gt The machine uses the available telephone line for outgoing fax transmissions lt FIXED gt The machine uses only the telephone line you select here for outgoing fax transmissions O If you select AUTO L Proceed to step 28 Setting Up One Touch Speed Dialing 2 13 Using Speed Dialing Using Speed Dialing mo 8 lt p 8 p gt O If you select FIXED 1 Press V or A to select a line gt press Set Ts LINE SELECTION gt OPTIONAL SETTING LINE 1 O SENDER HAME 28 If you want to select a sender name press v or A until lt 8 SENDER NAME gt appears gt press Set If you do not want to perform this setting proceed to step 30
71. is useful when the sending party the party with the original document is not in the office but the document must be sent out The receiving party dials the fax holding the original and requests that it be sent In other words the receiver always polls the sender Before using the polling feature you have to set up polling boxes Preset polling box Preset polling enables you to have your machine poll another machine at a preset time Printable area The area of the document that can actually be reproduced and printed on the recording paper by the receiving machine The print area is smaller than the paper Glossary 14 15 FS Appendix z Appendix 14 16 Pulse See rotary pulse R Reduction mode The machine s automatic feature that slightly reduces the received image to allow room at the top of the page for the sender s ID information You can also reduce the size of large incoming documents using the lt RX REDUCTION gt option Registering A process by which you place fax or telephone numbers and names in the machine s memory for automatic dialing so that you can save time dialing frequently called destinations Regular dialing Dialing a number with the numeric keys Use regular dialing to dial a number that is not registered for any of the automatic dialing methods Press Hook then use the numeric keys to dial the number you want to call Relay broadcast See relay sending Relay sending Also called rel
72. k a k k k k de e K ae ak od ak k k k ak e aK ak CC ak EK 3K le K k 3K CaCO DEPT ID 1234 ST TIME DESTINATION TEL ID MODE PGS RESULT 12 31 15 11 ADAM BOOK CPA 0015 TRANSMIT ECM 1 JOK 00 15 SENDER NAME S ROBERTS DEPT ID 3111 ST TIME DESTINATION TEL ID MODE RESULT 12 31 15 11 ADAM BOOK CPA 0015 TRANSMIT ECM 1 JOK 00 15 SENDER NAME R LOUIS Alle a a k k k lee a ae a ok ak k k k ak le ak ae IC AC Gk 3K ak 3K le e a a RR ACTIVITY MANAGEMENT REPORT RX kk k k k k k k k k k k de e aK k aK ok ak k k k aK e ak ak CAC GK 3K ak 3K k e k 3K CaCO ST TIME DESTINATION TEL ID MODE RESULT If marked with 12 31 12 49 BELZER INC 5005 AUTO RX ECM 110K 0020 an asterisk 1 213 978 3314 1 STOP Printing Reports and Lists O 0995 has already been printed Transaction Number Transaction Mode Transaction via Error Correction Mode ECM Number of Pages Transmitted Before an Error Error Codes See Error Code Table Listed by Number on p 13 2 Stop Was Pressed During the Transaction Reports 12 9 lt NOTE e You can set up the following additional features using the ACTIVITY REPORT setting from the REPORT SETTINGS menu See Report Settings on p 11 11 Turn the automatic printing feature of the Activity Management Report OFF Set the machine to print an Activity Management Report at the same time everyday E Department ID Report If you set up Department ID Management and
73. kk ACCESS CODE LIST ox Kk k ee ae k ak aK aK ode de le e ae k K k K k K K K oe No RECIPIENT ADDRESS DESTINATION ID TX TYPE 111 732 2233 ADAM BOOKS CPA REGULAR TX 112 761 1298 JOHN BARRISTER REGULAR TX 113 1 516 911 4411 NATALIE SMITH REGULAR TX 114 1 914 438 3619 SEYMOUR GREEN REGULAR TX a 1 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels press I gt Report eport REPORT sel L ALTIVITY REPORT 2 Press v or a until lt 2 SPEED DIAL LIST gt appears gt press Set REPORT gt SPEED DIAL LIST s SPEED DIAL LIST 1 1 TOUCH LIST 3 Press v or a to select the name of the speed dialing list 12 4 you want to print press Set SPEED DIAL LIST gt SORTED OUTPUT 4e1 TOUCH DETAIL 1 HO SORT Printing the Speed Dialing Lists lt 1 TOUCH LIST gt lt CODED DIAL LIST gt lt 1 TOUCH DETAIL gt lt CODED DETAIL gt lt GROUP DIAL LIST gt lt ACCESS CODE LIST gt lt NOTE Prints the standard list of all one touch speed dialing keys and numbers registered in the machine Prints the standard list of all coded speed dialing codes and numbers registered in the machine Prints a detailed list of all one touch speed dialing keys and numbers registered in the machine in a stacked format Prints a detailed list of all coded speed dialing codes and numbers registered in the machine in a stacked format Prints the list of one touch speed dialing keys and coded speed
74. mailbox A mailbox consisting of a two digit number between 00 and 99 in which to store confidential documents If the number is a single digit precede it with a zero The machine can have up to 50 confidential mailboxes for individual users Confidential mailbox password Confidential mailbox passwords are up to seven digits decimal numbers between 1 to 9999999 To print a confidential document received in memory you must enter your confidential mailbox password Remember your password You will need it to print confidential documents received in memory Later if you want to change your password you must first enter the current password before you are allowed to complete the procedure Confidential receiving To receive a confidential document you must first create a mailbox and register a confidential mailbox password You use the password to print out confidential documents that you receive in memory Confidential mailbox passwords are up to seven digits decimal numbers between 1 to 9999999 When you receive a confidential document in your mailbox the machine prints a Confidential RX report Confidential sending There are two methods to send a confidential document Register a telephone number with one touch speed dialing or coded speed dialing registration After you register the telephone number feed the document into the machine and press the keys for speed dialing The other method is to press Advanced Communication select l
75. memory press the one touch speed dialing key set for this feature PIN CODE Sets the one touch speed dialing key to function as Pin Code Whenever you want to enter the PIN code to connect to an outside line press the one touch speed dialing key set for this feature STAMP If you have the optional stamp feature installed you can turn the stamp feature ON and OFF without opening all three one touch speed dialing panels and pressing Stamp ID CODE Sets a one touch speed dialing key to function as ID If you are using Department ID Management press the one touch speed dialing key set for this function when your operations are completed or when you want to enter a Department ID to switch the department Otherwise any subsequent transmissions and copies are totaled under the Department ID you previously entered to start operating the machine An asterisk indicates the default setting 9 When you are finished setting up the program one touch key press Stop to return to the Standby mode Setting Up the Program One Touch Key 10 17 3 Other Special Features 3 Other Special Features Seting Up and Using the Optional Stamp Feature If the optional stamp feature is provided on your machine you can set the machine to stamp the front lower left corner of every page you scan for sending Setting Up the Stamp Feature Follow this procedure to set up the stamp feature IMPORTANT The stamp feature is
76. mid OM Data Registration Redialing When the Line Is Busy 3 23 Sending Documents 6 Press v or a to display lt ON gt gt press Set If you select OFF proceed to step 8 In this case redialing is not attempted after the first dialing attempt fails AUTO REDIAL AUTO REDTAL OM gt 1 REDIAL TIMES 7 Press v or a to display the desired Auto Redial setting gt press Set The AUTO REDIAL menu includes the following items SUM O 1 REDIAL TIMES Sets the number of times the machine attempts to dial a number before it cancels the transaction automatically Even if the machine is set to redial several times it will redial only once if there is no dial tone or ring back tone during the first attempt Sending Documents ES You can set the machine to redial between 01 to 10 times Default setting O2TIMES 2 REDIAL INTERVAL Sets the length of time the machine waits between redialing attempts You can set the time interval between 02 to 99 minutes Default setting O2MIN 3 TX ERROR RESEND Selects whether to perform automatic redialing when a transmission error occurs ON The machine automatically redials the number after a transmission error occurs and enables you to customize the redial operation ERROR amp 1ST The machine redials the number and resends the document PAGE from the page where the error occurred as well as the first page of the document
77. must enter the correct subaddress including x and spaces set on the other party s machine Otherwise your machine cannot start sending your confidential documents 7 If an ITU T password is also required press Password 7 14 Otherwise proceed to step 9 PASSWORD Sending a Confidential Document OOOO OOOO OJOJOJO 5 O Start 2 NOTE You must press Password within five seconds of pressing Set in step 6 If you wait longer than the timeout interval before pressing Password the machine starts scanning the document The timeout interval can be turned OFF See TX Send Settings on p 11 14 8 Enter the ITU T password set on the other party s machine using the numeric keys gt press Set PASSWORD _ TEL 123 4567 12343057 14 CANON LS As Hr lt NOTE You must enter the correct password including and spaces set on the other party s machine Otherwise the other party s machine cannot receive your documents 9 Press Start The machine starts the transmission lt NOTE The machine begins scanning automatically if the Timeout feature is set to ON See TX Send Settings on p 11 14 Sending a Confidential Document 7 15 Using Confidential Mailboxes x Using Confidential Mailboxes a 7 16 Sending a Confidential Document CHAPTER This chapter shows you how to set up and use polling sending and receiving Polling is
78. occurred The machine automatically prints multitransaction reports for sending documents to more than one destination delayed sending documents to more than one destination sending documents through a relay fax to more than one destination and sending confidential documents to more than one destination if the mailboxes are the same on every fax machine Relay Broadcast Report After sending a document through a relay fax you may receive a Relay Broadcast Report from the fax machine that relayed the document This shows whether the document was successfully relayed to all the destinations To receive a report the other machine must be set to print a Relay Broadcast Report Resolution The density of dots for an output device like a fax scanner or printer Expressed in terms of dots per inch dpi Low resolution causes font characters and graphics to have a jagged appearance Higher resolution means smoother curves and angles as well as a better match to traditional typeface designs Resolution values are represented by horizontal data and vertical data for example 600 dpi x 600 dpi Glossary 14 17 FS Appendix z Appendix 14 18 Restricted reception The ability of the machine to restrict incoming documents With this feature turned ON the machine receives documents only from speed dialing numbers registered in your machine Rotary pulse A rotary pulse or pulse dial telephone is dialed by manually rotating a dial t
79. only on selected days of the week You can set up to five start times for any of the selected days Sets a specified time for the machine to end the transfer operation and return to normal operations Sets the machine to end the transfer operation everyday You can set up to five end times for every day of the week 1 SUN to 7 SAT Sets the machine to end the transfer operation on the selected days of the week You can set up to five end times for any day that you select If your machine is the transfer unit this setting determines if your machine prints a copy of every document it transfers Received and transferred documents are not printed at the transfer unit A copy of every document received and transferred is printed at the transfer unit If you turn PRINT RX DOC ON use this setting to specify the number of copies you want to print 01 to 99 Use the numeric keys to enter the number or press W or A to increase or decrease the number gt press Set Default setting 01 COPIES An asterisk indicates the default setting US 8 Press Stop to return to the Standby mode Transferring Documents 9 5 e Special Sending Receiving Features Special Sending Receiving Features Turning the Transfer Mode ON and OFF You can use this procedure to move the machine in and out of the Transfer mode as long as the timer has not been set to switch the machine in and out of the Transfer mode
80. p 3 3 DOCUMENT READY lt NOTE e You can adjust the resolution contrast and document type for scanning See Adjusting the Scan Settings on p 3 4 e You can also specify a sender s name with TTI Selector See Selecting a Sender s Name on p 3 6 2 Press Hook if you want to use Manual Sending If you know the other party s fax machine is set to automatically receive documents proceed to the next step After you press Hook the In Use Memory lamp flashes green and you are able to hear the dial tone Dialing Long Distance with Regular Dialing OOOO OJOJOJO OSO 00 0000 OSO Start Ma Dial the long distance number using the numeric keys TEL HIF Sl NOTE e You cannot select a sender s name after you press Hook or pick up the handset e When you dial the fax number using the numeric keys you cannot insert a pause after you press Hook or pick up the handset e If you did not press Hook in step 2 you may have to insert a pause into the middle of the number for long distance dialing See Entering Pauses for Dialing on p 2 2 For details about the location and necessary length of the pause contact your local telephone company or local authorized Canon dealer Dial the remainder of the number using the numeric keys press Start TEL 11rF811234567P After a few moments the call connects Sending Documents NOTE e f you did not press Hook
81. papers e To avoid paper jams or damaging the machine inspect the documents carefully and make sure they are free of pins staples paper clips and other metal fasteners e Make sure all the documents are dry They should not have wet ink glue or paste on their surfaces e Before you feed a stack of documents into the machine make sure all the pages are of the same size and thickness Do not attempt to feed documents of mixed sizes and thicknesses in the same stack lt NOTE e The document guides on the document feeder tray can be adjusted to fit the width of nonstandard size paper For best results all of the sheets in the stack should be of the same width e Although the document guides on the document feeder tray indicate that 11 x 17 paper can be placed in the document feeder tray the effective scanning width is up to 10 B4 paper e For documents that are larger or smaller than these recommended sizes reduce or enlarge them on a copy machine then send the copy See Documents You Can Scan on p 14 4 e The machine does not scan completely to the edges of the paper and anything beyond this recommended margin is not scanned for sending See Documents You Can Scan on p 14 4 Sending Documents ES 3 2 Setting a Document for Sending S etting the Document on the Machine You can set a stack of up to 50 letter or A4 size pages or 20 legal or 11 x 17 or B4 size pages into the document feeder
82. party s machine as a relay station Your machine cannot confirm whether the other party s fax machine has been set up properly as a relay unit e f an ITU T password is set on the other party s machine you must send the document with the same ITU T password Otherwise the other fax machine cannot receive your document After the relay machine is set up to participate in a relay network it should receive and relay documents automatically By following the initial setup procedures in the previous section the relay machine can be set to confirm the identity of the originator before sending and send a relay transmission report to the originator after the relay machine relays the document lt NOTE If your machine is the originator of a relay transmission it does not check to make sure that the machine that receives and relays the transmission is set up properly for a relay broadcast Even if the relay machine is not set up to relay your documents your machine reports such a transmission as a successful relay transmission Personally make sure that the relay unit is set up correctly to relay documents that it receives from your machine Sending a Document to a Relay Unit for Relay Broadcasting 6 11 Using a Relay Network a Using a Relay Network o Sending a Document to a Relay Unit with Speed Dialing You can register a telephone number for relay sending under a one touch speed dialing key or a coded speed dialing
83. preset polling box number EPERE a Tira SEALE kme FILE EPERE n BU SEALE kme MAME 8 Press v or a until lt 1 FILE NAME gt appears press Set SETUP FILE 1 FILE HAME 9 Enter a file name for the preset polling box up to 24 characters including spaces using the numeric keys press Set A SETUP FILE POLLING BOY 2 PASSWORD The message lt DATA ENTRY OK gt appears on the LCD display for a few seconds 10 If you want to set a password to protect the preset polling box press vV or A until lt 2 PASSWORD gt appears gt press Set If you do not want to set a password proceed to step 12 SETUP FILE _ PASSWORD 2 PASSWORD Polling Other Fax Machines to Receive a Document 8 7 Using Polling Using Polling ES 11 Enter a password up to seven digits using the numeric keys 3 press Set PASSWORD gt SETUP FILE o 134557 J SELECT LOCATIONS D lt NOTE e This password protects your preset polling box settings from unauthorized access To change these settings later you will have to enter this password e If you make a mistake while entering the password press Clear gt enter the correct password 050 OJOJOJO Ss 12 Press v or a until lt 3 SELECT LOCATIONS gt appears gt press Set SETUP FILE _ TEL J SELECT LOCATIONS 2 NOTE If you need to specify the ITU T subaddress password to poll other fax machine you have to first specify the
84. pressing Password the machine starts to scan the documents The timeout interval can be turned OFF See TX Send Settings on p 11 14 6 Enter the ITU T password up to 20 digits using the numeric keys press Set PASSWORD _ TEL 111 2345 1111 42 JOHN BARRISTER 7 Press Start The machine starts to scan the document dials the number and sends the document with the subaddress and password you specified lt NOTE e To cancel the transmission press Stop gt lt when you are prompted to confirm the cancellation e To cancel a transmission set for Delayed or Timer Sending press Delete File Sending a Document with a Subaddress Password 3 35 Sending Documents Sending Documents ES 3 36 Sending a Document with a Subaddress Password CHAPTER This chapter describes the basic reception features You can receive document transmissions automatically or manually To use the Manual Receive mode it is required to install the optional handset kit or connect an extension telephone to answer telephone calls Receiving Documents Automatically 0 000 ee 4 2 Setting the Automatic Receive Mode eee 4 2 Receiving Documents Manually 0000 ee 4 4 Receiving a Document Manually with the Optional Handset 0 000 000 00 ee 4 4 Receiving a Document Manually with an Extension Telephone naana anaana 0 00 0 eee 4 6 Changing the Remote Rec
85. referred to the settings of this machine Regarding the TX START SPEED see User Settings on p 11 5 Regarding the ECM see TX Send Settings on p 11 14 Regarding the TX TYPE by regular dialing you must specify the TX TYPE when you reserve transmission Special Sending Receiving Features TX Document Archiving 9 25 e TX Document Archiving only works for memory sending including Relay Broadcasting e TX Document Archiving does not support the following sending methods Direct sending Polling sending and Transferring e While the TX Document Archiving feature is enabled the Direct TX LED is off and you cannot use Direct sending If Direct sending is required the document must be sent manually Turning the TX Document Archiving ON Follow this procedure to turn TX Document Archiving ON lt NOTE e Before turning lt TX DOC ARCHIVING gt ON the Transfer mode must be set up See Setting Up the Machine for Document Transfer on p 9 3 e The default setting is OFF 1 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels Registration 2 Press Data Registration ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONS 1 PAPER SETTINGS U 9 So 3 Press v or a until lt 3 FAX SETTINGS gt appears gt press Cv Set ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONS _ Fas SETTINGS J FAR SETTINGS 1 USER SETTINGS So 4 Press v or a until lt 7 SYSTEM SETTINGS gt appears ED press Set FAS SETTINGS gt SYSTEM SETTINGS
86. registered for the document in the polling box and the other party s polling request contains a password then the document will not be sent Setting Up Polling Sending 8 19 Using Polling Changing the Polling Box Settings Follow this procedure to change the settings of the polling box setup file 1 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels press Data Registration gt V or a until lt 3 FAX SETTINGS gt appears gt press Set If necessary see steps 1 to 3 of Setting Up a Polling Box on p 8 14 AY Data Registration s lt gt So 2 Press v or A until lt 6 FILE SETTINGS gt appears gt press lt gt Set gt v or a until lt 4 POLLING BOX gt appears gt press Set If necessary see steps 4 and 5 of Setting Up a Polling Box on p 8 14 Press v or a until lt 2 CHANGE DATA gt appears gt press Set POLL IMG BO CH AMGE DATA sa CHANGE DATA gt SET BOX Ls ES El Q Using Polling 3 S 4 Enter the two digit number of the polling box that you want to DOO change using the numeric keys gt press Set 90O You can also press V A to select the polling box number o S a e CHAHGE DATA 11 7 PASSWORD 5 Enter the password up to seven digits using the numeric keys press Set OOOO OJOJOJO OSO If you have not previously set a password skip this step and proceed to step 6 CHANGE DATA CHAN
87. sender s name with TTI Selector See Selecting a Sender s Name on p 3 6 5 If you want to receive a document from a fax machine that has set an ITU T subaddress press Set gt Subaddress aes If you want to receive a document from a fax machine which does not have an ITU T subaddress password set proceed to step 9 TEL 123 4567 SUBADDRESS 16 CANON U S A HY lt NOTE You must press Subaddress within five seconds of pressing Set If you wait longer than the timeout interval before pressing Subaddress the machine starts dialing the number The timeout interval can be turned OFF See TX Send Settings on p 11 14 z E S 6 Enter the ITU T subaddress using the numeric keys press DO Set SUBADDRESS _ TEL 123 4567 E 1734567598 14 CANON U S A HY 2 NOTE You must enter the correct subaddress including and spaces set on the other party s machine Otherwise your machine cannot start polling password 7 If an ITU T password is required press Password Otherwise proceed to step 9 PASSWORD 8 4 Polling Other Fax Machines to Receive a Document lt NOTE You must press Password within five seconds of pressing Set in step 6 If you wait longer than the timeout interval before pressing Password the machine starts dialing the number The timeout interval can be turned OFF See TX Send Settings on p 11 14 2 z 5 8 Enter th
88. slow in starting this may mean that the telephone lines in your area are in poor condition Select a slower speed You can select 33600bps 14400bps 9600bps 7200bps 4800bps or 2400bps Before You Start Using This Machine US 11 Press Stop to return to the Standby mode Things You Must Do Before Using This Machine 1 23 Before You Start Using This Machine Registering Sender s Names Registering alternative sender s names is optional but you may want to register sender s names if many people are using the machine If each user registers his or her personal name as a sender s name they can enter their sender s name to replace the unit s name printed at the top of the documents they send See Registering Required Sender Information TX TERMINAL ID on p 1 16 2 NOTE To enter the sender s name press TTI Selector before you scan the document for sending See Selecting a Sender s Name on p 3 6 Registering a Sender s Name 1 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels Registration 2 Press Data Registration ADDITIONAL FUNCT LOWS 1 PAPER SETTINGS So 3 Press v or a until lt 3 FAX SETTINGS gt appears press 9 Set ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONS _ FAR SETTINGS J FAR SETTINGS i USER SETTINGS S 4 Press v or a until lt 1 USER SETTINGS gt appears gt press ap Set FAR SETTINGS gt USER SETTINGS i USER SETTINGS 1 TEL LINE
89. speed dialing 10 11 with speed dialing 10 12 Polling 8 3 8 19 polling 8 1 8 2 POLLING BOX 8 15 11 26 polling box canceling 8 21 changing 8 20 scanning document 8 18 setting 8 14 polling receiving 8 2 8 3 preset polling 8 5 POLLING RX 2 11 2 20 8 3 polling sending 8 14 scanning document 8 18 power failure 9 30 PRESET POLLING 8 6 11 25 preset polling canceling 8 12 changing 8 10 setting 8 5 PRINT DOCUMENT 9 18 printer operation panel 1 7 PRINTER SETTINGS accessing 11 19 FS Appendix Index 14 25 z Appendix menu 11 20 11 21 printing activity reports 12 11 document in memory 9 18 document locked in memory 9 15 memory list 12 16 speed dialing list 12 2 user data list 12 6 printing area 14 6 program one touch key setting 10 15 11 8 PSWD SUBADDRESS 2 11 2 20 R RECEIVED IN MEMORY 9 15 reception RX report 12 13 redialing 3 22 automatic 3 22 setting 3 23 registering information 1 11 correcting 1 14 menu key summary table 1 15 regular dialing 3 8 long distance dialing 3 14 using 3 8 REGULAR TX 2 11 2 19 relay broadcast sending with Advanced Communication key 6 12 relay broadcast report 12 14 relay broadcasting 6 2 canceling 6 9 changing 6 7 password 6 8 sending document 6 11 sending with speed dialing 6 12 setting 6 3 relay group setting 6 3 relay network 6 1 RELAY TX GROUP 6 4 11 24 relay unit 6 2 setting 6 3 Remote Receive ID 4 7
90. subaddress password for the telephone number when you register the number for one touch or coded speed dialing For details on registering the subaddress password for the one touch speed dialing keys or a coded speed dialing code see Using Speed Dialing on p 2 32 Registration of a subaddress password is required before you send a document with a subaddress password using speed dialing Place your documents on the machine For instructions explaining how to place your documents see Setting the Document on the Machine on p 3 3 DOCUMENT READY 3 32 Sending a Document with a Subaddress Password lt NOTE e You can adjust the resolution contrast and document type for scanning See Adjusting the Scan Settings on p 3 4 e You can also specify a sender s name with TTI Selector See Selecting a Sender s Name on p 3 6 3 Specify the destinations using the one touch speed dialing coded speed dialing access code dialing or directory dialing telephone numbers registered for subaddress password sending For detailed instructions see Using Speed Dialing on p 2 32 or Using Directory Dialing on p 2 39 ae 4 press Start to start scanning immediately Otherwise the machine waits five or ten seconds before it starts to Scan your documents This timeout feature can be turned OFF See TX Send Settings on p 11 14 Sending Documents Subaddress P
91. the LCD display and make sure the machine is in the Manual Receive mode Fah 12 31 2602 11 46 HAH 3 When the connected extension telephone rings pick up the handset If you hear someone on the line you can speak to them ag Receiving Documents Manually 4 If you hear a slow beep tone dial 25 the Remote Receive ID on the extension telephone hang up The machine starts receiving the document lt NOTE You can change the number for the Remote Receiving ID from 00 to 99 or turn the feature OFF See Changing the Remote Receive ID on p 4 7 Changing the Remote Receive ID Follow this procedure to change the Remote Receive ID 1 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels 2 Press Data Registration ADDITIONAL FUMCTIOWS 1 PAPER SETTINGS So 3 Press V or a until lt 3 FAX SETTINGS gt appears gt press lt P Set ADDITIONAL FUNCT IOMS FAS SETTINGS J FAR SETTINGS gt 1 USER SETTINGS So 4 Press v or a until lt 4 RX SETTINGS gt appears press lt P Set FAX SETTINGS Rs SETTINGS HE SETTIMGS gt 1 ECM Ex So 5 Press v or a until lt 3 REMOTE RX gt appears gt press Set lt gt ka SETTINGS REMOTE Fe J REMOTE Es ii OM Receiving Documents Manually 4 7 Receiving Documents gt Receiving Documents gt 6 Press v or a to display lt ON gt gt press Set If you want to turn OFF the remote receiving feature select OFF
92. the optional Stamp Kit on your machine Stamps documents sent using direct and memory sending Stamps documents sent with direct sending only Sets the PIN code feature for dialing through a PBX that requires PIN codes See Setting Up and Using PIN Codes on p 10 6 Turns OFF the PIN code feature Turns ON the PIN code feature Forced PIN Code feature requires entering a PIN code for every transaction Forced PIN code access is turned OFF If you want to enter the PIN code press Pin Code before after entering the telephone number The Forced PIN code access is turned ON You must enter a PIN code every time you dial Sets the PIN code to appear as a prefix or suffix of the telephone number The PIN code appears as a prefix The PIN code appears as a suffix An asterisk indicates the default setting TX Send Settings RX R ceive Settings Follow this procedure to set the RX settings Setting Procedure Open all three one touch speed dialing panels a 2 Press Data Registration ADDITIONAL FUNCT IOWS 1 PAPER SETTINGS r So 3 Press V or a until lt 3 FAX SETTINGS gt appears gt press Set ACDITIORAL FUMCTIOWS FAX SETTINGS FAR SETTINGS l USEF SETTINGS S 4 Press v or a until lt 4 RX SETTINGS gt appears gt press Set FAs SETTINGS ks SETTIHGS Es SETTINGS gt 1 EC Ex S 5 Press v or a to display the item you want to set or c
93. the other party s fax machine does not accept a polling request with a subaddress try sending the document again without a subaddress You cannot poll the other party to receive a document because a subaddress and or password does not match Call the other party and confirm that the subaddress and or password that you are using are correct The other party sent out a polling request but cannot receive a document with an ITU T password Call the other party and confirm whether the other party s fax machine supports sending a polled document with an ITU T password Ask the other party to try polling your machine again without an ITU T password 13 6 Error Code Table Listed by Number 0102 Cause 1 You cannot receive documents because a subaddress and or password does not match Cause 2 You have sent a document to the other party s confidential mailbox without specifying its subaddress and or password Remedy Call the other party and confirm whether you are using the correct subaddress and or password 0995 Cause Documents which are stored in the memory to be sent at a later time have been cleared Remedy Store the documents again start a new operation or leave the machine in the Standby mode 0322 to 0330 Cause A fatal error has occurred Remedy Contact your local authorized Canon dealer where you purchased your Canon product for assistance Error Code Table Listed by Number 13 7 a Tr
94. there is still no answer it makes one more attempt after waiting another two minutes After the last unsuccessful attempt the machine prints an Error TX report Automatic reduction of received image At the top of the received document the date time company name and fax number can be printed Because this extra information at the top of the received document requires additional space the number of pages of the received document may increase Automatic reduction of the received image avoids this by reducing the size of the printed image bps Stands for bits per second The measure of transmission speed used in relationship to networks and communication lines FS Appendix Broadcasting Transmitting a document to more than one location Glossary 14 7 Appendix 14 8 C CCITT ITU T Formally known as CCITT Consultative Committee for International Telegraph and Telephone CCITT has been replaced by the International Telecommunications Unit Telecommunications Sector ITU T a committee created to set international standards for telecommunications Coded speed dialing Enables you to automatically dial a facsimile number by pressing only four keys Coded Dial and a three digit code You can register up to 128 facsimile numbers for coded speed dialing When you register the facsimile number you can also enter the receiving party s name set the speed for the transmission and other useful features Confidential
95. to perform this setting proceed to step 14 OPTIOMAL SETTING ACCESS CODE 8 Setting Up Coded Speed Dialing 2 17 Using Speed Dialing OOOO OJOJO O OSO o S OOOO OJOJOJO OSO o E lt NOTE e f you want to use access code dialing you have to register an access code from two to five digits that represents the telephone number you are registering for coded speed dialing e To use access code dialing you need to set ACCESS CODE to USE from the SYSTEM SETTINGS menu and set up the access code key See Setting Up the Access Code Key on p 2 29 13 Enter an access code from two to five digits using the numeric keys gt press Set ACCESS CODE gt OPTIONAL SETTING Le sa s TIME SETTHG 14 If you want to set the time for the transmission press v or a until lt 2 TX TIME SETTNG gt appears gt press Set If you do not want to perform this setting proceed to step 18 OPTIONAL SETTING Ta TIME SETTHG 2 NOTE e You can set up to five different times in a 24 hour period for sending e If you set the timer for a coded speed dialing code every document you send using this code is sent at the same time everyday 15 Press V or A to select a preset time number 1 to 5 gt press Set a TIME S lt ETTHG l _ Te TIME SETTHG l 16 Enter the time in 24 hour notation using the numeric keys e g 1 00 p m as 13 00 gt press Set
96. to the telephone number and name of the other party you can set the timer for the transmission and enter other important settings Follow this procedure to register a telephone number for one touch speed dialing and to perform its optional settings 1 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels Using Speed Dialing mo agan O 2 Press Data Registration ADDITIOWAL FUNCTIORNS 1 P PER SETTINGS So 3 Press v or a until lt 4 ADD REGISTRATION gt appears gt PA press Set ADDITIONAL FUNCTION ADD REGISTRATION ADD REGISTRATION 1 1 TOUCH SPD DIAL So 4 Press v or a until lt 1 1 TOUCH SPD DIAL gt appears gt press Cw Set ADD REGISTRATION gt TEL REGISTRATION 1 1 TOUCH SPE DIAL H1 2 6 Setting Up One Touch Speed Dialing OOOO OOOO S 5 Press v or a until the one touch speed dialing key s number that you want to register appears press Set You can also specify a one touch speed dialing key by closing the appropriate one touch speed dialing panel and pressing the one touch speed dialing key that you want to register TEL REGISTRATION gt TEL REGISTRATION 1H 1 TEL HUMBER ENTE 2 NOTE If a telephone number is already registered for the one touch speed dialing key that number is displayed If the key is registered for group dialing lt GROUP DIAL gt appears on the LCD display 6 Press v or a until lt 1 TEL NUMBER ENTRY gt appears
97. to use the Delayed Transmission feature press the one touch speed dialing key set for this feature CONFIDENTIAL Sets the one touch speed dialing key to substitute for the procedure of opening all three one touch speed dialing panels pressing Advanced Communication and selecting lt CONFIDENTIAL TX gt Whenever you want to use the Confidential Mailbox feature press the one touch speed dialing key set for this feature 10 16 Setting Up the Program One Touch Key ee Sets the one touch speed dialing key to substitute for the procedure of opening all three one touch speed dialing panels pressing Advanced Communication and selecting lt RELAY TX gt Whenever you want to use the Relay Transmission feature press the one touch speed dialing key set for this feature POLLING Sets the one touch speed dialing key to substitute for the procedure of Opening all three one touch speed dialing panels pressing Advanced Communication and selecting lt POLLING gt Whenever you want to use the Polling feature press the one touch speed dialing key set for this feature ACCESS CODE Press to use access code dialing SENDER S You can register a sender s name in a program one touch key NAME SET SET TEXT Press to enter fixed text such as a domain name of e mail address MEMORY Sets the one touch speed dialing key to function as Memory REFERENCE Reference Whenever you want to check or delete the documents stored in
98. under the incorrect letter gt enter the correct letter 2 NOTE e Press Clear to delete the entire entry gt start again e Press Delete to delete the rightmost character enter the correct character 1 14 Using the Menus and Operation Panel Keys Operation Panel Key Summary Table When you come to a step where you must enter a number or name for data registration in this section or any part of this manual and the Reference Guide refer to the table below To see some of the keys described below you may have to open all three one touch speed dialing panels m Keys for Registering Information The search keys display the next or previous menu item Press W to display the next item in the menu If you press W when the last item is displayed the display rotates to the first item in the menu Press A to display the previous item in the menu If you press A when the first item is displayed the display rotates to the last item in the menu When registering names press A to immediately position the cursor under the first letter and press W to immediately position the cursor to the right of the last letter Press Set to select the current item and display the next level of the menu Switches the entry modes A Text Entry mode Enables you to enter letters and symbols 1 Number Entry mode Enables you to enter numbers ABC_ to WXY More than one letter is assigned to a key Press to e
99. useful when one or both parties cannot be in the office at the same time Whatls POMO Esc 206446240 eee to hence teens hbo eae heed eens A 8 2 Before You Use Polling Receiving 0 eens 8 2 Polling Other Fax Machines to Receive a Document 000 eee eee eee 8 3 Polling to Receive at a Preset Time salido dsd ate aoe ii 8 5 Changing the Preset Polling Settings nso ee endow A ees 8 10 Deleting a Preset Polling BOX casal crea at diate ba etl haat as A eed 8 12 Setting Up Polling Sending 0 ccc eee eens 8 14 Before You Can Be Polled to Send ta be aed bd at AAA ee 8 14 cenno Upa PONG BOK os ta Wh edt bah Ohh Pee yas wean Ree eae ad bly Se apa a a 8 14 scanning a Document into the Memory for Polling Sending 0 0000 cee eee 8 18 Changing the Polling Box Settings s ers 208 oY see A A Piel tase e hes 8 20 DeletiniGza F OlNG BOX pata een eee Se ee he ee he A ee A ee 8 21 8 1 Using Polling Polling means one fax machine calls another fax machine and requests that the other fax machine send a document that it is holding Unlike normal sending and receiving in polling the receiver always calls the sender This is called polling to receive a document The sender sends the document in response to a polling request by a telephone call from the receiver lt NOTE Your machine can be set up to function in both roles Your machine can poll to receive a document or it can be polled to send a
100. want to add to the list of fax machines that receive relay broadcasts from your machine make sure that the numbers you want to add are registered for one touch or coded speed dialing e f you want to set your machine to confirm the identity of the originator before it receives a document for relay broadcasting make sure the telephone number of the originator s fax machine is registered for one touch or coded speed dialing on your machine 1 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels press Data Registration gt V or A until lt 3 FAX SETTINGS gt appears gt press Set If necessary see steps 1 to 3 of Setting Your Machine as a Relay Unit on p 6 3 D 2 Press V or A until lt 6 FILE SETTINGS gt appears press YO Set gt V or A until lt 2 RELAY TX GROUP gt appears gt press Set If necessary see steps 4 and 5 of Setting Your Machine as a Relay Unit on p 6 3 Using a Relay Network 0 9 3 Press V or A until lt 2 CHANGE DATA gt appears gt press lt gt Set RELAY Ta GROUP CH AMGE DATA 2 CHANGE DATA SET RLY Ts GROUP 66 Setting Up and Using a Standard Relay Unit 6 7 3 S 5 4 Enter the two digit relay group number that you want to DAO change using the numeric keys gt press Set 9 You can also press W A to select a relay group number S o CHANGE DATA CHANGE DATA SET RLY Te GROUP Hi PASSWORD The prompt lt PASSWORD gt will be displayed if
101. want to specify using the numeric keys If a number or key is already in use either lt 1 TOUCH SPD DIAL gt lt CODED SPD DIAL gt or lt GROUP DIAL gt appears on the LCD display 6 Press vV or A until lt 1 DSTN TEL ID gt appears gt press Set GROUP DIAL gt TEL 1 05TH TEL TD 7 Register all the destinations for the group To register a one touch speed dialing key close the appropriate one touch speed dialing panel press the one touch speed dialing key which contains the telephone number you want to include in the group To register a coded speed dialing code press Coded Dial gt use the numeric keypad to enter the three digit code which contains the telephone number you want to include in the group lt NOTE You can enter up to 199 numbers 8 When you are finished registering destinations press Set GROUP DIAL e MAME Setting Up Group Dialing Using Speed Dialing 3 Using Speed Dialing mo 9 Press Set to enter a name for the group 10 Enter a name for the group up to 16 characters long using the numeric keys gt press Set SH 9000 00 For more information on how to enter names see Entering Names for gt Registration on p 1 13 lt P A GROUP DIAL CANON GROUP 3 DPTIOHAL SETTING The message lt DATA ENTRY OK gt appears on the LCD display for a few seconds O This completes the minimum settings for registering a group dia
102. ways e Line 1 connected to the telephone jack on the right side of the main unit marked L can be used for all communications provided by the machine e Line 2 connected to the telephone jack on the right side of the main unit marked cannot be used for the following features MANUAL SENDING Sending documents manually See Chapter 3 Sending Documents ab C O q D C H O E 0 2 o 3 gt ab 2 O Lua mM Receiving documents manually See Chapter 4 Receiving MANUAL RECEIVING Documents Voice telephone communication See Chapter 10 Other Special ES Features Changing the Remote Receive ID See Chapter 4 Receiving Documents REMOTE RX e You can select which line is to be used for priority sending when both lines are open elf Line 1 is busy receiving a document transmission even if Line 2 is open you cannot send or receive another document transmission manually e Even if another party calls you on Line 2 you cannot receive the telephone call for voice communication Using the Optional Dual Line 1 29 Before You Start Using This Machine Registering Telephone Numbers for the Lines The telephone numbers that you register using the procedure below appear on the LCD display of the other party s fax machine during document transmissions and appear in printed reports and lists Follow this procedure to r
103. 000 OS o S Data Registration Before You Start Using This Machine 0 OOOO 0000 e OOOO S 0 6 Press v or a until lt 1 USER TEL NO gt appears press 8 9 Set TEL LIHE SETTINGS gt USER TEL HO i USEF TEL HO TEL Enter the unit s telephone number up to 20 digits using the numeric keys gt press Set The units telephone number is the telephone number of your own machine USER TEL HO gt TEL _LIHE SETTINGS TEL 123 4567 s TEL LINE TYPE The message lt DATA ENTRY OK gt appears on the LCD display for a few seconds Press Data Registration to return to the lt USER SETTINGS gt menu USER SETTINGS 1 TEL LINE SETTINGS Press v or a until lt 2 UNIT NAME gt appears gt press Set USER SETTINGS 2 HIT MAME 10 Enter the unit s name up to 24 characters using the numeric keys press Set You can enter letters in upper or lower case and numbers In the upper right corner of the LCD display you should see the letter A This means you are in the Text Entry mode Press x on the numeric keypad to switch the entry mode For more details see Entering Names for Registration on p 1 13 CAHOON DIV The message lt DATA ENTRY OK gt appears on the screen for a few seconds 1 20 Things You Must Do Before Using This Machine US 11 Press Stop to return to the Standby mode Checking and Setting the Telephone Line If you are n
104. 1 FS Appendix z Appendix In Use Memory lamp Flashes green when the telephone line is in use or when you are receiving a document Maintains a steady green light when there are documents stored in memory ITU T See also CCITT ITU T J Jack The telephone line receptacles on your wall and on the side of the main unit used to connect your machine to the telephone line handset or extension telephone L Long distance dialing When dialing or registering long distance numbers you sometimes have to insert a pause either within or after the telephone number The destination and length of the pause differ depending on the system Contact your local authorized Canon dealer or your local telephone company for further information if you experience problems with long distance dialing M Manual receiving Use this setting if you have installed the optional handset kit and there is only one line connected to your office which you use for both telephone and fax communication and you want to monitor all incoming calls yourself When you hear the telephone ring pick up the handset and answer the telephone call If you hear a slow beep someone is trying to send you a facsimile transmission Press Start and hang up the handset to start receiving the document You cannot receive documents if there is another document being fed into the machine Manual redialing When you use regular dialing you can redial a number manually simpl
105. 1 FAX 1 TTI POSITION INSIDE IMAGE OUTSIDE IMAGE 2 TEL NUMBER MARK Register up to 99 alternate sender s names Before you send a document press TTI Selector and select a name to replace the name you registered for the unit s name See Registering Sender s Names on p 1 24 Register the sender s names Set the sender s telephone number to be printed as part of the TX Terminal ID on the document the other party receives when sending a document with a registered sender s name Set the sender s fax number to be used with the sender s name you are registering The user s telephone number is registered as the sender s fax number You can specify the number you want to use as the sender s fax number See the Sending Guide For the LASER CLASS 710 the installation of the optional Network Kit III is necessary to access these items Print your ID Transmitting Terminal ID on each page you transmit In the United States this setting must be turned ON See Registering Required Sender Information TX TERMINAL ID on p 1 16 For Fax you can set not to print the TX Terminal ID Terminal ID prints inside the image border Terminal ID prints outside the image border You can prefix your number with the abbreviations FAX or TEL in your sender ID Prefixes the number with the abbreviation FAX Prefixes the number with the abbreviation TEL User Settings 11 7
106. 11111111 Gs 41 CANO lt NOTE You must enter the correct subaddress including x and spaces set on the other party s machine Otherwise your machine cannot start a relay broadcast Sending a Document to a Relay Unit for Relay Broadcasting 6 13 Password _ 6 If an ITU T password is required to start the relay broadcast press Password Otherwise proceed to step 8 PASSWORD lt NOTE You must press Password within five seconds of pressing Set in step 5 If you wait longer than the timeout interval before pressing Password the machine starts scanning the document The timeout interval can be turned OFF See TX Send Settings on p 11 14 Es S S 7 Enter the ITU T password up to 20 digits including and DO O spaces set on the other party s machine using the numeric O E keys press Set PASSWORD 2151 lt NOTE You must enter the correct password including x and spaces set on the other party s machine Otherwise the other party s machine cannot receive the document S 09 Start 8 press Start The machine starts the transmission lt NOTE The machine begins scanning the documents automatically if the Timeout feature is set to ON See TX Send Settings on p 11 14 Using a Relay Network o 6 14 Sending a Document to a Relay Unit for Relay Broadcasting CHAPTER This chapter shows you how to send and receive confidential
107. 48 Using a Relay Network Using Confidential Mailboxes Using Polling Special Sending Receiving Features Other Special Features Summary of Important Settings Printing Reports and Lists Troubleshooting Appendix Includes the specifications of the machine the type of documents you can scan the glossary and the index Considerable effort has been made to ensure that this manual is free of inaccuracies and omissions However as we are constantly improving our products if you need an exact specification please contact Canon Contents PROTA sit A Ae heheh ea aera xi How to Use This Manual 0 0c ees Xi Symbols Used in This Manual 0000 c eee ee eee xi Keys Used in This Manual sses e sateni eai AR xi Illustrations Used in This Manual 0 0 0 0 0c eee eee xii Legal NOUCCS cisco xiii Users inthe USA ii SS hee we ee be Aare Se xiii Warning for the LASER CLASS 710 23 42b46450 bec aaa XV Warning for the LASER CLASS 7201 7301 o o oooooooo o xvi Users IN Ganada ne A A e tosh A pls xvii Pre installation Requirements for Canon Facsimile Equipment xvii ONG A O O E Se xviii SA A ANA A RETO xviii A aer O A BAG a Ae ten eran aN xviii GUO A ah vs A A AN AAA XIX Upe Gist 2 4 ch a ener ayia A Data ae ate a deere as tee XIX Made GUE Sse iti aces a e o ad XIX CODY MOMs we re eee a ate Sat eb ee xix Disclaimer S caciones ee ks bg es IAS a a XX Chapter 1 Before You Start Using Th
108. 6 Using Speed Dialing e If you want to cancel the transmission after you press a one touch speed dialing key or enter a coded speed dialing code under which a group is registered press Stop Using Access Code Dialing Follow the procedure to start a transmission and send a document using access code dialing C IMPORTANT To use this feature you must first set ACCESS CODE to USE from the SYSTEM SETTINGS menu and set up the access code key See Setting Up the Access Code Key on p 2 29 Also you have to register an access code when registering a telephone number for one touch or coded speed dialing See Setting Up One Touch Speed Dialing on p 2 6 or Setting Up Coded Speed Dialing on p 2 15 1 Place your documents on the machine For instructions explaining how to place your documents see Setting the Document on the Machine on p 3 3 DOCUMENT READY lt NOTE e You can adjust the resolution contrast and document type for scanning See Adjusting the Scan Settings on p 3 4 e You can also specify a senders name with TTI Selector See Selecting a Sender s Name on p 3 6 2 Press the access code key that you have set If you have set as the access code key press If you have set the access code key to OTHER press the corresponding program one touch key 3 Enter the access code from two to five digits using the numeric keys
109. 8 3314 DESTINATION ID ST TIME 12 31 12 49 TIME USE 00 20 PGS 0 RESULT NG 4 Cancel Receiving on a Dual Line If you have installed the optional Dual Line Upgrade Kit and both lines are in use at the same time and you want to cancel receiving a document follow this procedure gt 1 Press Stop If the machine is using both lines when you press Stop you will be prompted on the LCD display to select which transaction you want to cancel Receiving Documents So 2 Press v or a to select the transaction you want to cancel gt Cw press Set CANCEL DURING TAARAT YVES O HO 2 3 Press x to cancel receiving the document To continue receiving the document press After you press x to cancel the reception an alarm sounds and document reception is canceled The machine returns to the Standby mode lt NOTE If the Receive RX Report feature is ON or set to PRINT ERROR ONLY an RX Report also prints See Report Settings on p 11 11 4 10 Cancel Receiving a Document ws a Copier CHAPTER This chapter describes all the settings and procedures for using the machine as a copier Preparing the Document 0 0 cece ees 5 2 Setting a Document on the Machine 0 0000 ee 5 3 Adjusting ME SCAN SCUINGS idee ei wes ete Gees CERES ee ed dee eee ee 5 5 MaKING Coples idearen tik ote leas is baii da dais 5 6 Checking
110. CD display for a few seconds o Using Confidential Mailboxes LA S 10 Press v or A until lt 2 PASSWORD gt appears gt press Set SETUP FILE 2 PASSWORD aA _ Setting Up and Using the Confidential Mailbox Feature 7 3 Using Confidential Mailboxes a 7 4 OOOO SOS OSO 5 S S OOOO 0000 OSO 5 S 11 Enter a password up to seven digits using the numeric keys gt press Set PASSWORD gt SETUP FILE 134557 J SUBADDRESS lt NOTE e This password protects the confidential mailbox settings from unauthorized access The next time you want to open your confidential mailbox or the CHANGE DATA menu to view the settings or make any changes you have to enter this password e You also have to enter this password to print documents you receive in your mailbox Do not forget your password e If you make a mistake while entering the password press Clear gt enter the correct password 12 Press v or a until lt 3 SUBADDRESS gt appears press Set SETUP FILE J SUBADDRESS ap OORBDOBEAS 13 Enter an ITU T subaddress up to 20 digits including and spaces using the numeric keys press Set SUBADDRESS SETUP FILE 1234567898 4 Rx PASSWORD lt NOTE e This is the ITU T standard subaddress This setting is required All confidential documents must be sent to your machine with this subaddress in order to be stored in your mailbox If the subaddresses do
111. Canceling Copy JODS 0 00 eens 5 8 Flow OL Checking ODeralOnS 02 44 seed eae hy eohee a eas 5 8 Canceling Wh thie ION Key st rs Ree Mate slat eee A dats AA 5 9 Canceling tom ihe Monito Screen en eo a da a d 5 10 5 1 Preparing the Document Follow these simple guidelines to check your document before you set the document on the machine for copying IMPORTANT e For best results load only documents of recommended standard size and weight See Documents You Can Scan on p 14 4 e To avoid document jams never feed thick documents or documents backed with carbon paper e To avoid document jams and possible damage to the machine avoid wrinkled or creased paper carbon paper curled paper coated paper and onion skin or other very thin papers e To avoid paper jams or damaging the machine inspect the documents carefully and make sure they are free of pins staples paper clips and other metal fasteners e Make sure all of the documents are dry They should not have wet ink glue or paste on their surfaces e Before you feed a stack of documents into the machine make sure all the pages are of the same size and thickness Do not attempt to feed documents of mixed sizes and thicknesses in the same stack lt NOTE e The document guides on the document feeder tray can be adjusted to the width of nonstandard size paper For best results however all sheets in the stack should be of the same width
112. Canon LASER CLASS yl 00 Series SN SA fi INS Xy ae gt Please read this guide before operating this equipment After you finish reading this guide store it in a safe place for future reference ENG LASER CLASS 700 Series Facsimile Guide Manuals for the Machine The manuals for this machine are divided as follows Please refer to them for detailed information The manuals supplied with optional equipment are included in the list below Depending on the system configuration and product purchased some manuals may not be needed ae Y Guides with this symbol are PDF manuals included on the CN iis Guides with this symbol are printed manuals ROM ying CD ROM e Basic Operations e Troubleshooting Reference Guide LO e Sending Instructions Sending Guide iis e Fax Instructions Facsimile Guide Ql This Document e Setting Up the Network Connection and ie Pr Installing the CD ROM Software Setup Guide e Remote User Interface Instructions e Network Connectivity and Setup Instructions e PCL Printer Instructions i Driver Installation and e Fax Driver and Cover Sheet Editor Installation Fax Driver Guide AN and Instructions The machine illustration on the cover may differ slightly from your machine How This Manual Is Organized e 118 Before You Start Using This Machine Using Speed Dialing Sending Documents Receiving Documents Using the Machine as a Copier 111118
113. DE gt of the PIN Code setting to OFF you can perform the procedure described below See Setting a PIN Code on p 10 6 Pin Code C Cy 1 Place your documents on the machine For instructions explaining how to place your documents on the machine see setting the Document on the Machine on p 3 3 DOCUMENT READY lt NOTE e You can adjust the resolution contrast and document type for scanning See Adjusting the Scan Settings on p 3 4 e You can also specify a senders name with TTI Selector See Selecting a Sender s Name on p 3 6 2 Enter the telephone number using the numeric keys TEL 1234567 3 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels press Pin Code TEL 134567L 4 Press Set TEL 1345671 2 NOTE Repeat steps 2 through 4 for each telephone number in a sequential broadcast In a sequential broadcast you must dial the second destination within five seconds of dialing the first destination All subsequent destinations must be specified within 10 seconds of each other For details about sequential broadcasting see Sequential Broadcasting to More Than One Location on p 3 26 10 8 Setting Up and Using PIN Codes Start 5 Press Start ENTER FIH CODE lt NOTE To enter the PIN code immediately press Start Otherwise the machine waits five seconds before it displays lt ENTER PIN CODE gt This timeout feature can be turne
114. DESTINATION TEL ID PGS SET TIME ST TIME SENDER NAME 0011 TRANSMIT 002 HUNT INVESTMENTS 2 12 31 13 00 5011 CONFID RX 1 12 31 14 46 Memory Lists 12 17 S SI7 pue sjioday Bunulld Memory Lists 12 18 3 CHAPTER This chapter describes the procedures for taking corrective action in the event that errors or trouble occurs Error Code Table Listed by Number 0 000 cece eee eee eens 13 2 List of LCD Display Messages Alphabetical List o o oooooo 13 8 When Touble OCCU cs diarias ene ete es eae eae eats eae 13 14 Senda DOCUMEM as a fe A Soc da Soave teeny dae katate ao ara Dd Sern a 13 14 HeCe ning Documents std id oe tet Sete Oe aie eee eS 13 18 COP yA DOCUS iS cs Se te ated Rote tok Boi Rass Aerie Goede ARGS lok les Ww Rat eed a ete 13 19 ROT A A A dh nell SM ta E aa Mhadt let 13 20 13 1 z Troubleshooting Err 13 2 ode Table Listed by Number Errors in reports are recorded as numbers because there is not enough space to print a detailed description of the error in the report When errors are recorded in reports note the error code number and check it against the table below to learn more about what caused the error and how to remedy it 0001 Cause Remedy 0003 Cause Remedy 0005 Cause 1 Remedy Cause 2 Remedy A document may be jammed in the ADF Automatic Document Feeder when using direct sending Remove the jammed document and try
115. E 7 SYSTEM SETTINGS Use these settings to set up security features with passwords You can also change the machine s default settings and set the access code key to be used with access code dialing See System Settings on p 11 29 Summary of User Data Settings 11 3 Summary of Important Settings 11 4 E 8 LAN SETTINGS See the Sending Guide For the LASER CLASS 710 the installation of the optional Network Kit Ill is necessary to access these items Summary of User Data Settings Use q S ettings Follow this procedure to set the user settings Setting Procedure Data 2 Registration _ Ey 3 a Ey gt 6 Press Data Registration ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONS 1 P PER SETTINGS Press v or a until lt 3 FAX SETTINGS gt appears press Set ADDITIONAL FUNCTIOWS FAs SETTINGS J FAR SETTINGS gt 1 USER SETTIMGS Press Set USER SETTINGS 1 TEL LINE SETTINGS Press v or A to display the item you want to set or change gt press Set Summary of Important Settings For more information on the available User Settings see the table on the next page Press Stop to return to the Standby mode User Settings 11 5 Summary of Important Settings 11 6 A lA 1 TEL LINE SETTINGS 1 LINE 1 2 LINE 2 1 USER TEL NO 2 TEL LINE TYPE TOUCH TONE ROTARY PULSE 3 TX START SPEED 4 RX START SPEED 2 UNIT NAME Set the user s telephone numbers on yo
116. EMORY LOCK RX gt is displayed instead of the Standby display MEMORY LOCK Ex AUTO 2 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels press Memory Reception MEM LOCK PASSWORD If you have not set the memory lock password see step 7 in Setting a Time and Password for Memory Lock on p 9 10 the machine immediately returns to the Standby mode The setting is completed and the documents received in memory are printed 3 If a memory lock password has been set enter the memory lock password using the numeric keys gt press Set MEM LOCK PASSWORD _ FAa 12 31 2062 18 11 debo AUTO When you press Set all the documents received in memory while the machine was in the Memory Lock mode are printed The memory lock mode is deactivated 9 14 Using Memory Lock When the Machine Displays lt RECEIVED IN ME RY gt If paper or toner runs out while you are receiving a document or the machine detects that the output tray is full the machine automatically stores the unprinted pages of the document in memory and displays this message RECEIVED IH MEMORY 1 Check the LCD display messages Add paper to the paper cassettes if you see the message below see Chapter 1 Before You Start Using This Machine in the Reference Guide SUPPLY REC PAPER CASSETTE 1 LTE Replace the toner cartridge if you see the message below see Chapter 6 Maintenance in the Reference Guide REPLACE CARTRIDGE Pick up the
117. FILE Delete a mailbox Enter the number of the mailbox you want to delete Enter the password protecting the mailbox you want to delete if necessary File Settings 11 23 Summary of Important Settings Summary of Important Settings 11 24 E a re 2 RELAY TX GROUP 1 SETUP FILE SET RLY TX GROUP 1 GROUP DIAL NAME 2 PASSWORD 3 TRIGGER 1 SUBADDRESS 2 SENDER S FAX NO 3 MAIL ADDRESS To 4 RX PASSWORD 5 SELECT ORIG UNIT ON TEL OFF 6 PRINT RX DOC ON OF RX COPIES OFF 7 SELECT LOCATIONS TEL File Settings Sets up a relay box so your machine can relay document transmissions to other fax machines in your area See Setting Up and Using a Standard Relay Unit on p 6 3 Sets up a relay box 00 99 Sets a two digit relay group number Give the relay group a name up to 24 characters 0 9999999 Assign a password to protect the relay box settings Set the trigger to initiate Relay Broadcasting Enter an ITU T subaddress up to 20 digits Enter the telephone number of your machine See the Sending Guide For the LASER CLASS 710 the installation of the optional Network Kit Ill is necessary to access these items Enter an ITU T password up to 20 digits Sets your machine to check the incoming relay command to make sure the originator is registered Receives and obeys incoming relay commands for registered originators only Register ori
118. GE DATA PASSWORD dk 1 FILE MAME 8 20 Setting Up Polling Sending S E gt 6 Press v or a to display the setting you want to change gt s gt press Set To change the settings for an item follow the same procedure you used for the initial setup of the polling box See Setting Up a Polling Box on p 8 14 CHAHGE DATA 1 FILE HAME 2 NOTE To change the password you have to first enter the old password it is not displayed as you enter it gt press Set gt enter a new password it is displayed as you enter it gt press Set US 7 When you are finished making changes press Stop to return to the Standby mode Deleting a Polling Box Follow this procedure to delete a polling box lt NOTE You cannot delete a polling box if the polling box is holding a document for polling sending fe le 1 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels press Data Registration gt V or a until lt 3 FAX SETTINGS gt appears gt press Set If necessary see steps 1 to 3 of Setting Up a Polling Box on p 8 14 Data Registration ER S 2 Press v or a until lt 6 FILE SETTINGS gt appears press lt gt Set gt V or a until lt 4 POLLING BOX gt appears press Set If necessary see steps 4 and 5 of Setting Up a Polling Box on p 8 14 Setting Up Polling Sending 8 21 Using Polling gt Using Polling e Ss a E gt QUO 0000 OOOO
119. GS So 4 Press v or a until lt 6 FILE SETTINGS gt appears press lt P Set FAs SETTIHNGS FILE SETTINGS Bs FILE SETTINGS 1 COMFICHTL MAILBOX S 5 Press v or a to display the item you want to set or change press Set FILE SETTINGS 1 COMFICHTL MATLBOs For more information on the available File Settings see the table on the next page 11 22 File Settings US 6 press Stop to return to the Standby mode MT MA O 1 CONFIDNTL MAILBOX 1 SETUP FILE SET BOX 1 FILE NAME 2 PASSWORD 3 SUBADDRESS 4 RX PASSWORD 5 OF RX COPIES 2 CHANGE DATA SET BOX PASSWORD 3 DELETE FILE SET BOX PASSWORD Sets up a confidential mailbox See Setting Up and Using the Confidential Mailbox Feature on p 7 2 Sets up a confidential mailbox 00 99 Create a two digit confidential mailbox number Give the mailbox a name up to 24 characters long 0 9999999 Assign a password to protect the mailbox settings and prevent unauthorized access Enter an ITU T subaddress up to 20 digits for reception Enter an ITU T password up to 20 digits for reception From 01 to 99 COPIES 01 COPIES Set the number of copies printed of every document stored in the mailbox Change the mailbox settings Enter the number of the mailbox you want to change Enter the password protecting the mailbox settings if necessary You can now change any of the settings listed above in 1 SETUP
120. GS J TA SETTINGS gt 1 ECM TH press v or a to display the item you want to set or change press Set Te SETTINGS 1 ECM Ta For more information on the available TX Send Settings see the table on the next page Press Stop to return to the Standby mode 11 14 TX Send Settings AAA A 1 ECM TX 2 PAUSE TIME 3 AUTO REDIAL ON 1 REDIAL TIMES 2 REDIAL INTERVAL 3 TX ERROR RESEND ON ALL PAGES ERROR amp 1ST PAGE ERROR PAGE OFF 4 ERASE FAILED TX ON Turns ECM Error Correction Mode for transmission OFF and ON This switch does not affect the settings for one touch or coded speed dialing See Using Speed Dialing on p 2 32 All transmissions are sent in the ECM if the other party s fax machine supports ECM ECM is turned OFF From 01 to 15SEC 02SEC Sets the length of the pause entered between numbers when you press Redial Pause See Adjusting the Length of a Pause on p 2 3 Select whether to perform automatic redialing when the other line is busy or there is no answer See Setting Up Redialing on p 3 23 Customize the redial operation From 01 to 10 TIMES 02TIMES Even if the machine is set to redial several times it only redials once if there is no tone or ring back tone during the first attempt From 02 to 99 minutes O2MIN Selects whether to perform automatic redialing when a transmission error occu
121. HOMAS DILLON 12 16 Memory Lists Document Memory List Follow this procedure to print a Document Memory List for all documents currently stored in the memory 1 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels press Report REPORT L ALTIVITY REPORT 2 Press v or a until lt 4 DOC MEMORY LIST gt appears gt press Set REPORT gt PRIRTIRAG REPORT de D C MEMORY LIST Printing starts 12 31 2002 13 01 FAX 833 4423 WORLD ESTATE INC 7 001 kok k k e e ae ale ak od EE le le ae al od od EE le le e ae x DOCUMENT MEMORY LIST kk k k k k ae ae od ak k 3K k de le le ae al od od ole ole de le le e ae TX RX NO MODE DESTINATION TEL ID SET TIME ST TIME SENDER NAME 0011 DELAYED TX 002 HUNT INVESTMENTS 12 31 13 00 23 30 R LOUIS Memory Clear Report If a power failure occurs the documents currently stored in memory can be saved for approximately 12 hours If power is not restored to the machine within 12 hours the documents in memory are lost If this time limit has elapsed by the time power is restored to the machine a list of documents deleted from memory is printed automatically G Printing Reports and Lists 12 31 2002 11 52 FAX 833 4423 WORLD ESTATE INC 7 001 2 AC A EE dele le ae ae od ol CE le e ae ae HC ol ole ode ode de le le ae xx MEMORY CLEAR REPORT 2A AC oe aC ole ele a ae CACC ole de de le ae ae al ol oleada ole le le e ae MEMORY FILES DELETED TX RX NO MODE
122. ICULAR PURPOSE OF USE OR AGAINST INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENT CANON INC SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY NATURE OR LOSSES OR EXPENSES RESULTING FROM THE USE OF THIS MATERIAL XX Before You Start Using CHAPTER This chapter explains what you should know before using this machine for faxing and its main features Wall ROAUNCS 2 2 2 tho 25 655 goed re od BAG AS oa ee Die Gnd BERS ii Boa BA Re 1 2 Operation Panel Parts and Functions 0 0000 cece eee eee eens 1 6 Joe Touch ranels Closed eau Coe dct ate Merde Seta at yr el dat eds tats els Bs 1 6 One Touch Panels Penedes ko esdi ade Ve Puen oo BS ote ete BAe A 1 9 Using the Menus and Operation Panel Keys 0 00 ce eee eee eee ees 1 11 General Guidelines for Registering Information 0 0 0 0 eens 1 11 Dele AI A A oe Pd ge bo 1 11 Entering Names for Registration nic ic es bk eed Ch ae Ki dt A A AA 1 13 Operation Panel Key Summary Table 0 0 0 0 0 0c eee eens 1 15 Things You Must Do Before Using This Machine 000 0c eee 1 16 Registering Required Sender Information TX TERMINAL ID 00 000 0 eee 1 16 Checking and Setting the Telephone Line 1 nes 1 21 Registering Sender s Names A deen bea Sey eed Ss 1 24 Using the Optional Dual Line ici ainia aa faked 1 29 How the Two Telephone Lines Operate 0 0 0 0 eens 1 29 Registering Telephone Numbers for the LineS
123. INE 2 manually An asterisk indicates the default setting SE O 7 When you are finished press Stop to return to the Standby mode Switching Between the Two Lines When you set lt TX LINE SELECTION gt to MAN you can switch between Line 1 and 2 by simply pressing Fax l Fax on the operation panel Using the Optional Dual Line 1 35 Before You Start Using This Machine 7 SUIyoe siy BuIsp WeIS NOA suojeg Using the Optional Dual Line 1 36 CHAPTER This chapter introduces some basic dialing features then shows you how to set up the speed dialing keys Speed dialing includes One Touch Speed Dialing Coded Speed Dialing Group Dialing and Access Code Dialing Directory dialing is also described in this chapter and enables you to locate a number for dialing by searching a directory of names and numbers registered in the machine for speed dialing After you set up your speed dialing keys we recommend that you occasionally print a list of all telephone numbers registered in the machine and store it for reference See Printing the Speed Dialing Lists on p 12 2 Read This Before Entering Telephone Numbers 000 0c eee eee eee 2 2 Entera Fausses tor MISION eee eee ea ae ee Pa ees 2 2 Adj stng the Lengih ol a PAUSE ets wate AAA AAA eke ee 2 3 Whats Speed Dialing vanesa ins Ar 2 5 One Touch Sheed Dalla ta a a 2 5 Coded o peca Dal Odd rad at et A AN 2 5 TOA SII A A IP A at e
124. INT Prints an activity report after every 40 transactions ON An activity report prints after the 40th transaction is complete OFF No activity report prints after the 40th transaction is complete 2 DAILY REPORT TIME Sets the time when the machine is to print an Activity Report everyday OFF A time is not set to print a transaction report everyday ON Enables you to set a time for an activity report to print out everyday REPORT PRINT TIME Sets the time for the daily report to print out Use 24 hour notation 3 TX RX SEPARATE Prints an Activity Report with receptions and transmissions listed separately OFF Transmissions and receptions are listed together in chronological order ON Transmissions and receptions are arranged in chronological order in separate lists An asterisk indicates the default setting Report Settings 11 13 Summary of Important Settings TX Se nd Settings Follow this procedure to set the TX settings Setting Procedure g 2 Data Registration Ey 3 EJ EI gy s Summary of Important Settings gt 6 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels Press Data Registration ADDITIONAL FUNCT IOMS 1 PAPER SETTINGS Press v or a until lt 3 FAX SETTINGS gt appears gt press Set ADDITIONAL FUNCTIOWS FAs SETTINGS J FAR SETTINGS gt 1 USER SETTIMGS Press v or a until lt 3 TX SETTINGS gt appears gt press Set FAs SETTINGS Te SETTIN
125. If the machine already displays lt DOCUMENT READY gt before you set your document a small sized document such as a STMT document may have remained in the automatic document feeder from a previous fax or copy job In such a case remove the small sized document from the automatic document feeder and set your document See Chapter 7 Troubleshooting in the Reference Guide 5 4 Setting a Document on the Machine Adj ing the Scan Settings Canon s original UHQ Ultra High Quality imaging technology enables you to make copies that are very close to the quality of the original document For best results adjust the scan settings for special documents before copying lt NOTE e The light indicators on the operation panel tell you the current settings e After the document is copied the settings return to the previously set settings before copying 1 Press the appropriate key underneath the indicators repeatedly to illuminate the desired copy setting o Darker Standard o Text Lighter Text Photo Cc gt C gt Contrast Document Type Resolution When copying the resolution is fixed to Ultra Fine Contrast Adjusts the lightness darkness of the document pages scanned for copying Darker For documents with light text or colors Standard For normal printed or typewritten text Lighter For documents with dark text or colors Document select for documents containing text only or both text and
126. K k 3K k Eo ae a Rol xx MULTI TX RX REPORT Ae Alle k k ACC led le e ae ae CAC aK ole de de le ae ae Ral TX RX NO PGS TX RX INCOMPLETE 021761 1298 JOHN BARRISTER TRANSACTION OK 01 732 2233 ADAM BOOKS CPA 03 1 914 438 3619 SEYMOUR GREEN ERROR INFORMATION E Error Report RX You can set the machine to print a report every time an error occurs when you receive a document Otherwise only an error message is displayed 12 31 2002 12 50 FAX 833 4423 WORLD ESTATE INC J001 ok ok ok K K ok K ok K K K K K K K Ok K K K K K kkk RX REPORT Kk k ok ok ok ok K K ok ok K K K K K K K K K K K K K INCOMPLETE RECEPTION TX RX NO 5005 RECIPIENT ADDRESS 1 213 978 3314 DESTINATION ID ST TIME 12 31 12 49 TIME USE 00 20 PGS 0 RESULT NG m Reception RX Report You can set the machine to print an activity report every time you receive a document 12 31 2002 14 08 FAX 833 4423 WORLD ESTATE INC 71001 ok ok ok ok ok ok ok ok ok K ok ok ok ok ok ok ok ok ok Ok kK ES RX REPORT Kk k ok ok K K K K K K ok K ok K K ok ok K K K ok K kK RECEPTION OK TX RX NO 5008 RECIPIENT ADDRESS 1 213 978 3314 DESTINATION ID ST TIME 12 31 14 07 TIME USE 00 17 PGS 1 RESULT OK Reports 12 13 s Printing Reports and Lists 3 Printing Reports and Lists m Confidential Receive Report When the machine receives a confidential document it displays a message and prints a report RECEIVED IH MAILBOs 12 31 2002 13 34 FAX 833 4423 WOR
127. L COPYING VES O HO 2 Ll Press x Ge If you do not want to cancel the job press CANCEL COPYING MO YVES O i Checking Canceling Copy Jobs 5 9 Using the Machine as a Copier The selected job will be canceled 2 NOTE e You cannot select multiple jobs and cancel them all at once e When canceling multiple jobs select and cancel one by one Canceling from the Monitor Screen You can cancel a job during printing or while it is waiting to be processed 1 Display the job you want to cancel If necessary see step1 of Flow of Checking Operations on p 5 8 2 Press Set CANCEL COPYING VES O HO 2 3 Press x If you do not cancel the job press The selected job will be canceled Using the Machine as a Copier a 5 10 Checking Canceling Copy Jobs CHAPTER This chapter shows you how to relay documents and how to have documents relayed for you You can set up your machine as a relay station to relay documents that you receive or you can send documents to another fax machine and have the documents relayed for you What Is Relay Broadcasting aceras sates ada ee cee 6 2 Setting Up and Using a Standard Relay Unit 0 0 0 cee ee 6 3 Setting Your Machine as a Relay Unit ss coher ess A the he boy i Rhee ee ed bis a 6 3 Changing the Relay Broadcast Settings odiada ede awh deta ees 6 7 STS UCTS Relay QUO tala Bs Beads Bae AS en tard
128. LD ESTATE INC 7 001 3K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K Kk k CONFID RX REPORT kk k k ele ae ae k ae k k k k ole de ak le ae ale CIC k a de le le K ae CONFIDENTL MAILBOX 12 CONFID MAILBOX NAME ADM TX RX NO 5003 RECIPIENT ADDRESS 0311111111 SUBADDRESS DESTINATION ID ST TIME 07 11 18 09 TIME USE 00 14 PGS 1 RESULT OK lt NOTE You can turn the Confidential Receive Report OFF from the REPORT SETTINGS menu See Report Settings on p 11 11 E Relay Broadcast Report The Relay Broadcast Report is sent from a relay unit to the originator after the documents from the originator have been relayed by the relay unit This feature is set from the RELAY TX GROUP menu See Setting Your Machine as a Relay Unit on p 6 3 12 31 2002 12 50 FAX 833 4423 WORLD ESTATE INC 1001 kk kk k k k ak ak k ak ak ak aK ak 3K k ad od 3K ode K de K ae ae k aK K GK KK xxk RELAY BROADCAST REPORT CEEE EEEE EEEE EE EEEE E EE E le le ae ae a od oR KK TX RX NO PGS TX RX INCOMPLETE TRANSACTION OK 01 55086 AK ENTERPRISES 02 55074321 ENVIRONS CORP ERROR INFORMATION 12 14 Reports Cansel Report Printing Follow the procedure below to cancel the report printing using the CANCEL REPORT item from the REPORT menu 1 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels Report _ 2 Press Report REPORT L ALTIVITY REPORT B 3 Press v or a until lt 6 CANCEL REPORT gt ap
129. NGS S 3 Press v or a until lt 3 FAX SETTINGS gt appears press EZ Set ADDITIONAL FUNCT IOMS FAS SETTINGS J FAR SETTINGS gt 1 USER SETTINGS S 4 Press v or a until lt 6 FILE SETTINGS gt appears press eS Set FAs SETTINGS gt FILE SETTINGS BeFILE SETTINGS 1 COHMFIDHTL MAILBOS 0 8 5 Press v or a until lt 1 CONFIDNTL MAILBOX gt appears YS press Set FILE SETTINGS COMFIDHTL MAILBOs 1 COHFIDWTL MAILBOX gt 1 SETUP FILE 7 2 Setting Up and Using the Confidential Mailbox Feature 6 Press v or a until lt 1 SETUP FILE gt appears gt press Set lt p COMFIDHTL MAILEOH SETUP FILE 1 SETUP FILE gt SET BORK HE s y S 7 Enter a two digit confidential mailbox number from 00 to 99 DO using the numeric r oys press Set 90 You can also press V A to select a confidential mailbox number CD EPEE n FILE SPPE kie FILE EPERE na Box SELE kime HAME amp NOTE If you enter a two digit code that has been previously set the message lt ALREADY IN USE gt appears on the LCD display 8 8 Press v or a until lt 1 FILE NAME gt appears gt press Set SETUF FILE 7 OOO 9 Entera personal name for the confidential mailbox to identify x 3 it in printed reports up to 24 characters including numbers 000 symbols and spaces using the numeric keys press Set 21 7 SETUP FILE MAILEO 11 2 PASSWORD The message lt DATA ENTRY OK gt appears on the L
130. OMPLETED TX RX NO 0006 RECIPIENT ADDRESS 761 1298 DESTINATION ID BELZER INC ST TIME 12 31 11 48 TIME USE 00 00 PAGES SENT 0 RESULT NG E Transmission TX Report You can change the report settings to print a transmission report for every document you send 12 31 2002 13 34 FAX 833 4423 WORLD ESTATE INC I7 001 SRK OR RR OR OR RR oe oR ok oe oR ok ok ok oR OK ok ok ok TX REPORT ok ok ok SEE OR RR OE OR ok oe oR Kok oe oR oR ok oR oR OK TRANSMISSION OK TX RX NO RECIPIENT ADDRESS DESTINATION ID ST TIME TIME USE PAGES SENT RESULT 0012 761 1298 BELZER INC 12 31 13 30 00 16 1 OK Reports 12 11 Printing Reports and Lists E Printing Reports and Lists E Transmission TX Report with First Page You can adjust the transmission report setting to print the first page of the document as part of the report to remind you of the contents of the document See Report Settings on p 11 11 This is only effective when you send documents using Memory Sending 12 31 2002 12 28 FAX 833 4423 WORLD ESTATE INC 1001 ok ok K K ok K K K K K ok K ok K K ok K ok K ok K kkk TX REPORT ES E EEE ok ok ok TRANSMISSION OK TX RX NO 0007 DEPT ID 0002222 RECIPIENT ADDRESS 732 2233 DESTINATION ID ADAM BOOKS CPA ST TIME 12 31 12 28 TIME USE 00 16 PAGES SENT 1 RESULT OK WORLD ESTATE INC West 44th Street New York NY U S A Global Real Estate Concilios in the Heart of Wew York December 28 2002 De
131. ONS ADD REGISTRATION 4 ADD FEGISTRATI ON 1 1 TOUCH SPD DIAL oS 4 Press v or a until lt 2 CODED SPD DIAL gt appears gt press dE Set ADD REGISTRATION gt TEL REGISTRATION 2eCODED SPD DIAL So 3 Press v or a until lt 4 ADD REGISTRATION gt appears gt Cw Setting Up Coded Speed Dialing 2 15 Using Speed Dialing Using Speed Dialing mo O oded Dial Press Coded Dial gt enter a three digit code 000 to 127 using the numeric keys gt press Set E OO 6 You can also press V or A to specify a coded speed dialing code press 4 6 Set z 3 ETS RESISTRATION REGISTRATION TEREE AORBER ENTRY REGISTEAT ION TEREE AORBER ENTRY HUMBER ENTRE Ss lt P lt NOTE If a telephone number is already registered for the three digit coded speed dialing code that number is displayed If the code is registered for group dialing lt GROUP DIAL gt appears on the LCD display 6 Press v or a until lt 1 TEL NUMBER ENTRY gt appears gt Cw press Set TEL REGISTRATION _ IEL HUMBER ENTRE 1 TEL HUMBER ENTRY TEL _ 3 3 ES 7 Enter the telephone number up to 120 digits using the DOS numeric keys press Set E 0G To enter a space press Space Spaces are optional and ignored during dialing S oO TERRY HUMBER ENTRY TEL RaRE ISTRATION oo eee TERRY 123 4567_ The message lt DATA ENTRY OK gt appears on the LCD display for a few seconds lt NOTE e To corr
132. OPTIONAL SETTING gt SENDER HAME SO SENDER HAME 46 CANON DIL 29 Press v or a to select a sender name gt press Set SENDER MAME gt TEL REGISTRATION aL SMITH If you want to set up other one touch speed dialing keys repeat this procedure from step 2 This completes all the optional settings for a one touch speed dialing key lt NOTE To perform this setting you had to previously register senders names 30 Press Stop to return to the Standby mode 3 1 After you register a number for one touch speed dialing make sure you write the name of the other party on a destination label and adhere it to the one touch speed dialing panel below the number of the one touch speed dialing key where the number is registered 2 14 Setting Up One Touch Speed Dialing Seting Up Coded Speed Dialing Coded speed dialing enables you to dial a number and send a document by pressing four keys You can register up to 128 fax numbers for coded speed dialing In addition to the telephone number and name of the other party you can set the timer for the transmission and enter other important settings identical to those for one touch speed dialing Follow this procedure to register a telephone number for coded speed dialing and to perform its optional settings 1 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels Bags O 2 Press Data Registration ADDITIONAL FUNCTION 1 PAPER SETTINGS press Set ADDITIONAL FUNCTI
133. OUTPUT NO Reports are not printed when the forced memory receiving feature is ON OUTPUT YES Reports are printed when the forced memory receiving feature is ON An asterisk indicates the default setting 11 30 System Settings RE e a On IO 3 TIME SETUP OFF ON 1 START TIME EVERY DAY SELECT DAYS 2 END TIME EVERYDAY SELECT DAYS 2 RX PASSWORD 3 PHONE NO CHECK Sets a time for the machine to start the memory receiving operation The timer for starting and ending the memory receiving operation is turned OFP The timer for starting and ending the memory receiving operation is turned ON Set a specified time to start the memory receiving operation Set up to five times everyday to start the memory receiving operation Select one or several days to start memory receiving You can set up to five times for any of the selected days Set a specified time to end the memory receiving operation Set up to five times everyday to end the memory receiving operation Select one or several days to end memory receiving You can set up to five times for any of the selected days Set an RX password to match the ITU T password of all incoming documents Enter an ITU T password up to 20 digits To receive a document this RX password must match the ITU T password of the incoming document After the RX password has been set all incoming documents must have a matching I
134. PER SETTINGS Press v or a until lt 3 FAX SETTINGS gt appears press Set ADDITIONAL FUNCT IOMS FAS SETTINGS J FAR SETTINGS gt 1 USER SETTINGS Press v or a until lt 6 FILE SETTINGS gt appears press Set FAX SETTINGS _ FILE_ SETTINGS 6 FILE SETTINGS 1 CONFIDATL MAILBO Press v or a until lt 5 TRANSFER gt appears gt press Set FILE SETTINGS TRANSFER oa TRANSFER gt 1 SETUP FILE Press v or a until lt 1 SETUP FILE gt appears gt press Set TRANSFER SETUP FILE 1 SETUP FILE gt 1 FILE HME Special Sending Receiving Features Transferring Documents 9 3 So Y Press v or a to display the setting you want gt press Set Cw The SETUP FILE menu includes the following items E TU A IS 1 FILE NAME Enter a file name up to 24 characters long Then press Set 2 SELECT LOCATIONS Select the numbers of the fax machines where you want to transfer your documents Press a one touch speed dialing key or Coded Dial followed by a three digit code to enter the number of the fax machine where you want your documents transferred The telephone number of the destination machine must be registered for one touch or coded speed dialing on your machine 3 PASSWORD 0 9999999 Enter a password up to seven digits to protect the transfer file settings Use of a password is recommended This password protects the transfer file from unauthorized access to your settings You
135. PORT J USEE DATA 12 6 Printing the User s Data List O Press Set to start printing PRIMNTING REPORT Printing starts Printing the User s Data List 12 7 Printing Reports and Lists 3 Printing Reports and Lists S Reports contain information about past fax transactions The Activity Report or the Activity Management Report prints a list of the past 40 transactions and other reports report information about transactions as they occur Here is a summary of some of the abbreviations used in activity reports ST TIME TIME USE PGS RESULT Represents the time the last attempt was made to transmit a document Represents the amount of time it took during the last attempt to transmit Note that the usage time does not reflect the total amount of time used to transmit all pages of the document when a retry attempt occurs By printing an Activity Management Report and matching the transaction number of the TX report with the transaction number on the Activity Management Report you can know exactly how many attempts were made to send the document how many pages were sent during each attempt and the usage time for each attempt The usage time is printed in the lt RESULT gt column of the Activity Management Report along with any error codes Two types of Activity Management Reports are available Standard or TX RX Separate See Report Settings on p 11 11 Represents the total number of pag
136. Polling Sending 00 cee eee 8 14 Before You Can Be Polled to Send 00 ce eee eee eee 8 14 Setting Ub a Polling BOX Gener A A Dae Se 8 14 Scanning a Document into the Memory for Polling Sending 8 18 Changing the Polling Box SettinQgS o oooooooooooo 8 20 Deleting a Folling BOX aides se ii ida 8 21 Chapter 9 Special Sending Receiving Features Transferring DOCUMenN S cococcco 9 2 Before You Setup Document Transfer 0 00000 ee eee ee eee 9 2 Setting Up the Machine for Document Transfer o o oooo 9 3 vii Chapter 10 viii Turning the Transfer Mode ON and OFF 0000 cece eee 9 6 Turning the Transfer Mode ON 2 0 ee ee 9 6 Turning the Transfer Mode OFF ct cw6te era BES wees a dees 9 6 Changing the Transfer Settings 0 0000 cee ee ees 9 7 Canceling the Transfer Settings o oooooocoorornnon noo 9 9 USING Memory LOCK cio occ a O e 9 10 Setting a Time and Password for Memory Lock 9 10 Turning Memory Lock ON 0 00 eee eee ees 9 13 Turning Memory Lock OFF and Printing Documents 9 14 When the Machine Displays lt RECEIVED IN MEMORY gt 9 15 Printing a Memory List ooooooooo 9 17 Printing a Document in Memory 00 eee eee 9 18 Sending a Document in Memory to a Different Destination 9 20 Erasing a Document fr
137. R SETTINGS i USER SETTINGS 9 10 Using Memory Lock Ep tot Cy 4 Press v or a until lt 7 SYSTEM SETTINGS gt appears gt press Set FAS SETTINGS gt SYSTEM SETTINGS T SYSTEM SETTINGS 1 MEMORY LOCK Ra If the prompt lt SYSTEM SETTINGS PASSWORD gt is displayed enter the System Administrator s password using the numeric keys gt press Set 5 Press v or a until lt 1 MEMORY LOCK RX gt appears gt press Set SYSTEM SETTINGS gt MEMORY LOCK Re 1 MEMORY LOCK Ra OFF 6 Press v or a to display lt ON gt gt press Set If you select lt OFF gt press Stop to return to the Standby mode MEMORY LOCK Ex gt MEMORY LOCK Es OM i MEM LOCK PASSWORD Y Press v or A to display the desired Memory Lock setting press Set The MEMORY LOCK RX menu includes the following items ME O 1 MEM LOCK PASSWORD O to 9999999 e Special Sending Receiving Features This password protects the Memory Lock settings Setting a password is recommended You must use this password to unlock the memory so you can print documents stored in memory Use the numeric keys to enter a password up to seven digits press Set Using Memory Lock 9 11 Special Sending Receiving Features A O A 2 REPORT OUTPUT NO OUTPUT YES 3 TIME SETUP 1 START TIME EVERYDAY SELECT DAYS 2 END TIME EVERYDAY SELECT DAYS Sets the machine to print reports This setting affects
138. S Select how you want oversized documents to be divided when the paper cassette is loaded with a smaller paper size Select how legal size documents are divided This switch is effective only when the paper cassettes are set to legal size but are out of legal size paper Divides legal size documents into two pages Receives legal documents into memory Load legal size paper in the paper cassette or in the MP tray and follow the procedure to print the documents received in memory See When the Machine Displays lt RECEIVED IN MEMORY gt on p 9 15 Select how letter size documents are received on larger paper sizes This switch is effective only when a paper cassette runs out of letter size paper Prints the letter size document on a larger paper size Receives letter size documents into memory Load letter size paper in the paper cassette or in the MP tray and follow the procedure to print the documents received in memory See When the Machine Displays lt RECEIVED IN MEMORY3 on p 9 15 An asterisk indicates the default setting Printer Settings E re ARRE 3 RX REDUCTION Receives document images at a reduced size ON Turns ON image reduction OFF Turns OFF image reduction 1 RX REDUCTION AUTO SELECTION The machine automatically reduces the image to the selected paper size FIXED REDUCTION You set the reduction percentage 75 90 95 or 97 2 SELECT REDUCE DIR Select the directi
139. SS 6HRBFS 14 If you want to change the reception start speed press V or a to select the desired reception speed gt press Set Re START SPEED gt CINE SELECTION 1446Hbrs 2eLIHE 2 1 32 Using the Optional Dual Line lt NOTE If your document receptions are slow in starting this may mean that the telephone lines in your area are in poor condition Select a slower speed You can select 33600bps 14400bps 9600bps 7200bps 4800bps or 2400bps 0 8 15 Press vw or a until lt 2 LINE 2 gt appears gt press Set gt LIME SELECTION gt TEL LINE SETTINGS LINE 2 l USER TEL HO 16 Enter the telephone number select the telephone line type and set the transmission and reception start speed for Line 2 in the same manner as described in steps 7 to 14 US 17 Press Stop to return to the Standby mode Setting the TX Line Priority This section describes how to set the TX line priority of the two lines You can set to have the machine automatically select the line or you can manually select the line when you send a fax 1 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels Registrator 2 Press Data Registration ADDITIONAL FUNCT IONS 1 PAPER SETTINGS Using the Optional Dual Line 1 33 Before You Start Using This Machine 7 So 3 Press V or A until lt 3 FAX SETTINGS gt appears gt press PAS Set ADDITIONAL FUNCT IONS FAs SETTINGS J FAR SETTINGS gt i
140. TTI Selector L 0000 OSO 2 NOTE e You can adjust the resolution contrast and document type for scanning See Adjusting the Scan Settings on p 3 4 e You can also specify a sender s name with TTI Selector See Selecting a Sender s Name on p 3 6 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels G N Press Advanced Communication gt press Set twice EX TRANSMIT gt POLLING POLLING SET BUX Ae 4 Enter the two digit number of the polling box using the numeric keys press Set POLL IHG gt SENDER HAME SET Elx 4 3 CANON DIU 5 If you want to select a sender s name press TTI Selector gt v or A until you see the sender s name you want to use If you do not want to select a sender s name proceed to the next step 6 Press Set The document is scanned into the polling box POLLING Ta SHES SCAHHIHG F hi lt NOTE If another party polls your machine to receive a document stored in your polling box the document is sent if the following conditions are met If a subaddress and a password was entered when you created the polling box the subaddress and password attached to the other party s polling request must match the subaddress and the password of the polling box The password setting is optional However if you have registered a password for the polling box the other party s polling request must contain a matching password If no password is
141. TU T password Enables you to prevent sending a document to an unintended destination The number you dial is checked with the registered number If the numbers match the document is sent The number is not checked The machine uses the last six digits of the number you dial and matches it with the last six digits of the other party s number registered on the remote machine If the numbers match the document is sent Otherwise the document is not sent System Settings 11 31 Summary of Important Settings Summary of Important Settings a A eee 4 FAX DEFAULT 1 RESOLUTION OFF STANDARD FINE SUPER FINE ULTRA FINE 2 SCAN DENSITY OFF LIGHT STANDARD DARK 3 IMAGEQUALITY OFF TEXT TEXT PHOTO 4 TX MODE MEMORY SENDING DIRECT SENDING 5 TX STAMP TX STAMP OFF TX STAMP ON 11 32 System Settings Sets the machine s standard mode which the machine resumes when Stop is pressed the Auto Clear function is initiated or the machine finishes scanning documents You can change the standard settings such as the scanning resolution density image quality transmission mode and the optional TX stamp feature Set the machine s standard resolution No setting will be specified as the default setting The machine will retain the most recently used setting Set the machine s standard resolution to STANDARD Set the machine s standard resolution to FINE Set the m
142. WORLD ESTATE INC 71001 2 ACC 2 CE e ae a a AC ACE de de e e ae ae lod ode KK le xxx DOCUMENT MEMORY LIST vi vie 21 CAC SE e e a ae a od od EE de le e ae a od od EK OK le TX RX NO MODE DESTINATION TEL ID SET TIME ST TIME SENDER NAME 0011 DELAYED TX 002 HUNT INVESTMENTS 12 31 13 00 23 30 R LOUIS 1 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels press Memory Reference Reference _ If documents are stored in memory the first item in the MEMORY REFERENCE menu is displayed below MEMORY REFERENCE 1 DOC MEMORY LIST If no documents are currently stored in memory this message is displayed 2 Press Set CJ Go FRIHTIHG REPORT The memory list prints e Special Sending Receiving Features Printing a Memory List 9 17 Special Sending Receiving Features 9 18 im g a Document in Memory Follow this procedure to print a document in memory lt NOTE To select a document for printing you must know its transaction number You may want to print a memory list for reference See Printing a Memory List on p 9 17 A Z gt Memory Reference B Ss ED Ss UD 2 H R 1 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels gt press Memory Reference MEMORY REFERENCE 1 DOC MEMORY LIST Press v or a until lt 3 PRINT DOCUMENT gt appears gt press Set MEMORY REFERENCE PRINT DOCUMENT SePRIAT DOCUMENT gt TREX HO ss 5 p Press v or a to display the t
143. a atch eed ts hak Ba dea aah Bence eNO tom ios 12 17 Fy Printing Reports and Lists 12 2 g the Speed Dialing Lists Follow this procedure to print the speed dialing lists You can print two types of one touch or coded speed dialing lists a standard list or a detailed list m One Touch Speed Dialing List Example Sorted output by destination ID 12 31 2002 10 32 FAX 833 4423 WORLD ESTATE INC 7 001 2A CR RS CAC I ICC I I aK CAC ale kkk 1 TOUCH LIST kkk LEPET I RICCI I ACC aK AC ale RECIPIENT ADDRESS DESTINATION ID TX TYPE 732 2233 ADAM BOOKS CPA REGULAR TX 761 1298 JOHN BARRISTER REGULAR TX 1 516 911 4411 NATALIE SMITH REGULAR TX 1 914 438 3619 SEYMOUR GREEN REGULAR TX E Coded Speed Dialing List Example Sorted output by destination ID 12 31 2002 10 47 FAX 833 4423 WORLD ESTATE INC 7 001 Alle a ae a od ode CIC 3K k 3K OR 3K ode le le K ae Ak CODED DIAL LIST kk k kk kk k k ae CAC K ak aK de K e aK ae CIC ORC ode k 3K le K ae RECIPIENT ADDRESS DESTINATION ID TX TYPE 000 555 1234 BILL REGULAR TX x002 f 16172223322 HUNT INVESTMENTS REGULAR TX 003 f 1 312 538 4005 LAKESIDE INC REGULAR TX 001 14043333499 PEACHTREE INC REGULAR TX Printing the Speed Dialing Lists E One Touch Speed Dialing List Detail WORLD ESTATE INC 71001 12 31 2002 09 41 FAX 833 4423 7A 9K ok aK ok ok ok ok k K k A k aK ok ok ok ok K k ok ok ok k ok K K K kkk 1 TOUCH DETAIL kkk 2A 9K ok E ok o
144. achine s standard resolution to SUPER FINE Set the machine s standard resolution to ULTRA FINE Set the machine s standard scanning density No setting will be specified as the default setting The machine will retain the most recently used setting Set the machine s standard scanning density to LIGHT Set the machine s standard scanning density to STANDARD Set the machine s standard scanning density to DARK Set the machine s standard image quality No setting will be specified as the default setting The machine will retain the most recently used setting Set the machine s standard image quality to TEXT Set the machine s standard image quality to TEXT PHOTO Set the machine s standard transmission mode The machine scans all pages into memory and then sends them unless you press Direct TX The machine sends documents using direct sending even if you do not press Direct TX Set the Stamp feature ON or OFF This setting is available when the optional stamp kit is installed on your machine The Stamp feature is turned OFF The Stamp feature is turned ON A A A II 5 ACCESS CODE Sets the use of an access code to represent a fax number USE The access code dialing feature is turned ON 1 ACCESS CODE KEY Sets the key to initiate access code dialing USING KEY Press to initiate access code dialing OTHER Press the
145. als or departments in your company using department codes registered in the machine as well as a list of receptions Confidential RX Report After you receive a confidential document in a mailbox the machine prints out a confidential message notice No special settings are required Each notice shows the date and time you received the confidential document the name and telephone number of the party sending the confidential document whether the document was successfully received and other useful information Error TX Report If the machine fails to send a document because the other party did not answer even after automatic redialing or if an error occurs then your machine immediately prints an Error Transmission Report The report includes the facsimile number of the other party so you can try sending again and can print part of the first page of the document so you can identify it Memory Clear Report When documents are stored in the memory if power to the machine is cut OFF for more than 12 hours the documents stored in memory are erased After power is restored a Memory Clear List prints to show you which documents have been erased If power is restored within 12 hours the documents are not erased and no report prints Multi TX RX Report When you send a document to more than one destination the machine prints a report to show you the names and numbers of the other parties whether the transactions were completed and if any errors
146. although this may differ according to your location Pauses entered after a number are always fixed at 10 seconds If you adjust the pause time this only changes the length of the pauses inserted within numbers and does not affect pauses entered at the end of numbers Stands for Private Branch Exchange A PBX controls the flow of telephone traffic through the institution itself including automatic call back dialing and paging systems See switchboard PIN code PIN Stands for Personal Identification Number Some PBX Private Branch Exchange systems require that a PIN code be entered when dialing a number to make a call or send a document via fax machine PIN codes prevent unauthorized personnel from making calls To protect privileged access to the telephone lines only authorized users are entrusted with the PIN codes for daily operations Depending on the requirements for the PBX system the PIN code may be entered either before the number as a prefix or after the number as a suffix If your PBX requires a PIN to connect to an outside line the machine can be set up using the User Data Settings to prompt you for a PIN code every time you dial Polling box The polling box is used to store documents for polling sending in memory The polling box holds the scanned document in memory until the other party polls your machine to send the document Polling transmission Polling means one fax machine requests another to send a document This
147. an Memory Sending you can use Direct Sending if you need to send an urgent document ahead of other documents stored in memory e You can also use Direct Sending when the memory is full and there is no space to hold another document in memory 1 Place your documents on the machine For instructions explaining how to place your documents see Setting the Document on the Machine on p 3 3 DOCUMENT READY 2 NOTE e You can adjust the resolution contrast and document type for scanning See Adjusting the Scan Settings on p 3 4 e You can also specify a senders name with TTI Selector See Selecting a Sender s Name on p 3 6 O Te TX 2 Press Direct TX EE The Direct TX indicator lights The Direct Sending mode is activated 3 18 Overview of Sending Methods Start 3 Specify the destination You can specify the destination using regular dialing one touch speed dialing coded speed dialing access code dialing group dialing or directory dialing See Using Regular Dialing on p 3 8 Using Speed Dialing on p 2 32 or Using Directory Dialing on p 2 39 NOTE e When entering a number using regular dialing if you see that you have entered an incorrect digit press Delete to delete the rightmost digit gt enter the correct digit e You can also use Clear to clear the entire telephone number gt begin entering the telephone number again e If you notice th
148. appears gt press Set If you do not want to perform this setting proceed to step 24 OPTIONAL SETTING gt Ta SPEED Qs s SPEED 4368HbFS 23 Press v or A to select the desired transmission speed press Set Tx SPEED gt OPTIONAL SETTING SS 6HRBFS E ECM lt NOTE If your document transmissions are slow in starting this may mean that the telephone lines in your area are in poor condition Select a slower speed You can select 33600bps 14400bps 9600bps or 4800bps Setting Up Coded Speed Dialing 2 21 Using Speed Dialing mo 2 22 24 If you want to turn ECM Error Correction Mode ON or OFF press v or a until lt 6 ECM gt appears gt press Set OPTIOMAL SETTING gt ECM E ECH Or lt NOTE ECM Error Correction Mode reduces system and line errors during sending or receiving with another fax machine that supports ECM If the other fax machine does not support ECM this setting is ignored If the transmission speed appears to be extremely slow you may be able to speed up the transmission time by turning the ECM OFF 25 Press v or a to select ON or OFF gt press Set ECM gt OPTIONAL SETTING On Pe TA LINE SELECTION 26 If you want to select a telephone line for outgoing fax transmissions press V or A until lt 7 TX LINE SELECTION gt appears gt press Set If you do not want to perform this setting proceed to step 28
149. appears on the LCD display 8 Every time you hear the telephone ring pick up the handset If you hear someone on the line you can speak to them If you hear a slow beep tone this means another fax machine is trying to send you a document Receiving Documents Manually 4 5 Receiving Documents Receiving Documents gt Start f handset by placing it back on the handset cradle 9 Press Start to start receiving the document gt hang up the The machine starts to receive the document lt NOTE The machine makes a beeping sound if the handset is not completely on its handset cradle This is called the Off Hook Alarm The off hook alarm can be turned OFF See User Settings on p 11 5 aq Receiving a Document Manually with an Extension Telephone 1 4 6 You can connect one extension telephone to the machine See Chapter 1 Before You Start Using This Machine in the Reference Guide When the telephone rings with the machine in the Manual Receive mode you can use the extension telephone to start receiving the document without walking over to the machine This is called Remote Receiving lt NOTE Remote Reception feature can be used only on a touch tone line 1 Make sure the extension telephone is connected properly For details on connecting an extension telephone see Chapter 1 Before You start Using This Machine in the Reference Guide 2 Check
150. ar Member By now you have all had a chance to become familiar with your new Canon fax units and are ready to set up a reliable economical communications network that offers many exciting features We can save money by scanning documents in the memory and then setting the delayed timer to send all the documents at the same time later at night to take advantage of late night rates Many of us are separated by long distances and reside in different time zones We can set up the polling feature to poll and receive documents from each other when we are not in the office For sensitive material about clients and confidential bids we can set up and use the confidential mailbox features We will also be able to keep down costs by limiting use of the fax to operators who know the correct department codes and passwords Relay sending is another money saver We can designate one relay fax in your area send one transmission from the home office on the East coast and then have the document relayed to you locally We hope you will have these features set up in the very near future so we can enjoy more efficient secure and economical facsimile communications This item appears only if the Department ID has been set 12 12 Reports E Multi Transaction Report If the transmission was a sequential broadcast then a Multi Transaction Report is printed 12 31 2002 14 05 FAX 833 4423 WORLD ESTATE INC 7 001 Alla k k k od k 3k k 3k ok 3
151. as follows Quality Use plain bond typewriter quality without curls folds or rough edges Thickness 0 002 to 0 009 0 05 mm to 0 23 mm when feeding a single paper document or 0 002 to 0 005 0 06 mm to 0 13 mm when feeding a document with multiple pages Storage 63 5 FiO 77 F 125 C 10 25 C 30 to 70 RH Relative Humidity Document Thickness Appendix 14 4 The thickness of documents that you feed into the machine should be within 0 002 to 0 009 0 05 mm to 0 23 mm 0 002 to 0 005 0 06 mm to 0 13 mm when feeding a document with multiple pages If you have to feed a thick document first make a copy of the document on a copy machine then send the copy Documents You Can Scan Document Size Make sure the documents you feed into the machine are within the dimensions shown below For documents that are larger or smaller than these recommended limits reduce them or enlarge them on a copy machine then send the copy Maximum Document Size Minimum Document Size 11 279 mm 5 7 8 148 mm E A 5 128 mm 39 3 8 1 meter Y Documents You Can Scan 14 5 ES Appendix FS Appendix The shaded areas in the illustration below show the parts of the document page that are not scanned by the machine Before you send a document make sure the document margins are wider than the margins shown below max 3 16 pP 4 mm if max 3 16 __ 4mm
152. ase letters for its group of letters For example 2 contains the letters ABCabc 3 Enter the next letter if necessary If the next letter you want to enter is under the same key you just pressed press gt to move the cursor to the right one space Then press the key repeatedly until the letter you want appears If the next letter you want to enter is under a different key just press that key to move the cursor to the right and enter the first letter of that group Using the Menus and Operation Panel Keys 1 13 Before You Start Using This Machine 7 Before You Start Using This Machine For example if you want to enter the word lt Canon gt Press 2 until you see an upper case lt C gt gt press p to move the cursor to the right gt press 2 until you see a lower case lt a gt To enter the rest of the word press 6 until you see a lower case lt n gt gt press p to move the cursor to the right gt press 6 until an lt o gt appears gt press p to move the cursor to the right gt press 6 again until an lt n gt appears lt NOTE e When you are in the Text Entry mode you can also enter symbols Press repeatedly until you see the symbol you want e To enter a space press Space 4 To complete entering the name for registration press Set Cy DATA ENTRY OF Correcting a Mistake Ee 1 Press lt or p to move the cursor to the left or right to a position it
153. assword Sending with the Operation Panel Keys Note the following limitations on entering the subaddress password when you press Subaddress and Password on the operation panel e f you frequently need to use a subaddress password to send a document to more than one location you can register the number subaddress and password under a one touch speed dialing key or a coded speed dialing code and use Sequential Broadcasting See Sequential Broadcasting to More Than One Location on p 3 26 e You cannot press Subaddress or Password for a one touch or coded speed dialing number that is set for any other type of transmission but REGULAR TX See Using Speed Dialing on p 2 32 e Setting the password is optional but it is necessary to set the correct password if the other party has set a password for their fax machine Follow this procedure to send a document with a subaddress password entered by pressing Subaddress and Password on the operation panel Sending a Document with a Subaddress Password 3 33 1 Place your documents on the machine z5 S o CRA For instructions explaining how to place your documents see Setting the Document on the Machine on p 3 3 DOCUMENT READY 2 NOTE e You can adjust the resolution contrast and document type for scanning See Adjusting the Scan Settings on p 3 4 e You can also specify a sender ss name with TTI Selector See Selectin
154. at you made a mistake while the machine is dialing the number press Stop to return to the Standby mode gt start again Press Start The machine dials the other party s number and sends the fax Each page is sent as it is scanned A series of messages appear on the LCD display and report the other party s name telephone number and transaction number Sending Documents 123 4567 Other Party s Fax Number DIALING Tarka HO 41 Transaction Number CANON CANADA Other Party s Name ECM Te HBl lt NOTE When sending a small sized document such as a document of STMT size paper the document may remain in the automatic document feeder after sending As a result this document might be sent again with the next sender s document Therefore when sending a small sized document make sure that the document does not remain in the automatic document feeder after sending Overview of Sending Methods 3 19 Sending Documents ES Manual Sending Hook Manual Sending enables you to talk to the other party before you send the document This method is useful if the operator of the other fax machine must manually prepare the fax machine to receive your document lt NOTE The handset is available as an option See Chapter 1 Before You Start Using This Machine in the Reference Guide 1 Place your documents on the machine For instructions explaining how to place your documents see Se
155. ation 1 29 registering telephone number 1 30 dual line transactions 4 3 ECM Error Correction Mode 1 3 2 13 2 22 11 15 11 18 ECM RX 10 23 11 18 ECM TX 10 23 11 15 ENERGY SAVER 10 23 Energy Saver 1 7 entering names for registration 1 13 entry mode changing 1 13 name 1 13 FS Appendix Index 14 23 z Appendix number 1 13 text 1 13 error code 13 2 Error lamp 1 7 error messages 13 8 error report RX 12 13 error report TX 12 11 extension telephone 4 6 manual receiving 4 6 extension tray 3 3 F FILE SETTINGS accessing 11 22 menu 11 23 11 24 11 25 11 26 11 27 11 28 G glossary 14 7 Group Dial List printing 12 2 sample 12 3 group dialing 2 5 registering for coded speed dialing code 2 24 registering for one touch speed dialing key 2 24 setting 2 24 setting timer 2 27 using 2 35 H handset optional 10 2 Hook 1 7 3 14 3 20 10 2 10 4 image reduction 11 21 In Use Memory lamp 1 7 ITU T password 3 32 ITU T subaddress 3 32 J JBIG 1 5 K KEYPAD VOLUME 10 22 L LCD display 1 8 LCD display messages 13 8 lists 12 1 load limit marks 3 4 5 4 long distance dialing regular dialing 3 14 setting for coded speed dialing 2 21 setting for one touch speed dialing 2 12 M mailbox setting 7 2 main features 1 2 making copies 5 6 manual receiving 4 4 manual sending 3 20 memory clear report 12 17 memory list 12 16
156. ations must be specified within 10 seconds of each other For details about sequential broadcasting see Sequential Broadcasting to More Than One Location on p 3 26 Start 4 Press Start ENTER FIH CODE L NOTE To enter the PIN code immediately press Start Otherwise the machine waits five seconds before it displays lt ENTER PIN CODE gt This timeout feature can be turned OFF See TX Send Settings on p 11 14 o z 5 5 Enter the PIN code up to 20 digits including and spaces DO using the numeric keys 90 The PIN code is not displayed as you enter it ENTER PIN CODE ooo CD 6 Press Set lt D Transmission starts 10 10 Setting Up and Using PIN Codes Setting PIN Code Access for Speed Dialing This method enables you to register one touch and coded speed dialing keys for PIN code access When a user attempts to dial with a speed dialing key the machine prompts the user to enter a PIN code If you set lt NECESS PIN CODE gt of the PIN Code setting to OFF you can perform the procedure described below See Setting a PIN Code on p 10 6 1 Select the speed dialing location to register the telephone number For details on registering the telephone number for speed dialing see Chapter 2 Using Speed Dialing TEL HUMBER ENTRE Pin Code _ 2 If the PIN code is to be dialed before the telephone number press Pin Code enter the telephone number
157. ause 2 Remedy Cause 3 Remedy Cause 4 Remedy The relay group must be set up correctly on the relay unit and the relay unit must tell you the subaddress and password If the relay unit has set an ITU T password then you must send the document with the correct subaddress and password See Sending a Document to a Relay Unit with Speed Dialing on p 6 12 The ITU T subaddress password does not match those of the relay unit Make sure that you set the correct ITU T subaddress password See Sending a Document to a Relay Unit with Speed Dialing on p 6 12 The memory of the relay unit is full Check with the party whose machine is the relay unit to make sure that there is enough memory in their machine to receive your document If there is not enough memory to receive your document ask them to clear the relay unit s memory Try sending the document again Cannot perform confidential sending The other fax machine does not support ITU T subaddress password transactions If the other fax machine does not support ITU T subaddress password transactions you cannot perform confidential sending The other party has not set up a confidential mailbox The other party must set up a confidential mailbox on their fax machine and tell you the subaddress and password If the other party has set an ITU T password then you must send the document with the correct subaddress and password See Sending a Confidential
158. automatically However even if the timer has been set you can still use this procedure to manually put the machine into the Transfer mode before the timer does it automatically Turning the Transfer Mode ON Follow this procedure to manually turn the Transfer mode ON at any time 1 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels press Transfer Transfer PASSWORD z S 2 if you have registered a password enter your password up to DAO seven digits using the numeric keys gt press Set eee PASSWORD gt TRANSFER CAD ae AUTO o D The Transfer mode is set and ready to transfer documents to the destinations you have specified in the transfer setup file Turning the Transfer Mode OFF Follow this procedure to manually turn the Transfer mode OFF at any time 1 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels press Transfer anster _ PASSWORD 9 6 Transferring Documents 2 QUO OJOJOJO OSO o If you have registered a password enter your password using the numeric keys press Set FASSWORD gt FAK 12 31 2667 16 68 Doe cps ens es OEY AUTO The Transfer mode is turned OFF and the machine returns to the Standby mode Changing the Transfer Settings Follow this procedure to change settings in the transfer setup file 1 Data Registration L lt P EJ 2 Ey 3 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels press Data Registration gt V
159. ax machine does not support ITU T subaddress password transactions you do not have to register a subaddress or TX password Proceed to step 16 e This password protects your polling box settings from unauthorized access To change these settings later you will have to enter this password e If you make a mistake while entering the password press Clear gt enter the correct password Setting Up Polling Sending So 12 Press v or a until lt 3 SUBADDRESS gt appears gt press lt Set SETUP FILE SUBADDRESS 3 SUBADDRESS eS 5 S 13 Enter an ITU T subaddress up to 20 digits using the numeric DOS keys press Set E O This is the ITU T standard subaddress An ITU T subaddress is a number of up cy to 20 digits long which can include spaces and the symbols x and Gi SUBADDRESS SETUP FILE 1234567590 4 7 PASSWORD lt NOTE e If you make a mistake while entering the subaddress press Clear gt enter the correct subaddress e You cannot enter a subaddress that is already in use So 14 Press v or a until lt 4 TX PASSWORD gt appears gt press ee Set If you do not want to enter the ITU T password proceed to step 16 SETUP FILE _ Ta PASSWORD 4 78 PASSWORD Using Polling z S S 15 Enter an ITU T password up to 20 digits including and 9 2 spaces using the numeric keys gt press Set TH PASSWORD SETUP FILE o 1234567 gt 5 ERASE AFTER Tx lt NOTE
160. ay broadcast You can send a document once to a fax in a distant location then have that fax relay your document to several other destinations in the same area Relay TX group number List of all facsimiles to receive a relayed document These are two digit codes between 00 99 The group number is registered on the machine with the relay feature Remote receiving ID The number you dial on an extension telephone to start receiving a fax The default remote receiving ID is 25 Dial 25 then hang up the handset of the extension telephone Remote reception Enables you to receive a fax transmission with an extension telephone To start receiving a fax dial the remote receiving ID 25 Reports This is a list of reports printed by the facsimile Glossary e Activity Management Report TX or RX You can set the machine to print a report every time you send or receive a document You can also set the machine to print part of the document on the report to remind you of the content of the document To turn printing these activity reports ON and OFF use the User Settings Activity Report Provides a record of the last 40 sending and receiving transactions You can print out Activity Management Reports manually whenever you want to review the last 40 transactions set the machine up to print them automatically after every 40 transactions print the report at the same time everyday or print the report showing the sending transactions of individu
161. cess NY 11042 U S A CANON CANADA INC 6390 Dixie Road Mississauga Ontario L5T 1P7 Canada CANON EUROPA N V Bovenkerkerweg 59 61 1185 XB Amstelveen The Netherlands CANON FRANCE S A S 17 quai du Pr sident Paul Doumer 92414 Courbevoie Cedex France CANON COMMUNICATION amp IMAGE FRANCE S A S 12 rue de l Industrie 92414 Courbevoie Cedex France CANON U K LTD Woodhatch Reigate Surrey RH2 8BF United Kingdom CANON DEUTSCHLAND GmbH Europark Fichtenhain A10 47807 Krefeld Germany CANON ITALIA S p A Via Milano 8 20097 San Donato Milanese Ml Italy CANON ESPANA S A c Joaquin Costa 41 28002 Madrid Spain CANON LATIN AMERICA INC 703 Waterford Way Suite 400 Miami Florida 33126 U S A CANON AUSTRALIA PTY LTD 1 Thomas Holt Drive North Ryde Sydney N S W 2113 Australia CANON CHINA CO LTD 15F North Tower Beijing Kerry Centre 1 Guang Hua Road Chao Yang District 100020 Beijing China CANON SINGAPORE PTE LTD 1 HarbourFront Avenue 04 01 Keppel Bay Tower Singapore 098632 HT1 2188 000 V 4 0 CANON INC 2005 120V PRINTED IN KOREA
162. code Check these points before you send a document to another party for relay broadcasting e Contact the other party and ask for the ITU T subaddress and password they are using for receiving documents they are to relay e The other party s fax machine does not have to be a Canon fax machine but make sure the other party s fax machine supports the use of ITU T subaddresses and passwords e Perform the procedure to register a telephone number for one touch or coded speed dialing See Setting Up One Touch Speed Dialing on p 2 6 or Setting Up Coded Speed Dialing on p 2 15 elf the speed dialing keys are already set up perform the procedure to change the one touch or coded speed dialing settings See Setting Up One Touch Speed Dialing on p 2 6 or Setting Up Coded Speed Dialing on p 2 15 e When you setup the speed dialing settings turn ON the OPTIONAL SETTING feature and select TX TYPE Select ORIG RELAY TX and set the ITU T subaddress and password See Setting Up One Touch Speed Dialing on p 2 6 or Setting Up Coded Speed Dialing on p 2 15 e Confirm that the other party is set up properly to relay documents received from your machine Your machine cannot automatically confirm whether the other party s machine has been set up properly for relaying a document sent from your machine Sending with the Advanced Communication Key Follow the procedure below
163. cuments and confirm the following points e The other parties must know your ITU T subaddres e f you are using an ITU T password for the polling box they must also know this password The password setting is optional e Your TX password must match the ITU T password attached when the other party calls you Confirm that the TX password on your machine matches the ITU T password the other party has in order to poll you e f the other party s fax machine does not support ITU T subaddress password transactions use polling box 00 8 Setting Up a Polling Box Using Polling Before you can use polling sending you must create a polling box using the FILE SETTINGS menu The polling box holds the document in memory until the other party polls your machine to send the document 1 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels registration 2 Press Data Registration ADDITIONAL FUNCTION 1 PAPER SETTINGS Setting Up Polling Sending B J Press v or A until lt 3 FAX SETTINGS gt appears gt press Ss Set ADEITIONAL FUNCTIONS FAs SETTINGS 2 FAR SETTINGS gt 1 USER SETTINGS S 4 Press v or a until lt 6 FILE SETTINGS gt appears gt press lt P gt Set FAs SETTINGS FILE SETTINGS B FILE SETTINGS gt 1 COMFICHTL MAILBOX 5 Press v or a until lt 4 POLLING BOX gt appears gt press Set FILE SETTINGS POLLIMG BU 4 POLLIHG Ella gt 1 5ETUP FILE S 6 Press v or a until lt 1 SETUP FILE
164. d OFF See TX Send Settings on p 11 14 6 Enter the PIN code up to 20 digits including x and spaces using the numeric keys 00 OJOJOJO OSO The PIN code is not displayed as you enter it ENTER PIM CODE SEE HE EE EK 7 Press Set E Transmission starts Dialing with a PIN Code before the Number If you set lt NECESS PIN CODE gt of the PIN Code setting to OFF you can perform the procedure described below See Setting a PIN Code on p 10 6 3 Other Special Features 1 Place your documents on the machine For instructions explaining how to place your documents on the machine see Setting the Document on the Machine on p 3 3 DOCUMENT READY lt NOTE e You can adjust the resolution contrast and document type for scanning See Adjusting the Scan Settings on p 3 4 e You can also specify a sender s name with TTI Selector See Selecting a Sender s Name on p 3 6 Setting Up and Using PIN Codes 10 9 3 Other Special Features g K 2 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels press TEL O y 5 O O o e y 3 5 ES 3 Enter the telephone number using the numeric keys press 906 TEL C123 4567 LD 2 NOTE Repeat steps 2 and 3 for each telephone number in a sequential broadcast In a sequential broadcast you must dial the second destination within five seconds of dialing the first destination All subsequent destin
165. dby mode Transferring Documents 9 9 USIpe Memory Lock Normally a document prints as soon as you receive it However there may be occasions when you want the machine to store all documents in memory until you are ready to print them Locking the machine to receive and store all documents in memory is called Memory Lock You may want to turn Memory Lock ON when the machine is left unattended at night or over long holidays to prevent a large volume of printed documents from collecting in the paper output trays After you return to the office you can review the contents of the memory and enter the memory lock password to print all of the documents stored in memory Setting a Time and Password for Memory Lock After Memory Lock is turned ON the machine automatically enters and leaves the Memory Lock mode at the times you specify The documents received when the machine is in the Memory Lock mode are stored in memory until you unlock the memory with a password and print them Follow this procedure to define a Memory Lock password and set the times for the machine to enter and leave the Memory Lock mode Special Sending Receiving Features 1 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels Registration 2 Press Data Registration ADDITIONAL FUNCT IOWS 1 PAPER SETTINGS So 3 Press v or a until lt 3 FAX SETTINGS gt appears gt press lt P Set ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONS _ Fas SETTINGS J FA
166. dential sending feature you can register a telephone number for confidential sending under a one touch speed dialing key or a coded speed dialing code e You can also enter the ITU T subaddress and password by pressing Advanced Communication Sending a Confidential Document with Speed Dialing You can register a telephone number for confidential sending under a one touch speed dialing key or by pressing Coded Dial followed by a three digit code Check these points before you send a confidential document e Contact the other party and ask for the ITU T subaddress and password they are using for receiving confidential documents e The other party s fax machine does not have to be a Canon fax machine but make sure the other party s fax machine supports the use of ITU T subaddresses and passwords e Perform the procedure to register a telephone number for one touch or coded speed dialing See Setting Up One Touch Speed Dialing on p 2 6 or Setting Up Coded Speed Dialing on p 2 15 elf the speed dialing keys are already set up perform the procedure to change the one touch or coded speed dialing settings See Setting Up One Touch Speed Dialing on p 2 6 or Setting Up Coded Speed Dialing on p 2 15 e When you set up the speed dialing settings turn ON the OPTIONAL SETTING feature and select TX TYPE Select CONFIDENTIAL TX and set the ITU T subaddress and password for the speed d
167. dialing or directory dialing See Using Regular Dialing on p 3 8 Using Speed Dialing on p 2 32 or Using Directory Dialing on p 2 39 Gg a 3 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels press TTI Selector Selector _ 3 6 Selecting a Sender s Name 4 Press v or a until the desired sender s name appears on the LCD display gt press Set You can also press TTI Selector repeatedly to search for the desired sender s name 5 Continue the procedure for sending the document Selecting a Sender s Name 3 7 Sending Documents Sending Documents ES egular Dialing When you come to a step that requires dialing a number you can dial the number with the keys on the numeric keypad just like you would when dialing a telephone number This is called regular dialing lt NOTE 0 0 6 E EAS gt 7 gt To make dialing easier register frequently used numbers to the one touch speed dialing keys or coded speed dialing codes See Using Speed Dialing on p 2 32 1 Place your documents on the machine For instructions explaining how to place your documents see Setting the Document on the Machine on p 3 3 DOCUMENT READY 2 NOTE e You can adjust the resolution contrast and document type for scanning See Adjusting the Scan Settings on p 3 4 e You can also specify a sender s name w
168. dialing codes and numbers registered for group dialing Prints the list of access codes registered for one touch and coded speed dialing numbers If you select to print the Group Dial List the Group Dial List starts printing without the procedures described below ED Set 0 9 4 press v or a to select lt 1 NO SORT gt or lt 2 SORT gt gt press lt 1 NO SORT gt The one touch or coded speed dialing numbers are printed from the lowest number to the highest number lt 2 SORT gt The Destination ID name column is sorted in alohabetical order SORTED OUTPUT gt PRINTING REPORT 2 SOFT The machine starts printing the selected list Printing the Speed Dialing Lists 12 5 G Printing Reports and Lists Printing Reports and Lists Printing the User s Data List Follow this procedure to print a comprehensive list of the current user data settings m User s Data List 12 31 2002 13 36 FAX 833 4423 WORLD ESTATE INC 71001 k k K K k K k K k K k e aa doll ole e oe 7K USER S DATA LIST Ak ok k RI k k k 3K k K k K k K k K K KK e e 1 PAPER SETTINGS MP TRAY USE MP PAPER SIZE LTR CASSETTE 1 LTR CASSETTE 2 LTR SELECT PAPER PLAIN PAPER TOTAL MEMORY 8 176MB MAIN USA 02 02 MAIN2 WLD 02 01 ECONT 0007 OPT WLD 31 02 OPT2 WLD 02 01 1 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels gt press Report REPORT L ALTIVITY REPORT T 2 Press v or A until lt 3 USER DATA gt appears a RE
169. ding the DATE and TIME of the TX Document Archiving on the sender information the DATE and TIME that the TX Document Archiving was performed will be printed TX Document Archiving 9 27 Turning the TX Document Archiving OFF Follow this procedure to turn TX Document Archiving OFF 1 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels Registration 2 Press Data Registration ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONS 1 PAPER SETTINGS So 3 Press v or a until lt 3 FAX SETTINGS gt appears press CWO Set ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONS _ Fas SETTINGS J FAR SETTINGS i USER SETTINGS S 4 Press v or a until lt 7 SYSTEM SETTINGS gt appears gt lt 2 press Set FAS SETTINGS gt SysTEM SETTINGS T SYSTEM SETTINGS 1 MEMORY LOCK Ra So 5 Press v or a until lt 6 TX DOC ARCHIVING gt appears gt EP press Set SYSTEM SETTINGS gt SYSTEM SETTINGS 1 MEMORY LOCK Ra EsTa DOC ARCHIVING Y Same LL O e 2 O O oO O Lo U Es O ab o U 9 28 TX Document Archiving S 6 Press v or a to select lt OFF gt press Set lt gt Ts DOC ARCHIVING gt Ts DOC ARCHIVING OM OFF wi f Press Stop to return to the Standby mode SYSTEM SETTINGS gt FAR 12 31 2042 10 11 MEMORY LOCK Ra AUTO The TX Document Archiving is set to OFF and the machine returns to the Standby mode TX Document Archiving 9 29 e Special Sending Receiving Features
170. dividual telephones for ringing and special codes which may cause a fax error C Power Requirements This machine should be connected to a standard 120 volt AC three wire grounded outlet only Do not connect this machine to an outlet or power line shared with other appliances that cause electrical noise Air conditioners electric typewriters copiers and machines of this sort generate electrical noise which often interferes with communications equipment and the sending or receiving of documents xiii XIV CONNECTION OF THE EQUIPMENT This equipment complies with Part 68 of the FCC rules and the requirements adopted by the ACTA On the rear panel of this equipment is a label that contains among other information a product identifier in the format US AAAEQ TXXXX If requested this number must be provided to the telephone company The REN is used to determine the number of devices that may be connected to a telephone line Excessive RENs on a telephone line may result in the devices not ringing in response to an incoming call In most but not all areas the sum of RENs should not exceed five 5 0 To be certain of the number of devices that may be connected to a line as determined by the total RENs contact the local telephone company The REN for this product is part of the product identifier that has the format US AAAEQ TXXXX The digits represented by are the REN without a decimal point e g 03 is a REN of 0 3
171. document that has been received in the mailbox 6 Press Stop to return to the Standby mode Setting Up and Using the Confidential Mailbox Feature 7 9 Using Confidential Mailboxes x Using Confidential Mailboxes a Receiving a Confidential Document When the machine receives a confidential document with a subaddress and or password that matches the subaddress password settings for your confidential mailbox the document is stored inside the mailbox After the machine receives a document in your confidential mailbox it displays a message and prints a report unless this feature has been turned OFF 12 31 2002 13 34 FAX 833 4423 WORLD ESTATE INC 7 001 2 CC A IC CAC IC a e e ae CC CC ok oo ok ok kkk CONFID RX REPORT kkk DEEE led elle aK oR ok ok CONFID MBOX CONFID MBOX NAME TX RX NO RECIPIENT ADDRESS 1 213 978 3314 SUBADDRESS DESTINATION ID ST TIME 12 31 13 33 TIME USE 00 18 PGS 1 RESULT OK e The report lists the subaddress where the documents have been received e Printing the Confidential Reception Report every time you receive a confidential document can be turned ON and OFF See Report Settings on p 11 11 After the report prints a message alternates with the standby display date and time until you print the document received in the mailbox RECEIVED IH MAILBOs Follow this procedure to print a document received in a confidential mailbox g e 1 Open all
172. document that it is holding Before You Use Polling Receiving Before you try to set up polling note the following points e n one operation you can poll several machines You can dial up to 210 telephone numbers and poll those machines to receive documents that they are holding e You can poll a machine for a document at any time but you may find it more useful to set your machine for polling other machines at specified times throughout the day See Polling to Receive at a Preset Time on p 8 5 e You must know if the other fax machine is holding the document under both a subaddress and password or only a subaddress or password You must also know the subaddress and password so you can enter them on your machine If you do not know the subaddress or password contact the other party elf the other party s documents are registered for polling without a subaddress or password you can still perform polling receiving e f the other party s fax machine does not support ITU T subaddress password transactions you can ask them to set the polling ID to 255 or 1111 1111 binary when the other party s fax machine is a Canon fax machine 8 2 What Is Polling Polling Other Fax Machines to Receive a Document Follow this procedure to poll another fax machine to receive the document that it is holding This procedure starts polling the other fax machine immediately lt NOTE You can also set the machine to po
173. documents A confidential document is a document that does not print as soon as it is received The receiving party must use a password to unlock their mailbox in order to print the document Confidential sending and receiving is used for documents that you want only the person with the correct password to read Setting Up and Using the Confidential Mailbox Feature o oooooooooo 7 2 Creallng a Contidential Malba ada is eA BE Od we ee 7 2 Changing Confidential Mailbox Settings cidad dad eed cea Wetted at ah eet eae AAA 7 6 Delega Coniaential Mailbox earme las kerena Sie acd EI eds eo we ae oi he 7 8 Receiving a Confidential Document oe ek tee estat th hw te Seen Gat Aho ee Sy 7 10 Sending a Confidential Document 0 00 ees 7 12 sending a Confidential Document with Speed Dialing 0 0 0c ne 7 12 sending a Confidential Document with the Advanced Communication Key 7 13 7 1 Using Confidential Mailboxes a Setting Up and Using the Confidential Mailbox negre This section shows you how to create your own mailbox change the mailbox settings when necessary and delete the mailbox when it is no longer needed Creating a Confidential Mailbox Follow this procedure to create a private mailbox in order to hold confidential documents protected with a password 1 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels TB 2 Press Data Registration ADDITIONAL FUNCT IOWS 1 PAPER SETTI
174. duces errors during sending and receiving on noisy or poor quality telephone lines E Receiving in Memory If You Run Out of Paper or Toner If you run out of paper or toner while you are receiving a document the machine continues to receive by storing the remainder of the document into the machine s memory so you can print it out after you refill the paper cassette or replace the toner cartridge A memory backup function also safeguards the contents of the memory for approximately 12 hours after a power failure Incoming Receiving Document in Memory Main Features 1 3 Before You Start Using This Machine 7 Before You Start Using This Machine 1 4 E Delayed Sending Scan a document into memory and set the machine to send the document at a later time This enables you to take advantage of holiday or late night telephone rates E Dual Access Even while you are sending or receiving a document you can continue to use the machine to register information or record documents into memory Recording Documents into Memory gt gt o Z E Better Security with PIN Codes For PBXs Private Branch Exchanges that require PIN Personal Identification Number codes to acquire an outside line you can activate the PIN code feature with a user software switch included with the user data settings For better security PIN codes are not displayed on the LCD display during dialing only a lt C gt appears
175. e ES 12 16 Confidential Mailbox List 224 53 Sch IA are ee Ae eek AS 12 16 Document Memory Lisl crias ad iaa lic ria 12 17 Memory Cleat Report siii aria pida a ad l 12 17 Troubleshooting Error Code Table Listed by Number 0000 cece een eee ee 13 2 List of LCD Display Messages Alphabetical List 13 8 When Trouble Occurs airis di aa 13 14 sending DOCUMENIS lt 224 2240654 apartar desde 13 14 Receiving Documents aana cece ee eee ee eee eens 13 18 Copying DOCUMENTS ciar lts 13 19 OMerTIOUDIES gt di resda atda Ate oe A eee a da 13 20 Chapter 14 Appendix SPeciICA HON Ss 14 2 CS FANON a a menanak ante o aaa eae 14 2 Dial Reales cosita aida a a hore hee Poe ee ew ai eee aed 14 2 Copier Features surcar a beaten as 14 2 Telephone Features 0 cece ee eee eee eee 14 3 Fax PCalules o ica ke aia aaa is 14 3 Documents You Can Sl aMMrccicin sn a 14 4 Document Media to Avoid o oooooooonocnannan nano 14 4 Specifications for Paper Documents ocoooccoc ees 14 4 Document Thickness 0 ccc eee eee eee 14 4 DOCUMENISIZGs 2 2 45 niad id oe cea oe Be he oe 14 5 SCAMMING Ate acid oc ied et eect ee ag beh eee heer ees 14 6 PRINUNGATCA 2uc4aG wee tela is AE 14 6 COSSA ii daa 14 7 NO a AA A eh tata ge ad ee 14 22 Preface Thank you for purchasing the Canon LASER CLASS 700 Series Please read this manual thoroughly before operating the machine in order
176. e ITU T password using the numeric keys press DOO Set 90G PASSWORD _ TEL 13 4567 1234707020 14 CANON U S A HY lt NOTE You must enter the correct password including x and spaces set on the other party s machine Otherwise your machine cannot receive the document CFD yw CD S y 9 press Start The machine starts polling the other machine C IMPORTANT If the other machine is holding the document under a subaddress and or password your subaddress and or password must match the other party s subaddress and or password Polling to Receive at a Preset Time 8 Follow this procedure to set the machine to poll another fax machine at a preset time Polling at a preset time enables you to conduct document transactions later at night when the telephone rates are lower Using Polling Before you set up polling at a preset time make sure you have performed the following tasks e Register the numbers of the fax machines you want to poll under one touch speed dialing keys or coded speed dialing codes See Setting Up One Touch Speed Dialing on p 2 6 or Setting Up Coded Speed Dialing on p 2 15 Polling Other Fax Machines to Receive a Document 8 5 Using Polling e When you set up the speed dialing settings turn ON the OPTIONAL SETTING feature and select TX TYPE Select POLLING RX and set the subaddress and password for the speed dialing key or code See
177. e those documents from memory The number you had dialed did not match the registered number of the other party s fax machine The other party did not register their fax number or the number registered on the other party s machine is not correct Call the other party and ask them to register the number or correct the number Or set PHONE NO CHECK from the SYSTEM SETTINGS menu to OFF on your machine Error Code Table Listed by Number 13 5 a Troubleshooting z Troubleshooting 0080 Cause Remedy 0081 Cause Remedy 0082 Cause Remedy 0083 Cause Remedy 0084 Cause Remedy The other party s fax machine does not support receiving a document with an ITU T subaddress Call the other party and confirm whether their fax machine supports ITU T subaddress receiving If their machine does not support ITU T subaddress receiving try sending the document again without a subaddress The other party s fax machine does not support receiving a document with an ITU T password Call the other party and confirm whether their fax machine supports ITU T password receiving If the other party s fax machine does not support ITU T password receiving try sending the document again without a password The other party s fax machine does not accept a polling request with a subaddress Call the other party and confirm whether their fax machine accepts a polling request with a subaddress If
178. eam electronic circuit Method Print Resolution 1200 dpi x 1200 dpi Applicable Lines Subscribers telephone circuit PSTN Public Switched Telephone Network Dial Features One Touch Speed Dialing Registration for 72 numbers Coded Speed Dialing Registration for 128 numbers Group Dialing Access Code Dialing On Hook Dialing Manual Dialing with 10 Key Keypad Automatic Redialing Manual Redialing Directory Dialing Copier Features z Appendix Specifications Telephone Features Optional telephone handset Extension telephone hookup Remote reception by extension telephone Tone key Redial Pause key Fax Features tem Specification Transmitting Sequential broadcasting Confidential sending Relay broadcasting Password subaddress sending Polling sending Delayed sending PIN Code access Receiving Remote reception Memory lock reception Polling reception Timer polling Preset polling Confidential mailbox Relay broadcasting Transfer Received image reduction Collating Specifications 14 3 FS Appendix Do ents You Can Scan Follow these guidelines if you need exact information about the dimensions of the types of documents you can scan Document Media to Avoid Avoid trying to scan wrinkled or creased paper carbon or carbon backed paper curled paper coated paper torn paper onion skin or other very thin paper Specifications for Paper Documents Requirements for documents are
179. ecedes the transaction number the document is being held in memory for redialing and sending Y ab Same gt LL O e 2 O O oO O amp Lo E o E O ab o U So 3 Press v or a to display the transaction number of the Cw document that you want to delete press Set DELETE DOCUMENT gt DELETE DOCUMENT Tara HO BEES PASSWORD Erasing a Document from Memory 9 23 Special Sending Receiving Features S o z z 5 4 Enter the password using the numeric keys press Set T O If you have not previously set a password for the document stored in memory OKOLO proceed to step 5 DELETE DOCUMENT _ OR TO DELETE PASSWORD SEH VES O HO 2 5 Press x to delete the selected document If you do not want to delete the selected document press After you press the document is erased US 6 Press Stop to return to the Standby mode 9 24 Erasing a Document from Memory TX Document Archiving This function sends a copy of the documents that are sent from this machine to another location fax machine Fax machine Personal Computer and FTP server for archiving This is based on the settings of the Transfer mode This feature allows you to make sure that delayed transmission worked properly and allows for notification of faxes sent from the machine while you are home or at another work site Even while this function is enabled received doc
180. ecking document 5 2 contrast 5 5 document setting 5 5 document type 5 5 procedure 5 6 resolution 5 5 setting document 5 3 D Data Registration 1 9 1 11 data registration entering a name 1 13 sender information 1 16 data registration menu 11 2 default settings 10 22 delayed sending 3 29 Delayed Transmission 1 9 Delete 1 10 DELETE DOCUMENT 9 23 Delete File 1 8 9 22 department ID report 12 10 dialing access code dialing 2 5 2 37 coded speed dialing 2 5 2 15 2 34 directory dialing 2 39 entering pauses 2 2 group dialing 2 5 2 24 2 35 long distance 3 14 one touch speed dialing 2 5 2 6 2 32 PIN codes 10 6 regular dialing 3 8 speed dialing 2 5 tone dialing on pulse line 10 4 direct sending 3 18 Direct TX 1 7 3 18 Directory 1 7 2 39 directory dialing 2 39 DISPLAY LANGUAGE 10 23 document preparing 3 2 5 2 setting 3 2 3 3 5 3 5 5 document feeder tray 3 3 5 3 document guides 3 3 5 3 document in memory deleting document 9 22 deleting with Delete File key 9 22 deleting with Memory Reference key 9 23 printing document 9 18 printing list 9 17 sending to a different destination 9 20 DOCUMENT MEMORY LIST 12 17 document memory list printing list 12 17 document size 14 5 document transfer 9 2 canceling 9 9 changing 9 7 operation password 9 4 setting 9 3 turning ON OFF 9 6 Document Type 1 8 3 5 5 5 documents you can scan 14 4 dual line 1 29 oper
181. ect the entered number press lt q to move the cursor to the digit you want to correct gt press Delete gt enter the correct number e If you make a mistake press Clear to delete the number gt enter the correct number oS 8 press v or A until lt 2 NAME gt appears gt press Set se TEL REGISTRATION ER MAME 2 16 Setting Up Coded Speed Dialing z s 3 9 Enter a name up to 16 characters long using the numeric DOA keys press Set E For more information on how to enter names see Entering Names for Registration on p 1 13 A TEL REGISTRATION CANON CANAD Se0PTIONAL SETTING The message lt DATA ENTRY OK gt appears on the LCD display for a few seconds S o This completes the minimum settings for registering a coded speed dialing code eel To stop here and register another code _1 Press Data Registration gt repeat the procedure from step 5 e To end the procedure and return to the Standby mode 1 Press Stop Stop v D E a O D D Q U O E D 10 Press v or a until lt 3 OPTIONAL SETTING gt appears gt press Set TEL REGISTRATION gt JOPTIOM L SETTING J OPTIONAL SETTING OFF 11 Press v or a to display lt ON gt gt press Set OPTIONAL SETTING gt JOPTIOM L SETTING ON l ACCESS CODE 12 If you want to set an access code press V or A until lt 1 ACCESS CODE gt appears gt press Set If you do not want
182. efore You Start Using This Machine 8 Cw Ss lt P 050 OJOJOJO OSO Data Registration _ 10 Press v or a until lt 1 SENDER FAX NUMBER gt appears gt press Set PERSOMAL SETTINGS gt SENDER Fas HUMBER 1 SEHDER FAs HUMBER USER TEL HUBER 11 Press v or A to select lt USER TEL NUMBER gt or lt OTHER FAX NUMBERS gt gt press Set lt USER TEL NUMBER gt The users telephone number is registered as the sender s fax number lt OTHER FAX NUMBERS gt You can enter a different telephone number as the sender s fax number O If you select lt USER TEL NUMBER gt L Proceed to step 13 O If you select lt OTHER FAX NUMBERS gt L Proceed to step 12 SENDER FAs NUMBER gt SENDER FAs HUMBER OTHER FAS NUMBERS TEL 12 Enter a telephone number up to 20 digits using the numeric keys press Set SENDER FAs HUMEER gt PERSOM L SETTINGS 13 4567 s MAIL ACCOUNT The message lt DATA ENTRY OK gt appears on the LCD display for a few seconds 13 If you want to register another sender s name press Data Registration twice gt repeat the procedure from step 6 14 Press Stop to return to the Standby mode 1 26 Things You Must Do Before Using This Machine Changing or Erasing a Sender s Name 1 Repeat steps 1 to 5 of Registering Sender s Names on p 1 24 ec 2 Press vw or a to display the name you want to edit or delete a 1O press Set Cw SENDER MAME gt
183. egister telephone numbers for both lines connected to the Dual Line Upgrade Kit Open all three one touch speed dialing panels 2 Press Data Registration ADDITIONAL FUNCT IONS 1 PAPER SETTINGS So 3 Press v or a until lt 3 FAX SETTINGS gt appears press Set ADDITIONAL FUNCTION FAs SETTINGS J FAR SETTINGS gt i USER SETTIHGS S 4 press v or A until lt 1 USER SETTINGS gt appears gt press Set FAS SETTINGS USER SETTINGS i USER SETTINGS gt 1 TEL LINE SETTINGS So 5 Press v or a until lt 1 TEL LINE SETTINGS gt appears gt press Set USER SETTINGS LIME SELECTION 1 TEL LINE SETTINGS 7 1 LIHE 1 lt NOTE After the Dual Line Upgrade Kit is installed this item is added to the lt TEL LINE SETTINGS gt menu 1 30 Using the Optional Dual Line OOOO 6 Press v or a until lt 1 LINE 1 gt appears gt press Set HERET eo SN LINE_SETTINGS SN TEL HO 7 Press v or a until lt 1 USER TEL NO gt appears press Set TEL LIHE SETTINGS USER TEL HO i USER TEL HO gt TEL 8 Enter the telephone number for Line 1 up to 20 digits using the numeric keys gt press Set Data Entry Keys A A 0 9 Entersanumber a number C o AAA a space spaces are optional Enters a plus sign in the telephone number Delete Deletes the rightmost digit of the number you are entering so you can enter a new digit Clears the entire entry if you want to start a
184. egistraion _ 2 Press Data Registration ADDITIONAL FUNCTIOWS 1 PAFER SETTINGS 10 So 3 Press v or A until lt 3 FAX SETTINGS gt appears gt press lt P Set ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONS _ Fas SETTINGS J FAR SETTINGS i USEE SETTINGS S 4 press v or a until lt 3 TX SETTINGS gt appears gt press Set lt gt PRE s SETTIHGS ES SETTINGS PRE s SETTIHGS ES Ts Other Special Features 10 6 Setting Up and Using PIN Codes 5 Press v or a until lt 7 PIN CODE gt appears gt press Set g THEE SETTIHGS PIN CODE apr CODE THEE CODE 6 Press v or a to display lt ON gt gt press Set lf ne do not want to set the PIN code access feature select lt OFF gt gt press Set gt proceed to step 9 as CODE A E se FIH E So 7 If your PBX always requires PIN code entry press v or a to display lt ON gt gt press Set If your PBX requires PIN code entry depending on the destination select lt OFF gt before pressing Set gt proceed to step 9 ee FR PIN CODE PIN COPE BRE TEL no CODE BEF AFT PIN COPE BRE TEL no TEL HO S 8 Press v or a to select lt BEFORE TEL NO gt or lt AFTER TEL NO gt gt press Set PIN CODE EEF AFT gt FAR SETTINGS EEFORE TEL HO HE SETTINGS US 9 press Stop to return to the Standby mode 3 Other Special Features Setting Up and Using PIN Codes 10 7 3 Other Special Features Dialing with a PIN Code after the Number If you set lt NECESS PIN CO
185. eglement sur le mat riel brouilleur du Canada SUPER Super G3 is a phrase used to describe the new generation of fax machines that use ITU T V 34 standard 33 6 Kbps modems aa Super G3 High Speed Fax machines allow transmission time of pa approximately 3 seconds per page which results in reduced HIGH SPEED FACSIMILE telephone line charges Approximately 3 seconds per page fax transmission time based on CCITTATU T No 1 Chart JBIG Standard Mode at 33 6 Kbps modem speed The Public Switched Telephone Network PSTN currently supports 28 8 Kbps modem speeds or slower depending on telephone line conditions Trademarks Canon the Canon logo RAPID Fusing System and LASER CLASS are trademarks of Canon Inc Other product and company names herein may be the trademarks of their respective owners Copyright 2005 by Canon Inc All rights reserved No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying and recording or by any information storage or retrieval system without the prior written permission of Canon Inc xix Disclaimers The information in this document is subject to change without notice CANON INC MAKES NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND WITH REGARD TO THIS MATERIAL EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED EXCEPT AS PROVIDED HEREIN INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THEREOF WARRANTIES AS TO MARKETABILITY MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PART
186. eive ID 1 eee eens 4 7 Cancel Receiving aDocument 0 0000 eee eee 4 9 Cancel Receiving on a Single Line 0 es abide bd we eek ehh Bhd A ee 4 9 Cancel Receiving on a Dual Lines ercis cara ooo tea ee eee he eee ee AS 4 10 4 1 After you take your machine out of the box and set it up it is set to receive documents automatically Use the Automatic Receive mode for a machine on a dedicated telephone line that you do not need for telephone voice communication Setting the Automatic Receive Mode Check the LCD display If lt AUTO gt is displayed the machine is in the Automatic Receive mode When a fax document is sent to you your machine receives the document automatically 2 NOTE e The memory lock mode is deactivated e f you have installed the optional Dual Line Upgrade Kit and the machine receives a document on Line 2 it switches to the Automatic Receive mode regardless of whether lt MAN gt for the Manual Receive mode is displayed See Using the Optional Dual Line on p 1 29 Receiving Documents gt I 4 2 Receiving Documents Automatically E Optional Dual Line Transactions If you have installed the optional Dual Line Upgrade Kit and both lines are in use at the same time press W or A to switch the display so you can view either transaction in progress See Using the Optional Dual Line on p 1 29 E Reception Error Messages Here are few of the most common error messages
187. el Return to the Previous Level Before You Start Using This Machine N j Press Data Registration to return to the previous level to continue browsing If you continue to press Data Registration the machine returns to the Standby mode Return to the Standby Mode Stop gt 1 Press Stop to return to the Standby mode FAR 12 31 2602 63 45 AUTO lt NOTE If you do not press a key for 120 seconds the machine automatically returns to the Standby mode 1 12 Using the Menus and Operation Panel Keys Entering Names for Registration When you come to a step that requires entering a name for data registration follow the procedure below In a display that requires a name entry the letter or number in the upper right corner of the LCD display tells you the entry mode x 1 Press to change the entry mode Display Entry Mode What It Does A Text Enables you to enter upper and lower case letters You can also press to enter a symbol Enables you to enter numbers lt NOTE The numeric keys are clearly labeled with one number and some letters 0 O O 2 Press the appropriate key on the numeric keypad to enter a O letter or number 00O O0 06 If Text is the chosen entry mode press the key repeatedly until the upper or lower case letter you want appears If you go past the letter you want press the key repeatedly until it appears again lt NOTE Each key contains the upper and lower c
188. elephone number using the numeric keys press a speed dialing key or press Coded Dial followed by a three digit code TEL 13 4567 41 CANON 3 Press Start ENTER PIN CODE 4 Enter the PIN code up to 20 digits using the numeric keys The PIN code is not displayed as you enter it ENTER PIN CODE doo 5 Press Set Transmission starts Setting Up and Using PIN Codes Seting Up the Program One Touch Key The program one touch key feature enables you to register a setting so you can perform a routine procedure by pressing only one key n EE Data Registration _ Eg 3 by 4 Ey Open all three one touch speed dialing panels Press Data Registration ADDITIONAL FUNCTION 1 PAPER SETTINGS Press v or a until lt 3 FAX SETTINGS gt appears press Set ADDITIONAL FUNCT IOMS FAS SETTINGS J FAR SETTINGS gt 1 USER SETTINGS Press v or a until lt 1 USER SETTINGS gt appears gt press Set FAs SETTINGS USER SETTINGS i USER SETTINGS gt 1 TEL LINE SETTINGS Press v or a until lt 6 PROG 1 TOUCH KEY gt appears gt press Set USER SETTINGS PROG 1 TOUCH KEY 6 PROG 1 T LICH KEY 7 i 3 Other Special Features Setting Up the Program One Touch Key 10 15 3 Other Special Features So 6 press v or A until the number of the one touch speed lt P 9 dialing key under which you want to assign a function appears gt press Set You must select a
189. ent when you know the other party s name but cannot recall the one touch speed dialing key the code for coded speed dialing or group dialing where the number is registered 1 Place your documents on the machine For instructions explaining how to place your documents see Setting the Document on the Machine on p 3 3 DOCUMENT READY lt NOTE e You can adjust the resolution contrast and document type for scanning See Adjusting the Scan Settings on p 3 4 e You can also specify a sender s name with TTI Selector See Selecting a Sender s Name on p 3 6 O E a O D D Q U O E D Directory 2 Press Directory QM 3 Press a key on the numeric keypad which corresponds to the OJOJO first letter of the name of the party you are searching for 00O Sal 0006 press Set For example if you press 7 PRS and Set the first name which starts with the letter P is displayed If no name starting with the letter P is registered a name whose first letter is nearest to P will be displayed T S o Using Directory Dialing 2 39 oS 4 Press v or A to scroll through the other names press lt gt Set A _ TELS 412412431253 SOUTHWEST 44 SOUTHWEST lt NOTE e The names for one touch speed dialing numbers are prefixed with two digits and the names for coded speed dialing numbers are prefixed with an asterisk and three digit
190. entered within a number is set for two seconds You can lengthen this pause up to 15 seconds A pause entered at the end of a number is fixed at 10 seconds and cannot be adjusted See TX Send Settings on p 11 14 PIN Codes PIN CODE The PIN Code feature is disabled unless you turn it ON and set up the machine for dialing through a PBX Private Branch Exchange with PIN codes See TX Send Settings on p 11 14 Printing Continue TONER SUPPLY When the toner supply runs low the machine saves the Printing with Toner LOW remainder of the document in memory You can set the Supply Low machine to continue printing even after the lt TONER SUPPLY LOW gt message appears during printing See Printer Settings on p 11 19 Printing Footer on RX PAGE FOOTER The machine does nat print a footer on every document Printed Documents received unless you turn this feature ON See RX Receive Settings on p 11 17 Program One Touch PROG 1 TOUCH If you press the designated one touch speed dialing key Key KEY under which a function is assigned before you start a transmission the machine automatically performs that function See User Settings on p 11 5 Receiving Password RX PASSWORD No receiving password is set until you set one If the other party regularly sends you documents only with an ITU T password and no subaddress set up an RX password See System Settings on p 11 29
191. ents are printed at a reduced size on the other fax machine Cause The document feed guides are not set properly when you scan documents for sending Remedy Make sure the document feed guides are snug against the sides of the documents you scan for sending See Setting the Document on the Machine on p 3 3 The documents you send are too light Cause 1 The Lighter indicator above Contrast on your operation panel is ON Remedy Press Contrast until Standard or Darker is selected See Adjusting the Scan Settings on p 3 4 Cause2 Your original document is too light Remedy Press Contrast until Darker is selected then try sending again See Adjusting the Scan Settings on p 3 4 Cause 3 The scanning glass on your machine is not clean Remedy Copy a document on your machine and see if the copy is streaked or dirty If the copy is streaked or dirty clean the scanning glass See Chapter 6 Maintenance in the Reference Guide Cannot perform relay sending Troubleshooting Cause 1 The relay unit does not support ITU T subaddress password transactions Remedy Ifthe relay unit does not support ITU T subaddress password transactions you cannot perform relay sending Cause 2 The relay unit has not set up a relay group correctly When Trouble Occurs 13 15 z Troubleshooting 13 16 Remedy Cause 3 Remedy Cause 4 Remedy Cause 1 Remedy C
192. ephone fax operation is not possible 3 Order a normal business line from your telephone company s business representative The line should be a regular voice grade line or the equivalent Use one line per unit DDD Direct Distance Dial line Ol IDDD International Direct Distance Dial line if you communicate overseas lt NOTE Canon recommends an individual line following industry standards such as the 2500 touch tone or 500 rotary pulse dial telephones A dedicated extension off a PBX without Camp On signals is also permitted with a fax machine Key telephone systems are not recommended because they send non standard signals to individual telephones for ringing or send special codes which may cause a fax error C Power Requirements The power outlet should be a three prong grounded receptacle single or duplex It should be independent from copiers heaters air conditioners or any electrical equipment that is thermostatically controlled The rated value is 120 volts and 15 amperes The RJ11 C modular jack should be relatively close to the power outlet to facilitate installation xvii xviii Notice This equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada Terminal Equipment Technical Specifications This is confirmed by the registration number The abbreviation IC before the registration number signifies that registration was performed based on a Declaration of Conformity indicating that Industry Canada technical
193. eport to the originator after your machine receives and relays a document TRANSMIT After your machine relays a document it sends a transmission report back to the originator In order for this feature to perform correctly the originator s telephone number must be registered on your machine for one touch or coded speed dialing which must be set in lt 5 SELECT ORIG UNIT gt NOT TRANSMIT No relay transmission report is sent to the originator after a document has been relayed Using a Relay Network ES 9 TX START TIME You can set your machine to hold documents and then relay them ata preset time If you do not set this item all documents received for relay are relayed immediately If you want to use this feature press Set Use the numeric keys to enter the time in 24 hour notation You can set up to five times to relay documents within a 24 hour period everyday 10 RELAY B CAST This feature switches relay broadcasting for this group ON and OFF without altering any of the other settings Your machine receives and relays a document set for relay broadcasting Your machine will not receive or relay a document set for relay broadcasting An asterisk indicates the default setting 6 6 Setting Up and Using a Standard Relay Unit D 9 Press Stop to return to the Standby mode Changing the Relay Broadcast Settings Follow this procedure to change the relay broadcast settings lt NOTE e If you
194. er entity or other individual sending the message and the telephone number of the sending machine or such business other entity or individual In order to program this information into your fax machine you should complete the procedure to register your name unit s telephone number time and date See page 1 16 Warning for the LASER CLASS 710 Do not make any changes or modifications to the equipment unless otherwise specified in the manual If such changes or modifications should be made you could be required to stop operation of the equipment This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures e Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna e Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver e Connect t
195. er is set for the Memory Lock mode the machine enters and leaves the Memory Lock mode automatically at the specified time See Setting a Time and Password for Memory Lock on p 9 10 s 1 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels OM 2 Press Memory Reception Reception MEM LOCE PASSWORD If you have not set the memory lock password see step 7 in Setting a Time and Password for Memory Lock on p 9 10 the machine immediately enters the Memory Lock Receive mode The setting is completed 3 If a memory lock password has been set enter the password using the numeric keys gt press Set MEM LOCK PASSWORD _ MEMOR Y LOCK Rx 9 ER se AUTO The machine is in the Memory Lock Receive mode lt NOTE All documents are received in memory until you unlock the memory and print them Special Sending Receiving Features 00 OJOJOJO OOOO S Using Memory Lock 9 13 Special Sending Receiving Features Turning Memory Lock OFF and Printing Documents Follow this procedure to turn the Memory Lock OFF and print the documents received in memory lt NOTE q fie aes lg LE Memory Reception 00 0000 OOOO S o If the timer is set for the Memory Lock mode the machine enters and leaves the Memory Lock mode automatically at the specified times See Setting a Time and Password for Memory Lock on p 9 10 1 When the Memory Lock mode is ON the message lt M
196. er party receives reproduces at the other party s maximum resolution setting Setting a Document for Sending 3 5 Sending Documents selecting a Sender s Name Follow this procedure to select one of the registered sender s names Sender s names are selected by pressing TTI Selector lt NOTE e This setting is optional If you do not select a sender s name before sending a document the registered unit s name is printed at the top of the document in the sender information area See Registering Required Sender Information TX TERMINAL 1D on p 1 16 e f you select a sender s name before you send a document it replaces the units name printed in the sender information area See Registering Required Sender Information TX TERMINAL ID on p 1 16 e Up to 99 sender s names can be registered At least one sender s name must be registered so you can use this feature See Registering Sender s Names on p 1 24 Sending Documents ES 1 Place your documents on the machine For instructions explaining how to place your documents see Setting the Document on the Machine on p 3 3 DOCUME NT READY lt NOTE You can adjust the resolution contrast and document type for scanning See Adjusting the Scan Settings on p 3 4 2 Specify the destination You can specify the destination using regular dialing one touch speed dialing coded speed dialing access code
197. es not return to the Standby mode call your local authorized Canon dealer 13 8 List of LCD Display Messages Alphabetical List CHECK PRINTER COVER Cause The printer cover is not completely closed Remedy Check the printer cover and make sure that it is completely closed Make sure a toner cartridge is installed and resting properly underneath the printer cover DOCUMENT TOO LONG Cause The document is longer than 39 3 8 inches 1 meter Remedy Make a reduced copy of the document with a copy machine then send the copy You can also cut the document and paste it onto smaller sheets of paper See Document Size on p 14 5 ENTER DEPT ID Cause The Department ID restriction is set Remedy You have to enter the Department ID and password if set in order to operate the machine HANG UP PHONE Cause The transaction has completed but the handset is not sitting completely on its cradle Remedy Make sure the handset is sitting completely on its cradle INCORRECT PAPER SIZE Cause The size of the paper that is loaded in the paper cassette or in the MP tray does not match the paper size setting in the PAPER SETTINGS menu Remedy Set the correct paper size for the paper stack that is loaded in the paper cassette or in the MP tray See Chapter 2 Getting Started in the Reference Guide List of LCD Display Messages Alphabetical List 13 9 a Troubleshooting EA Troubleshooting MEMORY FULL Ca
198. es that were successfully transmitted lt OK gt means all pages were transmitted either during the first attempt or after the first or second redialing attempt The default which is two redialing attempts can be changed See Setting Up Redialing on p 3 23 lt NG gt means that either some or no pages were transmitted after two redialing attempts 12 8 Reports Printing the Activity Management Report Follow this procedure to print a list of the previous 40 transactions on your machine E Activity Management Report 12 31 2002 15 14 FAX 833 4423 WORLD ESTATE INC 7 001 ok 2k ok ok ok ok ok K K K K K K K K K ok ok ok ok ok ok ok ok ok ok Kk k ACTIVITY REPORT kk k k k k ae ak od k ak K de le le ae k ol ol ole ole 3K K Kk DEPT 1D 1234 ST TIME DESTINATION TEL ID MODE RESULT DEPT ID 3111 ST TIME DESTINATION TEL ID MODE RESULT 12 31 15 11 ADAM BOOK CPA 0015 TRANSMIT ECM 1 JOK 00 15 SENDER NAME R LOUIS E Activity Management Report TX RX Separate You can set the machine to print sending and receiving transactions separately by setting the ACTIVITY REPORT item from the REPORT SETTINGS menu to TX RX SEPARATE See Report Settings on p 11 11 12 31 15 11 ADAM BOOK CPA 0015 TRANSMIT ECM 1 JOK 00 15 SENDER NAME S ROBERTS 12 31 2002 15 14 FAX 833 4423 WORLD ESTATE INC olle a CAC k k le e e ae ad RC dde le ak e CC RC ole 3K e e k a CoCo xx ACTIVITY MANAGEMENT REPORT TX kkk k
199. eset polling box you want to change Enter the password protecting the preset polling box settings You can now change any of the settings listed above in 1 SETUP FILE Delete the preset polling box and all of its settings Enter the number of the preset polling box you want to delete Enter the password protecting the settings of your preset polling box you want to delete Sets up a polling box to store documents in your machine until your machine is polled to send the documents See Setting Up Polling Sending on p 8 14 Sets up a polling box to hold a document until it is polled and sent to another fax machine 00 99 Set a number for the polling box Enter a name for the polling box up to 24 characters 0 9999999 Enter a password to protect the polling box settings Enter an ITU T standard subaddress up to 20 digits Enter an ITU T standard password up to 20 digits Tells the machine how to handle a document after it is polled and sent The document is erased from memory after it is polled and sent The document is not erased and remains stored in memory after it is polled and sent a TT RR A Change the settings of the polling box 2 CHANGE DATA SET BOX PASSWORD 3 DELETE FILE SET BOX PASSWORD 5 TRANSFER 1 SETUP FILE 1 FILE NAME 2 SELECT LOCATIONS TEL 3 PASSWORD 4 SELECT ORIG UNIT ON TELS 5 TIME SETUP 1 START TIME EVERYDAY SELECT DAYS
200. ettings 11 11 E Summary of Important Settings US 6 press Stop to return to the Standby mode RR TAR 1 TXREPORT PRINT ERROR ONLY REPORT WITH TX IMAGE ON OFF OUTPUT YES OUTPUT NO 2 RX REPORT OUTPUT NO PRINT ERROR ONLY OUTPUT YES 3 CONFID RX REPORT OUTPUT YES OUTPUT NO An asterisk indicates the default setting 11 12 Report Settings Print a transmission report See Activity Reports on p 12 11 Prints a report only if an error occurs Only available for PRINT ERROR ONLY or OUTPUT YES A prompt asks you to confirm whether to print the first page of the document to remind you of what it contains No prompt appears and no first page is printed A report prints for every transmission Prints no report even if an error occurs Prints a reception activity report See Activity Reports on p 12 11 No report prints for document receptions A report prints for reception errors only A report prints for every reception Prints a reception activity report every time you receive a document in a confidential mailbox See Activity Reports on p 12 11 A report prints every time a document is received in a confidential mailbox No report prints when a document is received in a confidential mailbox ee ee ee ae 4 ACTIVITY REPORT Prints an Activity Management Report See Printing the Activity Management Report on p 12 9 1 AUTO PR
201. ever if you set a password for your relay TX group then the originator must send the document with a matching password Otherwise your machine will not receive the document for relay broadcasting See Sending a Document to a Relay Unit for Relay Broadcasting on p 6 11 Check the relay TX group and determine if it has been set to check the identity of the originator before it receives the document for a relay broadcast See Sending a Document to a Relay Unit for Relay Broadcasting on p 6 11 The other party cannot poll and receive your document Cause Remedy The other party s fax machine does not support ITU T subaddress password sending If the other party s fax machine does not support ITU T subaddresses passwords designate a polling box 00 for the other party to poll and scan the document without a subaddress password If the other party s machine is a Canon machine and can set a polling ID ask them to set the polling ID to 255 decimal or 1111 1111 binary See Setting Up Polling Sending on p 8 14 When Trouble Occurs 13 17 a Troubleshooting z Troubleshooting Receiving Documents Cannot receive documents automatically Cause Remedy lt MAN gt is displayed Set RECEIVE MODE to AUTO RX from the RX SETTINGS menu See Chapter 4 Receiving Documents Cannot receive documents manually Cause 1 Remedy Cause 2 Remedy Cause 3 Remedy T
202. f the Stamp mode If the machine is in the Stamp mode the machine marks all documents scanned when sending in the Memory or Direct Sending mode If you want to use the optional stamp feature call your local authorized Canon dealer and request the installation of the Stamp feature 47 Transfer Switches the machine in and out of the Transfer mode In the Transfer mode the machine sends all the documents it receives to another fax machine at your home or another office Memory Reception Switches the machine in and out of the Memory Lock mode In the Memory Lock mode the machine stores all documents it receives in memory Usipg the Menus and Operation Panel Keys This section provides a brief overview on how to use the operation panel keys to open menus make selections and register data General Guidelines for Registering Information Always keep these points in mind while you are using the menus elf you pause and do not press a key for 120 seconds the machine returns to the Standby mode automatically You must then start the procedure from the beginning elf your machine is set to manually receive and the machine rings while you are registering information pick up the handset If you hear a slow beep tone the sender is trying to send you a document Press Stop Start to receive the document then hang up the handset Using the Menus The machine employs a menu system you can use to register importan
203. features like registering sender names and the unit s telephone number setting alarms and the telephone line type Perform these settings as soon as you set up your machine After they are set you should not need to change them very often See User Settings on p 11 5 E 2 REPORT SETTINGS Use these settings to set the machine to print a report every time you send or receive a document and print a summary report for all your sending and receiving transactions Use these features to keep track of your fax transactions See Report Settings on p 11 11 E 3 TX Send SETTINGS Use these settings to customize how the machine sends documents With these settings you can turn ECM ON and OFF set a pause time set up redialing and other features See TX Send Settings on p 11 14 m 4 RX Receive SETTINGS Use these settings to customize how the machine receives documents These settings are important because they determine how the machine operates when it receives a document See RX Receive Settings on p 11 17 E 5 PRINTER SETTINGS Use these settings to set how the machine prints the documents you receive These features include reducing the size of the page See Printer Settings on p 11 19 Summary of Important Settings E 6 FILE SETTINGS Use these settings to set up relay groups confidential mailboxes and polling sending and receiving See File Settings on p 11 22
204. g Up the Program One Touch Key on p 10 15 ACCESS CODE KEY gt ACCESS CODE USING KEY 2 H OF CHARACTERS E 9 make sure that lt 2 NO OF CHARACTERS gt is displayed Gi press Set ACCESS CODE _ HO OF CHARACTERS 2 NO OF CHARACTERS SCHARAL TERS 2 30 Setting Up the Access Code Key lt NOTE If you have already set access codes when registering telephone numbers for one touch speed dialing keys coded speed dialing codes or group dialing you cannot open the NO OF CHARACTERS menu If you want to change the number of characters for an access code turn OFF OPTIONAL SETTING for each speed dialing key code or group oO 10 Press v or a to enter the number of characters for the ep access code gt press Set You can set from two to five characters HO OF CHARACTERS gt FAs SETTINGS SILHARALC TERS o eLAH SETTINGS US 11 Press Stop to return to the Standby mode Setting Up the Access Code Key 2 31 Using Speed Dialing 3 Using Speed Dialing mo N UsinSpeed Dialing Follow the procedures in this section to use speed dialing The four speed dialing methods are one touch speed dialing coded speed dialing group dialing and access code dialing If you forget where a number is registered you can find it and dial it with directory dialing See Using Directory Dialing on p 2 39 Using One Touch Speed Dialing Follow this procedure to start a transmission and send a document
205. g a Sender s Name on p 3 6 SA 2 Specify the destination gt press Set You can specify the destination using regular dialing one touch speed dialing coded speed dialing access code dialing or directory dialing See Using Regular Dialing on p 3 8 Using Speed Dialing on p 2 32 or Using Directory Dialing on p 2 39 TEL 111 2345 42 JOHN BARRISTER g a 3 Immediately after pressing Set on step 2 open all three 4 one touch speed dialing panels press Subaddress Subaddress _ SUBADDRESS lt NOTE You must press Subaddress within five or ten seconds depending on the dialing method you use of pressing Set in step 2 If you wait longer than the timeout interval before pressing Subaddress the machine starts to scan the documents The timeout interval can be turned OFF See TX Send Settings on p 11 14 Sending Documents ES 3 34 Sending a Document with a Subaddress Password 00 OJOJOJO OSO o S Password Q OOOO 0000 OSO 5 Start 4 Enter the ITU T subaddress up to 20 digits using the numeric keys press Set SUBADDRESS TEL 111 2345 2005 7 62 JOHN BARRISTER 5 If you want to enter a password press Password PASSWORD 2 NOTE You must press Password within five or ten seconds depending on the dialing method you use of pressing Set in step 4 If you wait longer than the timeout interval before
206. g faxes when the primary line is in use Line 1 will never be used for outgoing faxes Sets the line priority to Line 2 Line 2 will be used for outgoing faxes when both lines are available Line 2 will be used for outgoing faxes when the primary line is in use Line 2 will never be used for outgoing faxes You can select the line to be used manually when sending a fax by pressing Fax l Fax Set the default telephone line to be used when you do not press Fax l Fax although TX LINE SELECTION is set to MAN Line 1 is selected if you do not press Fax l Fax Line 2 is selected do not press Fax I Fax An asterisk indicates the default setting User Settings Repor rt Settings Follow this procedure to set the report settings Setting Procedure registration 2 Press Data Registration ADDITIONAL FUNCT IOWS 1 PAPER SETTINGS So 3 Press V or a until lt 3 FAX SETTINGS gt appears gt press lt P Set ADDITIONAL FUNCT IOMS FAS SETTINGS J FAR SETTINGS gt 1 USER SETTINGS So 4 Press v or a until lt 2 REPORT SETTINGS gt appears press lt gt Set FAs SETTINGS REPORT SETTINGS 2eREPORT SETTINGS gt 1 71 REPORT So 5 Press v or a to display the item you want to set or change lt gt press Set Summary of Important Settings REPORT SETTINGS 1 Ta REPORT For more information on the available Report Settings see the table on the next page Report S
207. g panels press Data Registration gt V or A until lt 3 FAX SETTINGS gt appears gt press Set a U If necessary see steps 1 to 3 of Setting Your Machine as a Relay Unit on p 6 3 Press V or A until lt 6 FILE SETTINGS gt appears gt press Set gt V or A until lt 2 RELAY TX GROUP gt appears gt press Set g E oF N If necessary see steps 4 and 5 of Setting Your Machine as a Relay Unit on p 6 3 O 0 9 3 Press V or A until lt 3 DELETE FILE gt appears gt press E Cw Set E RELAY Tx GROUP DELETE FILE rs 29 DELETE FILE gt SET RLY TH GROLIPE aa e a D z 5 e 4 Enter the two digit relay group number that you want to delete DOS using the numeric keys gt press Set O E You can also press W or A to select a relay group number S o DELETE FILE DELETE FILE SET RLY TH GROUP Bi FASSWORD The prompt lt PASSWORD gt will be displayed if you have previously set a password Proceed to step 5 Otherwise proceed to step 6 Setting Up and Using a Standard Relay Unit 6 9 Using a Relay Network o OOOO OS 5 0 lt D OSO 5 Enter the password up to seven digits using the numeric keys press Set If you have not previously set a password proceed to step 6 DELETE FILE DELETE FILE PASSWORD doo 7 FILE DELETED The relay group is deleted gt 6 Press Stop to return to the Standby mode 6 10
208. gain USER TEL HO gt TEL_LIWNE SETTINGS 12345675 s TEL LINE TYPE The message lt DATA ENTRY OK gt appears on the LCD display for a few seconds 9 Press v or A until lt 2 TEL LINE TYPE gt appears press Set TEL_LIHE SETTINGS TEL LIME TPE s TEL LINE TYPE DO TOUCH TOME Using the Optional Dual Line 1 31 Before You Start Using This Machine Before You Start Using This Machine 8 ED lt P 10 Press v or a to select lt TOUCH TONE gt or lt ROTARY PULSE gt gt press Set TEL LIME TYPE gt TEL_LIHE SETTINGS TOUCH TOME S TA START SPEED 2 NOTE The machine is set to operate through a touch tone line without making any adjustments 11 Press v or a until lt 3 TX START SPEED gt appears gt press Set TEL LIME SETTINGS gt Ta START SPEED 4078 START SPEED SS 6HRBFS 12 If you want to change the transmission start speed press vV or a to select the desired transmission speed gt press Set Ta START SPEED TEL LIME SETTINGS 14466brs HE START SPEED lt NOTE If your document transmissions are slow in starting this may mean that the telephone lines in your area are in poor condition Select a slower speed You can select 33600bps 14400bps 9600bps 7200bps 4800bps or 2400bps 13 Press v or a until lt 4 RX START SPEED gt appears press Set TEL LIHE SETTINGS o Es START SPEED Es START SPEED
209. ginator machines under one touch speed dialing keys or coded speed dialing codes Receives and obeys all incoming relay commands Turns printing ON OFF for documents received for relay to other machines Prints a copy of every document relayed From 01 to 99 COPIES 01 COPIES Set the number of document copies to print No copies are printed Use one touch or coded speed dialing to select the fax numbers that will receive the documents relayed from your machine EIA TT TA 8 TX REPORT TRANSMIT NOT TRANSMIT 9 TX START TIME 10 RELAY B CAST ON 2 CHANGE DATA SET RLY GROUP TX PASSWORD 3 DELETE FILE SET RLY TX GROUP PASSWORD 3 PRESET POLLING 1 SETUP FILE SET BOX 1 FILE NAME 2 PASSWORD 3 SELECT LOCATIONS TEL Sends a TX report from your machine the relay unit to the originator of the transmission Transmits a document relay report to the originator No report is transmitted to the originator Sets the machine to hold the document from the originator and then relay it at a specified time Use 24 hour notation to set up to five times for transmission Turns ON and OFF relay broadcasting temporarily In order for relay broadcasting to occur this setting must be ON Turns relay broadcasting OFF temporarily without canceling or changing the relay box settings Change or add settings to the relay box Enter the number of the relay box you want t
210. gistering Required Sender Information TX TERMINAL ID According to recent amendments to the FCC Federal Communications Commission rules governing the use of facsimile equipment in the United States the following sender information must be printed on every facsimile transmission e Your fax number e Your personal name or company s name e Time and date of transmission 2 NOTE Your machine is already set to print this information at the top of every document you send but you must register your machine s fax number your personal name or company s name the current date and the current time with the features provided in the USER SETTINGS and TIMER SETTINGS menus See User Settings on p 11 5 and Chapter 5 Summary of Important Settings in the Reference Guide Before You Start Using This Machine 1 16 Things You Must Do Before Using This Machine What Is Sender Information After your fax is received the other party knows immediately where it came from because your sender information is printed at the top of every page you send 12 31 2002 DATE AND TIME __ This is the date and time of the transmission TELEPHONE NUMBER This is your fax telephone number You can set the TX TERMINAL ID feature to set the prefix for this number as FAX or TEL See User Settings on p 11 5 UNIT NAME OR SENDER S NAME This is the unit s name or a sender s name you select w
211. gs you are about to set up After you set a password you will have to enter it every time you want to view or change these settings Enter a password and press Set 3 TRIGGER 1 SUBADDRESS This is the ITU T subaddress Enter a number up to 20 digits long it can include spaces and the symbols x and The OPTIONAL SETTINGS for the speed dialing key or code under which the originator fax machine s telephone number is registered must be set to OFP 2 SENDER S FAX NO Enter the sender s telephone number using one touch or coded speed dialing 3 MAIL ADDRESS To See the Sending Guide For the LASER CLASS 710 the installation of the optional Network Kit Ill is necessary to access these items 4 RX PASSWORD 20 digits spaces If your machine is the relay unit this ITU T password must match the ITU T password of the document sent from the originator in order for your machine to receive the document Otherwise your machine will not receive the document Enter a number up to 20 digits long it can include spaces and the symbols and 5 SELECT ORIG UNIT If your machine is the relay unit this feature forces your machine to check the identity of the originator before it receives the document and relays it to other fax machines Using a Relay Network a If your machine receives a document for relay it will check the identity of the originator before it receives the document In order for this feature to perform c
212. gt appears press Set 9 FOLLIHG BOX SETUF FILE 1 SETUP FILE gt SET Box 4 AG 8 O x S e 7 Enter a two digit polling box number 00 99 using the numeric Cc DOO keys press Set E E You can also press W or A to select the polling box number CD EPERE n FILE TEE hime FILE hd SELE kime HAME lt NOTE If the other party s fax machine does not support ITU T subaddress password transactions set the box number to 00 The other party can still poll your machine and receive the document Setting Up Polling Sending 8 15 Using Polling ES e Q OJOS 0000 OSO o S OOOO OOOO OSO C Cy 8 Press v or a until lt 1 FILE NAME gt appears press Set SETUP FILE 1 FILE HAME 9 Enter a file name for the polling box up to 24 characters and spaces using the numeric keys gt press Set A SETUP FILE CANON TOKYO gt 2 PASSWORD The message lt DATA ENTRY OK gt appears on the LCD display for a few seconds 10 If you want to set a password to protect the polling box press v or a until lt 2 PASSWORD gt appears gt press Set If you do not want to set a password proceed to step 12 SETUP FILE gt PASSWORD e PASSWORD 11 Enter a password up to seven digits using the numeric keys gt press Set PASSWORD _ SETUP FILE 1234557 J SUBADDRESS lt NOTE e If you set the polling box number to 00 for a party whose f
213. hange press Set Re SETTINGS 1 ECHM Re For more information on the available RX Receive Settings see the table on the next page Summary of Important Settings RX Receive Settings 11 17 E Summary of Important Settings US 6 press Stop to return to the Standby mode ee ee 1 ECM RX Turns the ECM Error Correction Mode for receiving OFF and ON This switch does not affect the settings for one touch or coded speed dialing See Using Speed Dialing on p 2 32 All receptions are received in the ECM if the other party s machine supports ECM ECM is turned OFF 2 RECEIVE MODE Switches the Receive mode between Automatic Receive mode and Manual Receive mode See Chapter 4 Receiving Documents AUTO RX Sets the machine to the Automatic Receive mode MANUAL RX Sets the machine to the Manual Receive mode 3 REMOTE RX Enables you to receive documents from a remote telephone See Changing the Remote Receive ID on p 4 7 ON Remote receiving is turned ON and you can set the Remote Receive ID from 00 to 99 25 REMOTE RX ID You can change the Remote Receive ID OFF Remote receiving is turned OFF 4 RX PAGE FOOTER Prints a footer in the lower right corner on every received page The footer contains the date day time received transaction number and page number See What Is Sender Information on p 1 17 No RX footer prints at the bottom of t
214. he equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected e Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help Use of shielded cable is required to comply with Class B limits in Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC Rules A WARNING Do not make any changes or modifications to the equipment unless otherwise specified in the manual If such changes or modifications should be made you could be required to stop operation of the equipment XV Xvi Warning for the LASER CLASS 720i 730i Facsimile Transceiver Model H12229 H12230 This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interferences and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Note This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference
215. he page An RX footer is printed at the bottom of every page you receive Prints two pages of a received document on one sheet of paper The 2 on 1 printing feature is turned OFF The 2 on 1 printing feature is turned ON An asterisk indicates the default setting 11 18 RX Receive Settings Printe er Settings Follow this procedure to set the printer settings Setting Procedure oe R 1 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels Pegistaton 2 Press Data Registration ADDITIONAL FUNCT IOWS 1 PAPER SETTINGS Sete 3 Press V or a until lt 3 FAX SETTINGS gt appears gt press Set ADDITIONAL FUNCT IOMS FAS SETTINGS J FAR SETTINGS i USER SETTINGS S 4 Press v or a until lt 5 PRINTER SETTINGS gt appears gt ED press Set FAX SETTINGS PRINTER SETTINGS Ss PRINTER SETTINGS 1 OF Ex COPIES Summary of Important Settings So 5 Press v or a to display the item you want to set or change press Set PRIHTER SETTINGS 1 4 OF Ra COPIES For more information on the available Printer Settings see the table on the next page Printer Settings 11 19 E Summary of Important Settings US 6 press Stop to return to the Standby mode MIN MOS es 2 11 20 1 OF COPIES 2 SELECT CASSETTE 1 CASSETTE SW A 2 CASSETTE SW B Select the number of copies from 01 to 99 of received documents you want to print The default setting is 01COPIE
216. here is a document set in the ADF Automatic Document Feeder You cannot receive if there is a document set in the Automatic Document Feeder Remove the document and try again lt AUTO gt is displayed Set the RECEIVE MODE to MANUAL RX in the RX SETTINGS menu See Receiving Documents Manually on p 4 4 You pressed Start after you hung up the handset When you hear a high pitched tone press Start before you hang up the handset Review the procedure for manual receiving with the optional handset kit installed on the machine See Receiving Documents Manually on p 4 4 The documents you receive are of poor quality Cause 1 Remedy Cause 2 Remedy Your toner cartridge is running low on toner Remove your toner cartridge and rotate it five or six times to evenly distribute the remaining toner and try receiving the document again If this does not solve the problem you should change the toner cartridge See Chapter 6 Maintenance in the Reference Guide The other fax machine is not functioning properly The sending fax machine usually determines the image quality Try copying a document on your own machine If the copy is clean then the other fax machine has a problem Call the other party and ask them to clean the scanning glass on their fax machine Cannot receive a confidential document in your confidential mailbox Cause The other party s fax machine does not support ITU T
217. ial Broadcasting press Stop After the message lt CANCEL DURING TX RX gt is displayed press x to cancel all destinations 3 28 Sequential Broadcasting to More Than One Location sending Documents at a Preset Time Follow this procedure to set a time for sending documents This feature is called Delayed Sending or Timer Sending Use Delayed Sending to store a document in memory then have it sent at a later time when the telephone rates are lower lt NOTE You can set up to 70 documents for Delayed Sending 1 Place your documents on the machine For instructions explaining how to place your documents see Setting the Document on the Machine on p 3 3 DOCUMENT READY lt NOTE e You can adjust the resolution contrast and document type for scanning See Adjusting the Scan Settings on p 3 4 e You can also select a sender s name with TTI Selector See Selecting a Sender s Name on p 3 6 Sending Documents g a 2 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels press he Delayed Transmission vansnsson _ DELAYED Ta Ts TIME SETTHG 11 258 3 Enter the time using the numeric keys press Set Enter the time in 24 hour notation e g 1 00 p m as 13 00 OOOO OJOJOJO OSO Enter all the numbers including zeros DELAYED T DELAYED Ta TH TIME SETTHG 23 185 7 SELECT LOCATIONS 5 S Sending Documents at a Preset Time 3 29 S i
218. ial the desired number using the numeric keys press Set after each number you enter You can dial up to 10 destinations TEL 4112334357 Press Redial Pause to redial the last number dialed using the numeric keys O To use directory dialing 1 Press Directory gt a numeric key which contains the first letter of the desired destination gt press Set 1 Press V or A to scroll through the registered names until you find the desired destination press Set TEL 4311111111 41 CANON Sequential Broadcasting to More Than One Location 3 27 Sending Documents Sending Documents ES lt NOTE e You must dial the second destination within five seconds of dialing the first destination All subsequent destinations must be specified within 10 seconds of each other e If you wait longer than the timeout interval before specifying the next destination the machine starts scanning the documents The timeout interval can be turned OFF See TX Send Settings on p 11 14 Start 3 After you have specified all of the destinations press Start The machine starts scanning the first page into memory lt NOTE e Regardless of the order you used when dialing the machine sends the document to the destinations you specified in this order one touch speed dialing numbers coded speed dialing numbers access code dialing numbers regular dialing numbers then redialing e To cancel Sequent
219. ialing code under which a group for group dialing has been registered Remedy Try sending your document with a one touch speed dialing key or coded speed dialing code under which a group is not registered List of LCD Display Messages Alphabetical List NOT FOUND TRY AGAIN Cause The box number you specified does not exist or has not been set up Remedy Try entering a different box number NOT REGISTERED Cause You pressed a one touch speed dialing key or Coded Dial followed by a three digit code but no telephone number is registered Remedy 1 If you have forgotten where the desired telephone number is registered use directory dialing See Using Directory Dialing on p 2 39 Remedy 2 You can also print a list of all numbers registered for speed dialing See Printing the Speed Dialing Lists on p 12 2 OUTPUT TRAY FULL Cause The output tray is full of paper Remedy Pick up the printed pages in the tray PRINT LIMIT REACHED Cause Printing has been restricted Remedy Set RESTRICT PRINTING from the DEPT ID MANAGEMNT menu to OFF See Chapter 4 Restricting the Use of the Machine in the Reference Guide PRT ALT PAPER SIZE YES x NO Cause The size of the available recording paper loaded in a paper cassette does not match the size of the document waiting to be printed Remedy If you do not mind printing the document on a different paper size press If you want to print on
220. ialing key or code See Setting Up One Touch Speed Dialing on p 2 6 or Setting Up Coded Speed Dialing on p 2 15 e Confirm that the other party has set up a confidential mailbox with the subaddress you have been given You must send your document with the correct subaddress or the other party will not receive your document in their confidential mailbox Using Confidential Mailboxes a 7 12 Sending a Confidential Document Sending a Confidential Document with the Advanced Communication Key Note these points about sending a confidential document to a confidential mailbox e You can dial only one telephone number elf you frequently need to send a confidential document to more than one location register the numbers subaddresses and passwords for group dialing so you can use sequential broadcasting See Setting Up Group Dialing on p 2 24 e f you use One touch or coded speed dialing to dial the number after you perform the following operation the transmission mode settings registered for the one touch speed dialing key or coded speed dialing code are ignored e The password setting is optional but required if the other party has set a password on their fax machine 1 Place your documents on the machine For instructions explaining how to place your documents see Setting the Document on the Machine on p 3 3 DOCUMENT READY 2 NOTE e You can adjust the resolution contrast and docume
221. ile you are sending a document an REPORT WITH TX Error TX report prints automatically See Report IMAGE Settings on p 11 11 Report Receiving RX REPORT A report is not printed when you receive a fax However you can set the machine to print a report every time you receive a document or if an error occurs during reception See Report Settings on p 11 11 Restricting Use DEPT ID No password or department IDs are set on the machine Department ID MANAGEMNT to restrict sending documents printing or using the handset to make a telephone call However all of these functions can be restricted See Chapter 5 Summary of Important Settings in the Reference Guide Speed TX START SPEED The starting speed for all transactions is set to RX START SPEED 83600bps Slower settings are available See User Settings on p 11 5 Stamp TX STAMP If you have the optional stamp feature on your machine you can turn the stamp feature ON with this setting The default setting is OFF See System Settings on p 11 29 Telephone Line TEL LINE TYPE Your machine is set to operate on a touch tone telephone line See User Settings on p 11 5 10 24 How the Machine Operates with Default Settings NE WI M4 Description of Default Unit Name Unit Telephone Number USER TEL NO UNIT NAME Your registered identification and fax number are printed at the top and outside the image b
222. in step 2 you may have to insert a pause at the end of the telephone number The pause at the end of a number is 10 seconds For details about the necessary length of the pause contact your local telephone company or local authorized Canon dealer e f you have installed the optional handset when the other party answers you can pick up the handset and talk Tell the other party to press Start on their machine then hang up their handset When you hear a high pitched tone their machine is ready to receive your document e If you hear a high pitched tone as soon as the call connects the other party is ready to receive Press Start gt hang up your handset The machine starts to send the document L NOTE If the off hook alarm starts beeping make sure the handset is resting properly on the handset cradle The volume of the off hook alarm can be adjusted See Chapter 5 Summary of Important Settings in the Reference Guide Dialing Long Distance with Regular Dialing 3 15 Sending Documents ES w of Sending Methods This section briefly describes the methods and advantages of the three main sending methods Memory Sending Direct Sending and Manual Sending Memory Sending Memory Sending enables you to scan and send your documents fast allowing you to get your documents back quickly so you do not have to spend so much time standing around the machine You can start scanning documents for sending even
223. ine cancels the transaction displays the following message and prints an Error TX report to remind you that the transmission did not complete DIRECT SENDIANG Wo PRESS SET KEY lt NOTE e To cancel redialing if you are using Direct Sending press Stop If you are using Memory Sending press Delete File e To erase the document from memory press Delete File See Erasing a Document from Memory on p 9 22 e Even if the machine is set to redial several times it redials only once if there is no dial tone or ring back tone during the first attempt 3 22 Redialing When the Line Is Busy Setting Up Redialing Follow this procedure to modify these redialing features e The number of times the machine attempts to redial e The length of the time interval that the machine waits between redialing attempts e Whether to perform automatic redialing when a transmission error occurs 1 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels O 2 Press Data Registration ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONS 1 PAPER SETTINGS So 3 Press v or a until lt 3 FAX SETTINGS gt appears press lt gt Set ACDITIORAL FUMCTIOWS FAX SETTINGS J FAR SETTINGS gt 1 USER SETTINGS S 4 Press v or a until lt 3 TX SETTINGS gt appears gt press Set lt gt Fax SETTINGS T SETTINGS 3 T SETTINGS gt T ECH TH S 5 Press v or a until lt 3 AUTO REDIAL gt appears press lt P Set Te SETTINGS AUTO REDIAL J AUTO REDIAL
224. ine to relay documents from the originator fax machine confirm the following points e Make sure your machine s telephone number is correctly registered See Registering the Machine s Telephone Number and Unit Name on p 1 19 e Make sure the telephone number of the originator fax machine is registered on your machine under a speed dialing key See Setting Up One Touch Speed Dialing on p 2 6 or Setting Up Coded Speed Dialing on p 2 15 e After your machine receives the document from the originator machine it relays the document to one or several destination units Make sure the telephone numbers of all the destination units are registered on your machine under speed dialing keys See Setting Up One Touch Speed Dialing on p 2 6 or Setting Up 6 Coded Speed Dialing on p 2 15 e Ask the originator if they would like to receive a report of successful transmissions x after your machine relays the document e Make sure the relay feature on your machine is turned ON Follow the procedure in this section to set up your machine as a relay unit When your machine is the relay unit it receives the document from the originator and relays it to several other destinations Setting Your Machine as a Relay Unit Follow this procedure to set your machine to participate in a relay network as a relay unit Using a Relay Networ 1 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels Registon 2 Press Data
225. is Machine Main Features cto aS Geta ii Ri 1 2 Operation Panel Parts and Functions 0000 eee eee eee 1 6 One Touch Panels Closed 000 cece eee eee eens 1 6 One Touch Panels Opened 00 cece eee eee eens 1 9 Using the Menus and Operation Panel KeyS o o oo o 1 11 General Guidelines for Registering Informati0N 1 11 WSING ING Menus 1 cuece ole a SO ade eine a ee oe eee tvs 1 11 Open a Menu and Select an Item 0 0 ee 1 12 Return to the Previous Level 0 0 0 0 cc eee 1 12 Return to the Standby Mode 0 0 0 ce ne 1 12 Entering Names for Registration 0 0 eee 1 13 Correcing a Mistake SI a eee 1 14 Operation Panel Key Summary Table o o ooooooooooooo 1 15 Things You Must Do Before Using This Machine 1 16 Registering Required Sender Information TX TERMINAL ID 1 16 What Is Sender Information o o o o ooooooooo eee 1 17 Registering the Current Date and TiMe o oooooooo omo 1 18 Registering the Machines Telephone Number and Unit Name 1 19 Checking and Setting the Telephone Line ooooooooo 1 21 Registering Senders NameS 0 00 cece eee eee eee 1 24 Registering a Sender s Name 0 0 0 cc ee ees 1 24 Changing or Erasing a Sender s Name 0 0 ee 1 27 Using the Optional Dual Line 0 0 ee 1 29 How the Two Teleph
226. ission type gt press Set There are several TX TYPE items to select For details see the table below Ts TYPE _ OPTIONAL SETTING REGULAR TH de INTERMAT IONAL O If you select REGULAR TX L Proceed to step 20 O If you select another TX Type 11 Set the ITU T password and subaddress for the feature you select 3 Proceed to step 20 Setting Up One Touch Speed Dialing The TX TYPE menu includes these items O a ae REGULAR TX CONFIDENTIAL TX 1 PASSWORD 2 SUBADDRESS ORIG RELAY TX 1 PASSWORD 2 SUBADDRESS SUBADDRESS TX 1 PASSWORD 2 SUBADDRESS POLLING RX 1 PASSWORD 2 SUBADDRESS lt NOTE Designates the transaction as a normal transmission with no special features You can cancel the currently set TX TYPE by selecting lt REGULAR TX gt Designates the transaction as a transmission to a confidential mailbox Press Set gt enter the subaddress and password for the confidential mailbox See Sending a Confidential Document on p 7 12 The ITU T password for the other party s confidential mailbox The ITU T subaddress for the other party s confidential mailbox Designates the transaction as a relay transmission with your machine as the originator Press Set gt enter the subaddress and password for the relay broadcast See Sending a Document to a Relay Unit for Relay Broadcasting on p 6 11 The ITU T password for the relay broadcast The ITU T subaddress for the re
227. ith TTI Selector when you scan the document for sending DESTINATION If you dialed with a speed dialing key the other party s name appears here PAGE NUMBER The page number of the document lt NOTE 11 18 FAX 833 4423 WORLD ESTATE INC gt ADAM BOOK CPA 001 WORLD ESTATE INC West 44th Street New York NY U S A Global Real Estate Consuhtants in the Heart of Now York December 28 2002 Dear Member By now you have all had a chance to become familiar with your new Canon fax units and are ready to set up a reliable economigal communications network that offers many exciting features We can save money by scanning documents in the memoryjand then setting the delayed timer to send all the documents at the same time later at night to take advantage of late night rates Many of us are separated by long distances and reside in different time zones We can set up the polling feature to poll and receive documents from each other when we are not in the office For sensitive material about clients and confidential bids we can set up and use the confidential mailbox features We will also be able to keep down costs by limiting use of the fax to operators who know the correct department codes and passwords Relay sending is another money saver We can designate one relay fax in your area send one transmission from the home office on e East coast and then have the document relayed to you locally We hope
228. ith TTI Selector See Selecting a Sender s Name on p 3 6 2 Dial the telephone number using the numeric keys lt NOTE e When entering a number using regular dialing if you see that you have entered an incorrect digit press Delete to delete the rightmost digit gt enter the correct digit e You can also use Clear to clear the entire telephone number gt begin entering the telephone number again e If you notice that you made a mistake while the machine is dialing the number press Stop to return to the Standby mode start again Press Start The machine starts scanning the first page into memory 3 8 Using Regular Dialing Sending a Document Follow this procedure to cancel a transmission in progress Cancel Sending on a Single Line e 1 Press Stop If you are using Direct Sending an alarm sounds and the transmission is canceled immediately Press Set STOP FEY PRESSED PRESS SET KEY If you are using Memory Sending the following message is displayed CANCEL DURING Ta Er VES O HO 2 2 Press to cancel the transmission If you do not want to cancel the transmission press After you press x to cancel the transmission an alarm sounds and a report automatically prints unless this feature has been turned OFF See Report Settings on p 11 11 12 31 2002 11 48 FAX 833 4423 WORLD ESTATE INC 1001 ok ok K K K K K K K K
229. k ok k K k k k k ok k K k K k ok k K k ok K K K RECIPIENT ADDRESS DESTINATION ID INTERNATIONAL TX SPEED TX TYPE ECM TX LINE SELECTION ACCESS CODE RECIPIENT ADDRESS DESTINATION ID RECIPIENT ADDRESS DESTINATION ID INTERNATIONAL TX SPEED TX TYPE ECM TX LINE SELECTION 12 31 2002 09 53 FAX 833 4423 RECIPIENT ADDRESS DESTINATION ID INTERNATIONAL TX SPEED TX TYPE ECM TX LINE SELECTION E Group Dial List 12 31 2002 10 07 FAX 833 4423 05 CANON GROUP 889 344 222 CANON U S A NY DOMESTIC 33600bps 0 REGULAR TX ON AUTO 111 GROUP DIAL CANON GROUPA 02231231123 SOUTHWEST DOMESTIC 33600bps REGULAR TX ON AUTO m Coded Speed Dialing List Detail WORLD ESTATE INC kk ee a ae ad od ode ode ode de le le ae k K k K ole de a ae Ak CODED DETAIL kkk kk ee k ae k od ade ode ak de le le ae ae aK k K ole le le le e ae 122 122 122 WORLD IMPORT DOMESTIC 33600bps REGULAR TX ON AUTO WORLD ESTATE INC 2A AC dll dele AC ak le ake aie EREE Ae GROUP DIAL LIST Ak ole k Ee ee Ee ee ee eee ee eee Se ee 225 7823 233 7766 876 2398 613 9076 Printing the Speed Dialing Lists CANON NY CANON CA CANON TX CANON OH 71001 1001 12 3 Printing Reports and Lists E Printing Reports and Lists ove y m Access Code List 12 31 2002 10 32 FAX 833 4423 WORLD ESTATE INC 7 001 2A 2 ee ae k od od ode ode ode le e ae ae CAC K ole K le K oe
230. ke sure the subaddress password settings have not been changed See Setting Up One Touch Speed Dialing on p 2 6 or Setting Up Coded Speed Dialing on p 2 15 13 4 Error Code Table Listed by Number 0033 Cause Remedy 0034 Cause Remedy 0035 Cause Remedy 0036 Cause Remedy 0037 Cause Remedy 0059 Cause Remedy You have attempted to send a confidential document to a fax machine that does not support the use of an ITU T subaddress Send the document without confidential settings or send the document to a fax machine that supports the use of ITU T subaddresses You sent a confidential document to another fax machine but it was rejected Contact the other party and confirm the settings of the other party s confidential mailbox You have attempted to relay a document to a fax machine that does not support the use of ITU T subaddresses Send the document to the fax machine using regular dialing methods You have attempted to relay a document to a fax machine but it was rejected Contact the other party and confirm that their relay settings match the relay settings on your machine The memory in your machine is full and cannot store a document for sending or receiving Before you try to clear the memory you may want to print a memory list for reference See Memory Lists on p 12 16 However if there are documents in memory that you do not need eras
231. l Ss 11 Press v or a until lt 3 OPTIONAL SETTING gt appears gt press Set GROUP CIAL gt JOPTIOM L SETTING J OPTIOMAL SETTING OFF S 12 Press v or a to display lt ON gt gt press Set OPTIOMAL SETTING gt JOPTIOM L SETTING OH 1 ACCESS CODE Cw So 13 If you want to set an access code press V or A until lt gt lt 1 ACCESS CODE gt appears gt press Set If you do not want to perform this setting proceed to step 15 OPTIOMAL SETTING gt ACCESS CODE l ACCESS CODE 2 26 Setting Up Group Dialing OOOO OJOJOJO OSO o S OOOO OOOO OSO o S lt NOTE e f you want to use access code dialing you have to register an access code from two to five digits that represents the group dial you are registering e To use access code dialing you need to set ACCESS CODE to USE from the SYSTEM SETTINGS menu and set up the access code key See Setting Up the Access Code Key on p 2 29 14 Enter an access code from two to five digits using the numeric keys press Set ACCESS CODE gt OPTIONAL SETTING 435 sa 4 TIME SETTHG 15 If you want to set the time for the group transmission press v or a until lt 2 TX TIME SETTNG gt appears gt press Set If you do not want to perform this setting proceed to step 19 OPTIOMAL SETTING _ Ta TIME SETTHG sa s TIME SETTHG 1 lt NOTE e You can set up to five different times in a 24 hour
232. lay broadcast Enables you to enter an ITU T password or subaddress for the transmission See Sending a Document with a Subaddress Password on p 3 32 The ITU T password for the transmission The ITU T subaddress for the transmission Enables you to set a one touch speed dialing key to poll another machine every time you use it to dial Press Set gt enter the ITU T subaddress and password See Polling Other Fax Machines to Receive a Document on p 8 3 The ITU T password for the other party s polling box The ITU T subaddress for the other party s polling box e For details about sending documents using ITU T subaddresses and passwords see the procedure for sending a document with a subaddress and password on p 3 32 e You can cancel the currently set TX TYPE by selecting REGULAR TX e Only one feature can be set for the TX TYPE The next time you open the TX TYPE menu to change a setting you will see the currently set item displayed first Setting Up One Touch Speed Dialing 2 11 Using Speed Dialing Using Speed Dialing mo 20 If you experience transmission errors during long distance sending and want to change the long distance setting press v or a until lt 4 I NTERNATIONAL gt appears gt press Set If you do not want to perform this setting proceed to step 22 OPTIONAL SETTIAG gt INTERHAT IHAL de INTERNATIONAL DOMESTIC 2 1 Press v or a to select
233. lete File or Memory Reference lt NOTE To select a document for deletion you must know its transaction number You may want to print a memory list for reference See Printing a Memory List on p 9 17 Deleting a Document with the Delete File Key Delete File 1 Press Delete File DELETE DOCUMENT Tarka HO BAS lt NOTE If a pound sign precedes the transaction number the document is being held in memory for redialing and sending S 2 Press v or 4 to display the transaction number of the document you want to delete press Set DELETE DOCUMENT Tarka HO BAGS 7 PSU s 8 S 3 Enter the password using the numeric keys gt press Set a O If you have not previously set a password for the document stored in memory E O proceed to step 4 o S DELETE DOCUMENT gt 0 _ TO DELETE PASSWORD SH YVES O HO 2 9 22 Erasing a Document from Memory e 4 Press x to delete the selected document If you do not want to delete the selected document press After you press the document is erased Stop 5 Press Stop to return to the Standby mode Deleting a Document with the Memory Reference Key Memory Reference Reference MEMORY REFERENCE 1 DOC MEMORY LIST So 2 Press v or A until lt 5 DELETE DOCUMENT gt appears gt EP press Set MEMORY REFERENCE gt DELETE DOCUMENT 2 DELETE DOCUMENT Tarka HO Hahl lt NOTE If a pound sign pr
234. ll at a preset time See Polling to Receive at a Preset Time on p 8 5 eS 1 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels press Advanced Communication communion __ Ens TRANSMIT a POLLING 0 8 2 Press v or A to display lt POLLING gt gt press Set a Ex TRANSMIT POLLING POLLING gt 1 POLLIHG Tx 0 8 3 Press v or a until lt 2 POLLING RX gt appears press Set Cw POLLIWG TEL 2 POLLIMG Fx gt 1 2 3 4 Di lal the other party s number 00 aa 7 9 You can specify the destination using regular dialing one touch speed dialing OLOKO coded speed dialing access code dialing or directory dialing See Using Regular Dialing on p 3 8 Using Speed Dialing on p 2 32 or Using Directory Dialing on p 2 39 If you use regular dialing make sure you press Set after you dial the number TEL TEL 1235 4567 Polling Other Fax Machines to Receive a Document 8 3 Using Polling Using Polling ES 2 NOTE e When entering a number using regular dialing if you see that you have entered an incorrect digit press Delete to delete the rightmost digit gt enter the correct digit e You can also use Clear to clear the entire telephone number gt enter the telephone number again e If you notice that you made a mistake while the machine is dialing the number press Stop to return to the Standby mode start again e You can also select a
235. machine displays HOT REGISTERED 41 1 e If you register a number for coded speed dialing you can as an option set the time you want your document to go out up to five different times in a day See Setting Up Coded Speed Dialing on p 2 15 e If you want to send your document at a preset time using coded speed dialing make sure that no other preset time has been set by someone else for the code See Setting Up Coded Speed Dialing on p 2 15 e If you want to cancel the transmission after you enter the coded speed dialing code press Stop Using Group Dialing Follow this procedure to start a transmission and send a document to several destinations with a one touch or coded speed dialing number registered for group dialing C IMPORTANT To use this feature you must first register a group of telephone numbers for one touch or coded speed dialing See Setting Up Group Dialing on p 2 24 1 Place your documents on the machine For instructions explaining how to place your documents see Setting the Document on the Machine on p 3 3 DOCUMENT READY Using Speed Dialing 2 35 Using Speed Dialing 3 Using Speed Dialing mo oo O O Q Eo 8 DE U al 060 OJOJOJO OSO 2 NOTE e You can adjust the resolution contrast and document type for scanning See Adjusting the Scan Settings on p 3 4 e You can also specify a senders name with TTI Selecto
236. made You can specify up to 99 copies Otherwise proceed to the next step 18 To set up another confidential mailbox repeat this procedure from step 7 19 Press Stop to return to the Standby mode Setting Up and Using the Confidential Mailbox Feature 7 5 Using Confidential Mailboxes j Using Confidential Mailboxes a 00 OSO 7 6 Changing Confidential Mailbox Settings Follow this procedure to change the settings for a confidential mailbox To open a confidential mailbox and to view and change the settings you must know the confidential mailbox number and password Data Registration Ss lt P EJ 2 OOOO o k 1 3 4 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels press Data Registration gt V or a until lt 3 FAX SETTINGS gt appears gt press Set If necessary see steps 1 to 3 of Creating a Confidential Mailbox on p 7 2 Press v or a until lt 6 FILE SETTINGS gt appears press Set gt V or a until lt 1 CONFIDNTL MAILBOX gt appears gt press Set If necessary see steps 4 and 5 of Creating a Confidential Mailbox on p 7 2 Press v or a until lt 2 CHANGE DATA gt appears gt press Set CONFICHTL MAILBOs CHANGE DATA sa CHANGE DATA gt SET BOY S15 Enter the two digit confidential mailbox number that you want to change me the numeric keys press Set You can also press W A to select a confiden
237. mission Tone pulse setting This setting enables you to set the machine to touch tone T or pulse P dialing depending on the type of telephone line you have installed Tone You can switch temporarily from pulse to tone dialing by pressing Tone before dialing Data services may require that you use tone dialing so if you have a conventional pulse dial telephone and need to use tone dial to access the data service press Tone to tone dial on your pulse telephone line Toner cartridge Your machine uses a patented FX7 cartridge which contains both the photosensitive drum and toner in one compact unit For details about disposing of used toner cartridges contact your local authorized Canon dealer Touch tone A touch tone or tone dial telephone is dialed by pressing keys that send tones of varying pitch to the telephone switching system Glossary 14 19 FS Appendix z Appendix 14 20 Transaction number When a document is scanned into or received in memory it is assigned a transaction number TX RX You can select documents in the memory for sending printing or deleting by specifying the transaction number Transfer A special feature you can set up on the machine that enables all documents received on the main fax machine to be transferred to another fax machine For example you could have the main fax machine in the office transfer all documents to your machine at home You can set the day and time for this
238. mn 2 NOTE e You can register up to five times for your machine to poll other fax machines on the selected day e If you want to select another day press Data Registration to return to the previous level and select another day Repeat the procedure for setting the times for that day e If you make a mistake when entering the time press Clear to clear the number enter the correct time US 15 Press Stop to return to the Standby mode Changing the Preset Polling Settings Follow this procedure to change the settings of the preset polling setup file Using Polling o gt 1 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels press Data Registration gt V or a until lt 3 FAX SETTINGS gt appears gt press Set If necessary see steps 1 to 3 of Polling to Receive at a Preset Time on p 8 5 8 10 Polling Other Fax Machines to Receive a Document 0 8 2 Press v or A until lt 6 FILE SETTINGS gt appears gt press lt gt Set gt v or A until lt 3 PRESET POLLING gt appears gt press Set EJ OOOO 0000 OSO 5 S 050 Sl k gt OSO o S y If necessary see steps 4 and 5 of Polling to Receive at a Preset Time on p 8 5 Press v or a until lt 2 CHANGE DATA gt appears gt press Set PRESET POLLING CHAHGE DATA sa CHANGE DATA SET BOx 15 Enter the two digit number of the preset polling box that you want to change using the
239. n All subsequent destinations must be specified within 10 seconds of each other For details about sequential broadcasting see Sequential Broadcasting to More Than One Location on p 3 26 I N iS Start 3 Press Start ENTER FIH CODE 10 12 Setting Up and Using PIN Codes 4 Enter the PIN code up to 20 digits using the numeric keys The PIN code is not displayed as you enter it ENTER PIN CODE dodo o 5 press Set Transmission starts Forced PIN Code Access Follow this procedure to dial when Forced PIN Code Access NECESS PIN CODE has been turned ON With Forced PIN Code Access ON you must enter a PIN code every time you dial The PIN code must be entered either before or after the number depending on how PIN code access has been set up See Setting a PIN Code on p 10 6 00 OJOJOJO OSO LSS 1 Place your documents on the machine For instructions explaining how to place your documents see Setting the Document on the Machine on p 3 3 DOCUMENT READY lt NOTE e You can adjust the resolution contrast and document type for scanning See Adjusting the Scan Settings on p 3 4 e You can also specify a sender s name with TTI Selector See Selecting a Sender s Name on p 3 6 Setting Up and Using PINCodes 10 13 3 Other Special Features 3 Other Special Features OOOO 0000 OOOO o S 10 14 2 Dial the t
240. n this way ECM guarantees that a good image can be received at the receiving end ECM is very effective in countries where the telephone lines are in poor condition There may be occasions when you want to turn ECM OFF For instance when you feel the transaction speed is extremely slow Error lamp F Fine G3 Blinks red when a paper jam occurs or the machine is running out of toner or paper Use this setting for documents with very small characters and lines It is twice the standard resolution Group 3 fax machines defined by CCITT ITU T Uses encoding schemes to transmit image data while reducing the amount of data that needs to be transmitted thus reducing transmission time G3 fax machines can transmit one page in less than one minute Encoding schemes for G3 fax machines are Modified Huffman MH Modified Read MR Modified Modified Read MMR and JBIG Group dialing Group dialing enables you to dial up to 199 previously registered one touch speed dialing or coded speed dialing numbers together as a group This means you only need to press a one touch speed dialing key or Coded Dial followed by a three digit code to dial a large group of numbers automatically You register each group of facsimile numbers under a one touch or coded speed dialing key so make sure a key is available before trying to register numbers for group dialing Once a group is defined you can add or delete numbers to from the group Glossary 14 1
241. ncel the currently set TX TYPE by selecting lt REGULAR TX gt Setting Up Coded Speed Dialing 2 19 Using Speed Dialing 3 ee ee CONFIDENTIAL TX Designates the transaction as a transmission to a confidential mailbox Press Set enter the subaddress and password for the confidential mailbox See Sending a Confidential Document on p 7 12 1 PASSWORD The ITU T password for the other party s confidential mailbox 2 SUBADDRESS The ITU T subaddress for the other party s confidential mailbox ORIG RELAY TX Designates the transaction as a relay transmission with your machine as the originator Press Set gt enter the subaddress and password for the relay broadcast See Sending a Document to a Relay Unit for Relay Broadcasting on p 6 11 1 PASSWORD The ITU T password for the relay broadcast 2 SUBADDRESS The ITU T subaddress for the relay broadcast SUBADDRESS TX Enables you to enter an ITU T password or subaddress for the transmission See Sending a Document with a Subaddress Password on p 3 32 1 PASSWORD The ITU T password for the transmission 2 SUBADDRESS The ITU T subaddress for the transmission Using Speed Dialing mo POLLING RX Enables you to set a coded speed dialing code to poll another machine every time you use it to dial Press Set enter the ITU T subaddress and password See Polling Other Fax Machines to Receive a Document on p 8 3 1 PASSWORD The
242. ng all three one touch speed dialing panels to press Stamp Set a one touch speed dialing key to function as ID If you are using Department ID Management press the one touch speed dialing key set for this function when your operations are complete or when you want to enter a Department ID to switch the department Otherwise any subsequent transmissions and copies are totaled under the Department ID you previously entered to start operating the machine User Settings 11 9 Summary of Important Settings Summary of Important Settings 11 10 E ee A 7 OFFHOOK ALARM ON OFF 8 TX LINE SELECTION 1 AUTO 1 LINE 1 PRIMARY SECONDARY PROHIBIT TX 2 LINE 2 PRIMARY SECONDARY PROHIBIT TX 2 MAN 1 DEFAULT TEL LINE Turn the Off Hook alarm OFF or ON which alerts you if the optional handset is not in the handset cradle The Off Hook alarm sounds if the optional handset or extension telephone is left off the hook No Off Hook alarm sounds when the optional handset is not in the handset cradle You can select a preferred telephone line for sending faxes or disable the transmission of outgoing faxes altogether The machine selects the line that is idle automatically You can preset which line will have priority when both lines are idle Sets the line priority to Line 1 Line 1 will be used for outgoing faxes when both lines are available Line 1 will be used for outgoin
243. ng if the memory is full but you still want to send a document Direct sending scans and sends one page at a time The document is not scanned into the memory so it takes a little more time to get your original document back Directory dialing Enables you to look up the other party s name and retrieve the number registered to the one touch speed dialing coded speed dialing or group dialing This feature is convenient when you know the other party s name but cannot recall the speed dialing number where the number is registered Glossary 14 9 FS Appendix E Appendix Document The single sheet or stack of papers containing the data you want to send through or receive from a fax machine Document density The document density settings alter the lightness or darkness of the documents sent or received See density control Document feeder tray The document feeder tray can hold 50 sheets of letter or A4 size paper or 20 legal 11 x 17 or B4 size paper You load a document once and the machine feeds each sheet of the document one by one Document guides Guides the document into the machine for scanning copying or sending Document memory list The memory list shows what documents are currently stored in memory Each memory list shows e Transaction number for each document e How each document was stored e Name and number the fax was sent to if they are registered for one touch or coded speed dialing e Numbe
244. ngs on p 3 4 Your machine is set for ECM Error Correction Mode receiving or sending Because the machine is constantly checking for errors during transmission ECM receiving or sending requires more time The machine is set to conduct all transactions using ECM If transmission speed appears to be extremely slow you may be able to speed up transmission time by turning ECM OFF See TX Send Settings on p 11 14 or RX Receive Settings on p 11 17 The documents received are not printed Cause 1 Remedy Cause 2 Remedy The paper cassettes are not set correctly into the machine Insert the paper cassettes all the way into the machine until they lock into place See Chapter 1 Before You Start Using This Machine in the Reference Guide The machine is in the Memory Reception mode Turn OFF the Memory Lock See Turning Memory Lock OFF and Printing Documents on p 9 14 13 20 When Trouble Occurs Cannot get faxes from information services Cause Remedy Your machine is connected to a rotary pulse telephone line Even if your machine is connected to a rotary pulse telephone line you can still get faxes from information services that require tone dialing Open all three one touch speed dialing panels press Tone See Tone Dialing on a Pulse Line on p 10 4 When Trouble Occurs 13 21 a Troubleshooting z Troubleshooting 13 22 When T
245. not match the document is not received e If you make a mistake while entering the subaddress press Clear gt enter the correct password e You cannot enter a subaddress that is already in use 14 If an ITU T password is also required press v or a until lt 4 RX PASSWORD gt appears gt press Set Otherwise proceed to step 16 SETUP FILE ks PASSWORD D pp PAER Setting Up and Using the Confidential Mailbox Feature 00 0000 OSO S o o ZB OOOO 21 0000 0000 S 15 Enter an ITU T password up to 20 digits including and spaces using the numeric keys press Set Re PASSWORD SETUP FILE 1234567898 5 OF Rx COPIES lt NOTE This setting is optional If you set a password confidential documents sent to you must include this password 16 Press v or a until lt 5 4 OF RX COPIES gt appears gt press Set SETUP FILE S OF Ex COPIES e Ee he a TE COPIES 17 Enter a two digit number to specify the number of document copies to print using the numeric keys gt press Set For numbers 00 to 09 you must enter two digits including the zero You can also press W A to decrease or increase the number OF RR COP TES COPIES OF Re COPIES OF RR COP TES COPIES Serbo o I 2 NOTE Normally only one copy of the document received in a confidential mailbox is printed If you want to print more copies change the number of RX copies that can be
246. nt type for scanning See Adjusting the Scan Settings on p 3 4 e You can also specify a sender s name with TTI Selector See Selecting a Sender s Name on p 3 6 2 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels press Advanced Communication EX TRANSMIT POLLING 3 Press v or a to display lt CONFIDENTIAL gt gt press Set Es TRANSMIT CONFIG THR COMF IDENT IAL gt 1 CONFIDENTIAL Tx Sending a Confidential Document 7 13 Using Confidential Mailboxes x Using Confidential Mailboxes a oS 4 Press v or a until lt 1 CONFIDENTIAL TX gt appears gt press ep Set CD S OOOO OCJOJOJO OSO o gt COMFID TSEK TEL 1 COMFIDEHTIAL Ta md 5 Dial the telephone number gt press Set You can specify the destination using regular dialing one touch speed dialing coded speed dialing access code dialing or directory dialing See Using Regular Dialing on p 3 8 Using Speed Dialing on p 2 32 or Using Directory Dialing on p 2 39 Tib canon A A _ Tib canon A A CANON Ll S FAH amp NOTE e You can dial only one number e You can select only the one touch speed dialing key or coded speed dialing code whose transmission mode is set to REGULAR TX 6 Enter the ITU T subaddress using the numeric keys press Y 6 G OOO set OO SUBADDRESS TEL 13 4567 O 1234567298 16 CANON U S A HY lt NOTE You
247. nt you want to send gt lt P press Set RESEND DOCUMENT RESEND DOCUMENT Tarkas HO Ba413 PASSWORD 4 Enter the password up to seven digits using the numeric keys press Set pecial Sending Receiving Features OOOO e000 OSO If you have not previously set a password for the document stored in memory proceed to step 5 FESEHD DOCUMENT gt FESEHD DOCUMENT PASSWORD SEH SELECT LOCATIONS Cy 9 20 Sending a Document in Memory to a Different Destination Ey 5 eo 6 coe 4D 7 Dial the fax number gt press Set You can specify the destination using regular dialing one touch speed dialing coded speed dialing group dialing access code dialing or directory dialing See Using Regular Dialing on p 3 8 Using Speed Dialing on p 2 32 or Using Directory Dialing on p 2 39 TEL 123 4567 RESERD DOCUMENT SENDER HAME Press TTI Selector gt V or a until the desired sender s name appears on the LCD display You can also use the numeric keys to select a sender s name SENDER HAME HE CANON Ja SMITH Press Set The machine sends the document to the number you dialed Sending a Document in Memory to a Different Destination 9 21 e Special Sending Receiving Features Special Sending Receiving Features aon g a Document from Memory Follow this procedure to erase a document from memory To delete a document from memory you can use De
248. nter the Text Entry mode then press the key containing the letter you want to enter If the letter you want to enter is not displayed first press the key repeatedly until it appears If the next letter is under a different key press that key to enter the first letter of the group and press the key repeatedly until the letter you want appears If the next letter is under the same key press p to move the cursor to the right one space then press the key again to enter the first letter of the group Press the key repeatedly until the letter you want appears The cursor keys move the cursor to the left or right Press to enter a symbol You can enter symbols in the Text Entry mode only Press repeatedly until the symbol you want appears You can enter the following symbols E HI tA 1 RK amp H lt gt Space Enters a space between letters or numbers at the cursor position You may enter spaces in telephone numbers they do not affect dialing Deletes characters from the right Clears the entire entry if you want to erase it and start again After you are finished making settings or registering information press Stop to return Stop to the Standby mode Using the Menus and Operation Panel Keys 1 15 Before You Start Using This Machine 7 Things You Must Do Before Using This Machine The following registrations and procedures must be done before the machine is used for fax operations Re
249. numeric keys gt press Set You can also press W or A to select the preset polling box number CH AMGE DATA CHAHGE DATA SET BUH 11 PASSWORD Enter the password up to seven digits using the numeric keys press Set If you have not previously set a password for your preset polling box proceed to step 6 CHANGE DATA CHANGE DATA PASSWORD dota 1 1 FILE NAME Press vw or a to display the setting you want to change press Set To change the settings tor an item follow the same procedure you used for the initial setup of the preset polling box See Polling to Receive at a Preset Time on p 8 5 CHANGE DATA 1 FILE HAME Polling Other Fax Machines to Receive a Document 8 11 Using Polling lt NOTE To change the password you have to first enter the old password it is not displayed as you enter it gt press Set gt enter a new password it is displayed as you enter it gt press Set US rd When you are finished making changes press Stop to return to the Standby mode Deleting a Preset Polling Box Follow this procedure to delete preset polling box 1 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels press Data Registration gt V or a until lt 3 FAX SETTINGS gt appears gt press Set If necessary see steps 1 to 3 of Polling to Receive at a Preset Time on p 8 5 LD Data Registration lt P 8 So 2 Press v or a un
250. o 4 Specify the destinations gt press Start You can specify up to 210 destinations using regular dialing one touch speed dialing coded speed dialing access code dialing or directory dialing See Using Regular Dialing on p 3 8 Using Speed Dialing on p 2 32 or Using Directory Dialing on p 2 39 A Tib canon AA lt NOTE e When entering a number using regular dialing if you see that you have entered an incorrect digit press Delete to delete the rightmost digit gt enter the correct digit e You can also use Clear to clear the entire telephone number gt begin entering the telephone number again e If you notice that you made a mistake while the machine is dialing the number press Stop to return to the Standby mode start again e You can press more than one speed dialing key to send the document to more than one location after the timer goes off If you want to enter the numbers with regular dialing for a sequential broadcast make sure you press Set after every number DELAYED T SENDER HAME SENDER HAME LANDA TTI _Selector _ 5 If you want to select a sender s name press TTI Selector gt v or a until the sender s name you want to use appears JO You can also use the numeric keys to select a sender s name Sending Documents ES If you do not want to select a sender s name proceed to step 6 SENDER HAME He Rk ALOUIS 3 30 Sending Documents at a Prese
251. o change Enter the password protecting the relay box settings You can now change any of the settings listed above in 1 SETUP FILE Delete a relay box and all of its settings Enter the number of the relay box you want to delete Enter the password of the relay box you want to delete Sets up preset polling sending receiving settings See Polling to Receive at a Preset Time on p 8 5 Sets up a preset polling box 00 99 Create a two digit preset polling box number Enter a name for the preset polling box up to 24 characters 0 9999999 Enter a password up to seven digits to protect the preset polling box settings Select the numbers of the fax machines you want to poll Use one touch or coded speed dialing to specify the numbers of the fax machines you want to poll File Settings 11 25 Summary of Important Settings Summary of Important Settings 11 26 SS See 4 START TIME EVERYDAY SELECT DAYS 2 CHANGE DATA SET BOX PASSWORD 3 DELETE FILE SET BOX PASSWORD 4 POLLING BOX 1 SETUP FILE SET BOX 1 FILE NAME 2 PASSWORD 3 SUBADDRESS 4 TX PASSWORD 5 ERASE AFTER TX ON File Settings Sets the time s that you want to start polling Set up to five times everyday for your machine to start polling Set up to five times for each day selected for your machine to start polling Change the settings for the preset polling box Enter the number of the pr
252. o delete the rightmost digit gt enter the correct digit e You can also use Clear to clear the entire telephone number gt begin entering the telephone number again e If you notice that you made a mistake while the machine is dialing the number press Stop to return to the Standby mode gt start again You can also press Hook or hang up the handset to cancel dialing 10 2 Using the Telephone 3 When the other party answers your call speak into the handset If you did not pick up handset in step 1 pick up the handset as soon as you hear the other party answer The other party cannot hear you until you pick up the handset lt NOTE If the other party does not answer or if the line is busy hang up the handset press Hook or Stop to disconnect Using the Telephone 10 3 3 Other Special Features 3 Other Special Features ToneDialing on a Pulse Line Many telephone information services for banks airline reservations hotel reservations etc require tone dialing for their services If your machine is connected to a rotary pulse line follow this procedure to temporarily set the machine for tone dialing EL 1 Press Hook Pick up the handset if you have installed the optional handset kit See Chapter 1 Before You Start Using This Machine in the Reference Guide TEL The In Use Memory lamp flashes green and you should hear the dial tone lt NOTE The volume of the dial tone can
253. o send pulses to the telephone switching system When you pulse dial you hear clicks With tone dialing you hear tones RX password The ITU T password set on your machine to match the ITU T password of all incoming documents If your RX password matches the ITU T password of the incoming transmission the document is received If the passwords do not match the document is not received The maximum length of a password is 20 digits and may consist of numbers spaces asterisks and pound marks S Scanning area The scanning area is narrower than the original document size around the entire border around the document Documents you send should have some margin on the sides and the top and bottom Anything over this margin cannot be scanned for sending Sender s name Your name or company s name your fax number date and time the document was sent to the receiving party are printed on each page you send You can register up to 99 sender s names that can be selected with TTI Selector before sending Your name and facsimile number are printed at the top of the documents that you send Sending speed The rate at which documents are sent over the telephone line See also bps Sequential broadcasting Enables you to send one scanned document to up to 210 destinations by using one touch speed dialing coded speed dialing and regular dialing Dial several numbers to send the document If you do this frequently you should regis
254. om Memory 0 000 eee eee ees 9 22 Deleting a Document with the Delete File Key 9 22 Deleting a Document with the Memory Reference Key 9 23 TX Document Archiving sicario 9 25 Before You Set Up the TX Document Archiving 00005 9 25 Turning the TX Document Archiving ON 0 00 ee eee eee 9 26 Turning the TX Document Archiving OFF 000 0c eee ees 9 28 What Happens to the Memory After a Power Failure 9 30 How Your Registered Data Is Protected o oooooooo 9 30 About the Backup Battery 0 cece ee ee ee eee 9 30 Other Special Features Using the Telephone a ocio o008s0e00s wanes ee bee sees 10 2 Tone Dialing on a Pulse Line 2 0c es 10 4 Setting Up and Using PIN Codes 0 c cece eee es 10 6 Setting a PINGO tr Seeks avd ree ear bh oer ae Sal cae ee a 10 6 Dialing with a PIN Code after the NumMber o o oooooooo 10 8 Dialing with a PIN Code before the Number 00005 10 9 Setting PIN Code Access for Speed Dialing 10 11 Using Speed Dialing with PIN Code Access 000 eae 10 12 Forced PIN Code ACCESS 2 2 a one Oo ee en tah Qos a oe Daw ee 10 13 Setting Up the Program One Touch Key 00 0c eee eee eee 10 15 Setting Up and Using the Optional Stamp Feature 10 18 Setting Up the Stamp Feature 0 cece 10
255. on 3 Stop Cancels sending receiving data registration and other operations and returns the machine to the Standby mode Start Enables you to start sending receiving scanning and copying documents a Error Lamp A light that blinks red when a paper jam occurs or the machine has run out of paper or toner The error is described by a message that appears on the LCD display In Use Memory Lamp A light that blinks green when the machine is transmitting or receiving documents or maintains a steady green light when there are documents stored in memory 47 Numeric Keypad Use the keys on the numeric keypad to enter telephone numbers when dialing These keys are also used to enter text numbers and symbols when registering names and numbers Hook Enables you to dial even when the handset is still on the handset cradle Coded Dial Press Coded Dial followed by a three digit code to dial the telephone number registered for coded speed dialing Redial Pause Redials the previous number dialed manually with the keys on the numeric keypad and enters pauses between digits or after the entire telephone number when dialing or registering facsimile numbers Directory Enables you to search for fax telephone numbers by the name under which they are registered for speed dialing and then use the number for dialing Operation Panel Parts and Functions 1 7 Before You Start Using This Machine 7
256. on of the reduction based on the fixed reduction percentage selected above VERTICAL ONLY Reduction percentage is performed in the vertical direction only HORIZ amp VERTICAL Reduction percentage is performed in both the horizontal and vertical directions 4 TONER SUPPLY LOW Sets the machine to continue printing when the message lt TONER SUPPLY LOW gt appears RX TO MEMORY The machine stops printing and receives the remainder of the document in memory To print the document replace the toner cartridge and follow the procedure to print the documents received in memory See When the Machine Displays lt RECEIVED IN MEMORY gt 7 on p 9 15 KEEP PRINTING Ignores the warning message and keeps printing the document This setting is convenient when a new toner cartridge is not yet available However if the toner cartridge is out of toner the machine does not receive the document in memory You must install the new toner cartridge and set RX TO MEMORY An asterisk indicates the default setting Printer Settings 11 21 Summary of Important Settings E Summary of Important Settings File Se ttings Follow this procedure to set the file settings Setting Procedure Pegistaton 7 2 Press Data Registration ADDITIONAL FUNCTION 1 PAPER SETTINGS Sete 3 Press V or a until lt 3 FAX SETTINGS gt appears gt press Set ADDITIONAL FUNCT IOMS FAS SETTINGS J FAR SETTINGS l USER SETTIN
257. one Lines Operate 00 0c cence eee 1 29 Registering Telephone Numbers for the Lines 1 30 Setting the TX Line Priority 0 0 0c cee ee eee 1 33 Switching Between the Two Lines 0 00 0 e eee eee eee 1 35 Chapter 2 Using Speed Dialing Read This Before Entering Telephone NumberS 0o o 2 2 Entering Pauses for Dialing 0 0 cece es 2 2 Adjusting the Length of a Pause 2 0c eee 2 3 What Is Speed Dialling s sa cos eee ei be a Oe ee 2 5 One Touch Speed Dialing 0 ccc ee ees 2 5 Coded Speed Dialing snes bese eb aho aa 2 5 MAVO UNS NING s zm tai de a oh es dd los he 2 5 Access Code Dialing seerde ered en bounce a eee eke ds 2 5 Setting Up One Touch Speed Dialing o eee eee 2 6 Setting Up Coded Speed Dialing 00 cee es 2 15 Setting Up Group Dialing sois iras iaa 2 24 Setting Up the Access Code Key 00 cece eee eee 2 29 Using Speed Dialling sida hy oes ede ees 2 32 Using One Touch Speed Dialing 0 0 ees 2 32 Using Coded Speed DialinQ ees 2 34 Using Group DiGliNnG ecs rre ad a whose Bees os 2 35 Using Access Code Dialing 0 ccc eee 2 37 Using Directory Dialing 230 0 act acest a eee 2 39 Chapter 3 Sending Documents Setting a Document for Sending 000 cee ee 3 2 Preparing the Document sxa02 224243 ts aee eet oes Gees
258. one touch speed dialing key in which no telephone number has been registered PROG 1 TOUCH KEY gt PROG 1 TOUCH KEM H 3 DO HOT USE Y Press v or a to display lt USE gt gt press Set PROG 1 TOUCH KEY gt PROGRAM KE REG USE 1 PRIHT REPORT So 8 Press Vv or A to select the function you want to assign gt press Set The PROGRAM KEY REG menu includes the following items CARE AAA TA PRINT Sets the one touch speed dialing key to function as a print transmission REPORT report key Whenever you need a transmission report for a document you are sending press the one touch speed dialing key set for this feature and a transmission report prints after the document is sent REPORT Assigns the one touch speed dialing key to print a report Whenever you need to print a report press the one touch speed dialing key set for this feature This saves you the effort of opening all three one touch speed dialing panels to press Report SENDER NAME Sets the one touch speed dialing key to function as TTI Selector Whenever you want to select a sender s name when sending a document press the one touch speed dialing key set for this feature SUBADDRESS Sets the one touch speed dialing key to function as Subaddress Whenever you want to enter a subaddress press the one touch speed dialing key set for this feature DELAYED TX Sets the one touch speed dialing key to function as Delayed Transmission Whenever you want
259. ons See Setting Up the Program One Touch Key on p 10 15 Sending Documents ES lt 1 Place your documents on the machine For instructions explaining how to place your documents see Setting the Document on the Machine on p 3 3 DOCUMENT READY 2 NOTE e You can adjust the resolution contrast and document type for scanning See Adjusting the Scan Settings on p 3 4 e You can also specify a sender s name with TTI Selector See Selecting a Sender s Name on p 3 6 2 Specify the destinations by entering the fax numbers one right after the other There are five methods you can use to enter the numbers for Sequential Broadcasting 3 26 Sequential Broadcasting to More Than One Location a O oded Dial Gs 0060 0600 OOOO OOOO SOS OSO OOOO 06000 OOOH Directory To use one touch speed dialing 1 Press the desired one touch speed dialing key You can dial up to 72 o D 102 sab O 5 107 TEL 123 4567 14 CANON U S A Hr O To use coded speed dialing 1 Press Coded Dial gt enter the desired three digit code using the numeric keys You can dial up to 128 destinations TEL 13 4567 41 CANON CANADA O To use access code dialing 1 Press the access code key gt enter the access code from two to five digits using the numeric keys 43114444353 HY TEL 41 CANON U S A O To use regular dialing _1 D
260. or A until lt 3 FAX SETTINGS gt appears gt press Set If necessary see steps 1 to 3 of Setting Up the Machine for Document Transfer on p 9 3 Press V or A until lt 6 FILE SETTINGS gt appears gt press Set gt V or A until lt 5 TRANSFER gt appears gt press Set If necessary see steps 4 and 5 of Setting Up the Machine for Document Transfer on p 9 3 e Special Sending Receiving Features Press v or a until lt 2 CHANGE DATA gt appears gt press Set If you have not previously set a password proceed to step 5 TRAHSFER CHAHGE DATA 2 CHANGE DATA gt PASSWORD Transferring Documents 9 7 Special Sending Receiving Features S s S 4 Enter the password up to seven digits protecting the transfer DAO setup file using the numeric keys gt press Set O0 06 If you have not previously set a password proceed to step 5 CHANGE DATA CHANGE DATA aed PASSWORD es gt 11 FILE MAME So 5 press v or a to display the desired setting that you want to eo change press Set To change the settings for an item follow the same procedure you used for the initial setup of the transfer box See Setting Up the Machine for Document Transfer on p 9 3 RARA boc DATA Pace RARA boc RA DOL lt NOTE e To delete an item press Clear gt Set e To change the password you have to first enter the old password it is not displayed as you enter it
261. or modem and fax communication Normal mode Using the machine with its default settings Numeric keys The numeric keys are the round keys on the operation panel marked the same as a standard telephone keypad Press these keys to perform regular dialing The numeric keys are also used to enter numbers letters and symbols when registering fax and telephone numbers and names O One touch speed dialing Each one touch speed dialing key holds a fax telephone number and customized settings if necessary After the numbers are registered all you have to do is press one key to dial Up to 72 numbers can be registered for one touch speed dialing P Pause By pressing Redial Pause you can enter a pause between the digits of a telephone number when you register the number for one touch or coded speed dialing or during regular dialing A pause may be required for a connection to an outside line or some countries may require a pause for overseas fax transmissions Glossary Pause time PBX When registering long distance numbers you sometimes have to insert a pause either within or after the number The location of the pause and pause time depend on the system Pauses entered within a number are two seconds long and pauses at the end of a number are 10 seconds A pause is inserted within a number or at the end of a number by pressing Redial Pause Redial Pause is preset at the factory to enter a two second pause within a number
262. order of every document you send This feature is required by the Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 in the United States Your number is prefixed by the word FAX See User Settings on p 11 5 How the Machine Operates with Default Settings 10 25 Other Special Features E Other Special Features 10 26 How the Machine Operates with Default Settings 11 CHAPTER This chapter contains a comprehensive list of all the settings you can perform using the FAX SETTINGS menu The settings that determine how the machine operates are called user data settings These important settings can be switched ON and OFF to customize the operation of the machine Opening the Additional Functions Menu 0 000 ee 11 2 Summary of User Data SettingS 0 0 0 cee eens 11 3 Se le Ot NOS notte eta ate ut te At ons a ek eae E ae ae es Gee te eee ae 11 5 eM LOCO Mes rarai II A be ee dae eat ne 11 5 ACPO A red ae pote eee ee Se ah el oe eee De dale 11 11 SONO AOS ME si chins acre ky ares Ae AOA Be ee re A Shee Ra eatics 11 11 TX Send SOCIOS cas read eases es ts ae te ee A eee Re a ee 11 14 SEUNG roce Ulea aa A aan odes eee R ee de 11 14 RX Receive SCUINGS 43 lt on Se ode a a A 11 17 OC TNO OCS CNS io dto cael clea eh hein a Soe Se hae rh Se octets gh oe Sse et Ne ll ented AO hg ME 11 17 Pinter SENNO S sereni eae CGM a eee rra eke Boe 11 19 Seno PIOCCOUIC tk fin ma a
263. orrectly the telephone number of the originator unit must be registered for speed dialing on your machine Press the one touch speed dialing key or press Coded Dial followed by the three digit code where the number for the originator machine is registered press Set Your machine will receive a document for relay without checking the identity of the originator 6 PRINT RX DOC If your machine is the relay unit this setting determines if your machine prints a copy of every document that it relays Setting Up and Using a Standard Relay Unit 6 5 PEA i Your machine will not print a copy of every document it relays to other fax machines Your machine prints a copy of every document it relays to other fax machines OF RX COPIES If you turn PRINT RX DOC ON use this setting to specify the number of copies you want to print 01 to 99 Default setting 01COPIES 7 SELECT LOCATIONS This item enables you to select the machines to receive the document your machine relays The number of machines to receive the document must be registered for one touch or coded speed dialing You cannot enter a number with regular dialing Close the one touch speed dialing panels and press the speed dialing keys where the numbers of the machines to receive the relay broadcast are registered then press Set You can select up to 200 destinations 8 TX REPORT This feature determines if your machine returns a relay transmission r
264. ort TX 12 11 multi transaction report 12 13 reception RX report 12 13 relay broadcast report 12 14 transmission TX report 12 11 transmission TX report with image 12 12 Advanced Communication 1 9 AUTO REDIAL 3 23 10 24 11 15 Automatic Receive mode 4 2 automatic redialing 3 22 backup battery 9 30 before using this machine 1 16 C canceling fax jobs 3 13 receiving document 4 9 receiving on a dual line 4 10 sending document 3 9 sending on a dual line 3 10 Clear 1 7 Coded Dial 1 7 2 34 coded speed dial list 12 2 coded speed dial list detail 12 3 coded speed dialing 1 7 2 5 2 15 2 34 entering a name 2 16 entering number 2 16 registering for group dialing 2 25 setting 2 15 setting timer 2 18 setting transmission speed 2 21 turning ECM ON OFF 2 22 using 2 34 CONF MAILBX LIST 12 16 CONFID MAILBOX 11 23 CONFID RX REPORT 10 24 11 12 confidential document canceling mailbox 7 8 creating mailbox 7 2 receiving 7 10 sending 7 12 sending with Advanced Communication key 7 13 sending with speed dialing 7 12 confidential mailbox canceling 7 8 changing 7 6 password 7 4 printing document 7 10 receiving document 7 10 setting 7 2 14 22 Index confidential mailbox list printing list 12 16 confidential receive report 7 10 12 14 CONFIDENTIAL RX 7 11 CONFIDENTIAL TX 2 11 2 20 Contrast 1 8 setting for copying 5 5 setting for sending 3 5 Copy 1 7 5 6 copying ch
265. ot sure what type of telephone line you have check with your local telephone company To operate the machine you must know if the machine is connected to a tone or rotary pulse line The machine can be set to operate with either type of telephone line The machine is set to operate through a tone line without making adjustments Use this procedure to switch the fax setup between tone and pulse dialing lt NOTE If you are using the optional Dual Line Upgrade Kit you must also set its line type See Registering Telephone Numbers for the Lines on p 1 30 1 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels Registration 2 Press Data Registration ADDITIONAL FUNCT IONS 1 PAPER SETTINGS Set ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONS _ Fs SETTINGS J FAR SETTINGS 1 USER SETTINGS So 3 Press v or a until lt 3 FAX SETTINGS gt appears press Cw Things You Must Do Before Using This Machine 1 21 Before You Start Using This Machine 7 Before You Start Using This Machine ED 4 Press v or a until lt 1 USER SETTINGS gt appears gt press Set FAS SETTINGS gt USER SETTINGS i USER SETTINGS 1 TEL LINE SETTIHGS 5 Press v or a until lt 1 TEL LINE SETTINGS gt appears gt press Set USER SETTINGS gt TEL LINE SETTINGS 1 TEL LINE SETTINGS l USER TEL HO 2 NOTE If you have installed the optional Dual Line Upgrade Kit lt LINE SELECTION gt is displayed after pressing Set Press
266. oubleshooting EA Troubleshooting Listof LCD Display Messages Alphabetical List Below is a list of messages that are displayed on the screen when a problem occurs in the machine ALREADY IN USE Cause The box number you entered is already in use For example you cannot use the same box number for a confidential mailbox and a polling box Remedy Select another box number AUTO REDIAL Cause The other party s line was busy on the previous dialing attempt and your machine is dialing the number again Remedy To cancel redialing press Stop if you are using Direct Sending If you are using Memory Sending press Delete File gt select the transaction number press Set CHECK DOCUMENT Cause A document page may be jammed or may not have been fed correctly by the ADF Automatic Document Feeder Remedy 1 Clear the paper jam and try placing the document again See Chapter 7 Troubleshooting in the Reference Guide Remedy 2 If the document does not feed correctly clean the rollers See Chapter 7 Troubleshooting in the Reference Guide CHECK PRINTER Cause Printer malfunction Remedy Press Stop Disconnect the machine from its power source wait a few minutes then connect the power cord to the power outlet If the machine is connected to a UPS Uninterruptable Power Source disconnect the power cord and plug it into an AC outlet If the message remains on the LCD display and the machine do
267. oup of keys numbered 1 to 24 are on the operation panel Open the first panel to see keys 25 to 48 then the second panel to see the last group of keys 49 to 72 Coded Speed Dialing Coded speed dialing enables you to start a document transmission by pressing Coded Dial followed by a three digit code of your choice It enables you to register up to 128 destinations for coded speed dialing Group Dialing Group dialing enables you to dial a group of registered one touch or coded speed dialing fax numbers By registering each group under one touch or coded speed dialing keys you press only one or four keys to send the same document to several locations You can create up to 199 groups Access Code Dialing Access code dialing enables you to start a document transmission by pressing Or any program one touch key depending on your setting followed by an access code you create when registering one touch speed dialing coded speed dialing or group dialing numbers If you register access codes you can start transmission by pressing or a program one touch key you set followed by an access code of two to five digits What Is Speed Dialing 2 5 Using Speed Dialing Setiny Up One Touch Speed Dialing One touch speed dialing enables you to dial a number and send a document at the press of one key You can register up to 72 fax numbers one for every one touch speed dialing key on the operation panel In addition
268. our machine has run out of paper Remedy Reload the paper cassettes See Chapter 6 Maintenance in the Reference Guide TRANSMITTING PLEASE WAIT Cause You tried to use direct sending while the machine was sending another document Remedy Wait until the transmission is finished then try sending your document again List of LCD Display Messages Alphabetical List TX LIMIT REACHED Cause Sending has been restricted Remedy Set RESTRICT TX from the DEPT ID MANAGEMNT menu to OFF See Chapter 4 Restricting the Use of the Machine in the Reference Guide List of LCD Display Messages Alphabetical List 13 13 a Troubleshooting z Troubleshooting Wher Trouble Occurs If an error occurs during sending or receiving or there is malfunction in the machine check the following causes and remedies Sending Documents Cannot send document after dialing Cause 1 Remedy Cause 2 Remedy Cause 3 Remedy Cause 4 Remedy The documents are not correctly set in the ADF Automatic Document Feeder Remove the documents and set them correctly on the machine See Setting the Document on the Machine on p 3 3 The number is not dialed correctly Check the number registered under the speed dialing key and make sure it is correct You may want to print a list of all registered speed dialing numbers that are assigned to keys or codes If you do not have time to check and correct the
269. pears gt press lt gt Set REPORT gt FAS 12 31 2062 43 40 Es CANCEL REPORT AUTO Printing is canceled if there are multiple jobs S 1 Press V or A to select the report you want to cancel gt press Set lt P lt NOTE If you want to cancel multiple jobs select one job at a time and cancel them one by one G Printing Reports and Lists Cancel Report Printing 12 15 Memo ory Lists Memory lists report information about what information is stored in the memory at the current time Confidential Mailbox List Follow this procedure to print a list of all the confidential mailboxes registered in the machine This list also shows you which confidential mailboxes are currently holding documents lt NOTE This list does not list the passwords for the confidential mailboxes hes 1 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels press Bs Report eport REPORT el L ALTIVITY REPORT E Printing Reports and Lists So 2 Press v or a until lt 5 CONF MAILBX LIST gt appears gt press lt P Set REPORT gt PRIRTIAG REPORT Os CONF MAILE LIST Printing starts 12 31 2002 14 50 FAX 833 4423 WORLD ESTATE INC 71001 Adol ode k k e e ae k CAC k ak k de le e ae ae CAC ode ode le le le le ae ale CAC 3K K Kk xxk CONFIDENTIAL MAIL BOX REPORT 2A k k e k k k od k ode de le le e a a ad ak ak ode de de le e ae ae 3K k K Kk CONFIDENTIAL MAILBOX CONFID MAILBOX NAME LOUIS ROBERTS T
270. period for sending e If you set the timer for a group dial every document you send using this group dial is sent at the same time everyday 16 Press V or A to select a preset time number 1 to 5 gt press Set a TIME S lt ETTHG l _ s TIME SETTHG i 17 Enter the time in 24 hour notation using the numeric keys e g 1 00 p m as 13 00 gt press Set Te TIME SETTHG _ ia TIME SETTHG als a The message lt DATA ENTRY OK gt appears on the LCD display for a few seconds Setting Up Group Dialing 2 2 Using Speed Dialing 3 Using Speed Dialing mo 2 NOTE e If you want to clear the time you have set press Stop gt repeat the procedure from the beginning gt press Clear at this step gt press Set e f you want to set another time repeat the procedure from step 16 e To end this procedure and return to the Standby mode press Stop Registration 18 To register another group press Data Registration gt repeat the procedure from step 5 gt 19 Press Stop to return to the Standby mode 2 28 Setting Up Group Dialing Seting Up the Access Code Key Follow the procedure below to assign an access code from two to five digits to represent a fax number You can assign the access code key to or any one touch speed dialing key Also you can set the number of characters used for an access code 1 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels Registration 2 Pres
271. place your documents see Setting the Document on the Machine on p 3 3 DOCUMENT READY lt NOTE e You can adjust the resolution contrast and document type for scanning See Adjusting the Scan Settings on p 3 4 e You can also specify a sender s name with TTI Selector See Selecting a Sender s Name on p 3 6 E 2 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels press Stamp Option stamp Tx STAMP AE Ts STAMP OH Other Special Features So 3 if you do not want to stamp document pages press Y or 4 10 4 to display lt TX STAMP OFF gt gt press Set If you want to turn the stamp feature ON select lt TX STAMP ON gt Ta STAMP g Y 4 Close all three one touch speed dialing panels continue the LD procedure for sending the document Setting Up and Using the Optional Stamp Feature 10 21 3 Other Special Features HowA4he Machine Operates with Default Settings There are many minor features that you can change to customize the operation of the machine Some of these features are listed in the table below The description in the third column is a description of the default setting In other words this is how the machine operates unless you change the referenced setting If your machine is not operating as described the default settings may have already been changed In such a case you may want to go to the referenced page to restore the default setting ME
272. press Clear Press Set The message lt DATA ENTRY OK gt appears on the screen for a few seconds 7 Press Stop to return to the Standby mode 1 18 Things You Must Do Before Using This Machine Data Registration Registering the Machine s Telephone Number and Unit Name Follow this procedure to register the number of your own machine and register your name or company s name 1 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels O 2 Press Data Registration ADDITIONAL FUNCTION 1 PAPER SETTINGS So 3 Press v or A until lt 3 FAX SETTINGS gt appears gt press ED lt P Set ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONS _ FAx SETTINGS J FAS SETTIHGS i USER SETTIHGS S 4 Press v or 4 until lt 1 USER SETTINGS gt appears gt press Set FAs SETTINGS gt USER SETTINGS l USERE SETTINGS 1 TEL LIHE SETTIHGS S 5 Press v or a until lt 1 TEL LINE SETTINGS gt appears gt lt P press Set USER SETTINGS gt TEL LIHE SETTINGS 1 TEL LINE SETTINGS l USER TEL HO 2 NOTE If you have installed the optional Dual Line Upgrade Kit lt LINE SELECTION gt is displayed after pressing Set Press W or A to select lt 1 LINE 1 gt or lt 2 LINE 2 gt to select a dedicated line for fax functions gt press Set See Registering Telephone Numbers for the Lines on p 1 30 Things You Must Do Before Using This Machine 1 19 Before You Start Using This Machine OOOO 0
273. printed paper in the output trays if you see the message below OUTPUT TRAY FULL Clear the paper jam if you see the message below see Chapter 7 Troubleshooting in the Reference Guide REC PAPER JAM Special Sending Receiving Features When the Machine Displays lt RECEIVED IN MEMORY gt 9 15 o Special Sending Receiving Features 9 16 2 As soon as you refill and close the paper cassette replace the toner cartridge and close the printer cover or pick up the printed pages in the output tray the pages stored in memory are automatically printed lt NOTE e As each page is printed it is deleted from the memory e If the memory becomes full you cannot receive the remaining pages Contact the other party and ask them to send the document again e The LASER CLASS 700 Series can store up to approximately 500 letter size pages based on CCITTATU T No 1 Chart Standard Mode in memory With the optional memory kit the LASER CLASS 700 Series can receive up to approximately 1 500 pages in memory For details about the optional memory kit contact your local authorized Canon dealer e A memory backup function is provided to save the contents of the memory for up to approximately 12 hours during a power failure When the Machine Displays lt RECEIVED IN MEMORY gt Printing a Memory List Follow this procedure to print a list of all documents currently stored in memory 12 31 2002 13 01 FAX 833 4423
274. program one touch key set for access code dialing feature to initiate access code dialing 2 NO OF CHARACTERS Sets the number of characters for an access code DO NOT USE The access code dialing feature is turned OFF 6 TX DOC ARCHIVING Turns TX Document Archiving ON OFF OFF TX Document Archiving is turned OFF ON TX Document Archiving is turned ON An asterisk indicates the default setting System Settings 11 33 Summary of Important Settings sumas jue ody jo teuInS System Settings 11 34 2 CHAPTER This chapter shows you how to print lists and reports You can print lists of telephone numbers and transmission settings registered in the machine as well as print reports about document transactions Before printing report and lists load LTR or A4 size paper or larger in the paper cassette or on the MP tray Printing the Speed Dialing Lists ci a 12 2 Printing MS Users Data Listi eriste irre A AAA AA ee SEE 12 6 O Go are A de Shae eek eer en hee oy SES 12 8 Printing the Activity Management Report nananana et lek eh Sod ee ES ee es 12 9 ACUI TAG DONS uds ce oe up eae al dh a A ae AS ate A Ste OY il a Sa wean we BO 12 11 Caneel Report PRI ta this eect A beeen Foci eee sedan 12 15 Memory LISE ze ae ura eek ents ae ee Sh ee rd 12 16 OMOEA MAIDO HS 3 ha rar Se eh Bo ee Ie Ge i ie A ek Se ae A Rete 12 16 DocumentiMemor Sta at oe aS eS 12 17 Memon le AN ACO eases Su de t
275. r See Selecting a Sender s Name on p 3 6 2 Press the one touch speed dialing key or Coded Dial followed by the three digit code where the group of telephone numbers you want to dial is registered After ten seconds the machine starts to send the document The group dial name appears on the LCD display TEL GROUP DIAL 4 CANON GROUP A The transaction number and page numbers of the document are also displayed during scanning TRANSMIT HES SCANH IAG Pa HEI lt NOTE e To start scanning immediately press Start Otherwise the machine waits ten seconds before it starts to scan This timeout feature can be turned OFF See TX Send Settings on p 11 14 e The machine does not start dialing until you place your documents for sending If you try to specify destinations before you place your documents the machine prompts you to set your documents SET DOCUMEHT e f you press a one touch speed dialing key or Coded Dial followed by a three digit code where no number has been registered the machine displays HOT REGISTERED e If you register fax numbers for group dialing you can as an option set the time you want your document to go out up to five different times in a day e If you want to send your document at a preset time using group dialing make sure that no other preset time has been set by someone else for the group See Setting Up Group Dialing on p 2 24 0 2 3
276. r cassette on your machine is out of paper Refill the paper cassette and make sure the paper stack is below the tabs See Chapter 1 Before You Start Using This Machine in the Reference Guide If the paper cassette is still loaded with paper the paper cassette may not be installed correctly Check all paper cassettes and make sure they are installed correctly Recording paper may have jammed inside the paper cassette Check the paper cassette and clear the paper jam See Chapter 7 Troubleshooting in the Reference Guide If you are polling a fax machine to receive a document the other party has not set the document correctly on the machine Contact the other party and request that the document be set correctly for polling on their machine The other fax machine has run out of paper and its memory is full Contact the other party and tell them to refill their paper cassette a Troubleshooting The other fax machine does not answer even after several redialing attempts or the other fax machine is busy and did not respond within 55 seconds Error Code Table Listed by Number 13 3 z Troubleshooting Remedy 0021 Cause Remedy 0022 Cause Remedy 0025 Cause 1 Remedy Cause 2 Remedy Wait a few minutes and try sending again If you still cannot send the document contact the other party and confirm that the other fax machine has been turned ON If the other fax machine is bu
277. r of pages in the document e Date and time each document was stored in memory and when it will be sent e Sender s name TTI Document output tray Holds documents ejected from the machine after they have been scanned into memory copied or sent by direct sending Dual access Enables you to scan a document even if the machine is copying sending or receiving a document You do not have to wait until the machine finishes the current send receive transmission While the machine sends a document from the memory you can load other documents into the memory copy documents print out reports or register information Dual Line Upgrade Kit The optional Dual Line Upgrade Kit enables you to connect two telephone lines to the machine Both lines can be used simultaneously for facsimile transactions either line can be given priority for transactions or either line can be temporarily disabled 14 10 Glossary ECM Stands for Error Correction Mode Reduces system and line errors when sending or receiving from another fax machine with ECM capability When there is noise on the telephone line a distortion or blank area can occur in the document received by the other party ECM divides one page into a number of blocks and checks for lost data block by block When some data is lost in a certain block ECM repeats transmission from the beginning of that block after confirming that all data within the block can be transmitted successfully I
278. r which you register the Print Report function whenever you need a transmission report for a document you are sending If you select this setting you do not have to open all three of the one touch speed dialing panels to start printing a report Whenever you need to print a report press the one touch speed dialing key set for this feature Set a one touch speed dialing key to function as TTI Selector Whenever you want to select a sender s name when sending a document press the one touch speed dialing key set for this feature Set a one touch speed dialing key to function as Subaddress Whenever you want to enter a subaddress press the one touch speed dialing key set for this feature 5 DELAYED TX 6 CONFIDENTIAL 7 RELAY 8 POLLING 9 ACCESS CODE 10 SENDER S NAME SET 11 SET TEXT 12 MEMORY REFERENCE 13 PIN CODE 14 STAMP 15 ID CODE Set a one touch speed dialing key to function as Delayed Transmission Whenever you want to use the Delayed Transmission feature press the one touch speed dialing key set for this feature Set a one touch speed dialing key to substitute for the procedure of opening all three one touch speed dialing panels pressing Advanced Communication and selecting lt CONFIDENTIAL gt Whenever you want to use the Confidential Mailbox feature press the one touch speed dialing key set for this feature Set a one touch speed dialing key to substitute for the procedure of
279. ransaction number of the document you want to print press Set If you have not set a password for the document stored in memory proceed to step 5 PRIHT DOCUMENT gt PRINT DOCUMENT Tara HO i PASSWORD If you have set a password for the document stored in memory enter the password up to seven digits using the numeric keys gt press Set PEIMT 1ST PAGE OHLY PRINT DOCUMENT PASSWORD VES O HO 2 SE EE EE EE Printing a Document in Memory 5 Press to print only the first page of a document with multiple pages or press to print the entire document PRIHT DOCUMENT Tarka HO BLS Printing starts US 6 Press Stop to return to the Standby mode Printing a Document in Memory 9 19 e Special Sending Receiving Features sending a Document in Memory to a Different Des ation Follow this procedure to send a document stored in memory to another destination lt NOTE To select a document for sending you must know its transaction number You may want to print a memory list for reference See Printing a Memory List on p 9 17 1 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels press Memory Reference Reference _ MEMORY REFERENCE l DOC MEMORY LIST So 2 Press v or 4 until lt 4 RESEND DOCUMENT gt appears gt lt P press Set MEMORY REFERENCE RESEND DOCUMENT 4 RESEND DOCUMENT gt TREX HO ss 5 p U 9 So 3 Press v or a to select the docume
280. rouble Occurs 4 CHAPTER This chapter describes the specifications of the machine the type of documents you can scan the glossary and the index SPECHICANONG 2 6 6 ha 26 45 a A a AA SRE LER 14 2 OOS ANON si dos en ts ls wedge themida snes a aia sate weds 14 2 AUTO AMINES ssaa Ot ve hee tee ate Ue a a See a nee a eas ae enced eee de Seatac en 14 2 COPIE Reales sir oe a hoes ag ae ee A hae RE a RS AAA E 14 2 Telephone Features 24 0 2sec0c one5 antares eich neds eee peso ceed Web acde She nes 14 3 Par CaN CS IO ts ait ad eae ea a ee Ae a Ee BO Le A ee eee wae a A 14 3 Documents YOU Can Sean ii towed edo hae bis dks bw eee wee es 14 4 DOCUMEAT eda TO AVO acca AA ets Yet A AA Ge 14 4 Specifications for Paper Documents tunas hetaa atte he nee ded ded ekat tewhe waa 14 4 Document RICKO SS eea pence tae eed eae Se eae eee Bede ode week 14 4 OCC dd rot heh eae Sid oe he ne ica oe grans Sih ok ee i ae A yk Geni eee A 14 5 DCAMMINO ANCE A dank Giageate ered eee et Sek et eS ee eet aa oe anena a Woes 14 6 MOM VOCS itis A cetacean haere eas SNe Peas Reet ee Sea ae eS ES 14 6 GOSS al Via 2 ted A ree oe epee eee aso 8 Ge he Br 8 cat 14 7 A E ce ge acces aie dat 14 22 14 1 Specifications are subject to change without notice for product improvement or future release Specification Fax Printing Speed Approximately 19 PPM letter Scanning Method Solid state electronic scanning by contact image sensor Recording Printing Laser b
281. rs Customize the redial operation The machine redials the number and resends all of the failed pages of the document The machine redials the number and resends the failed pages and the first page of the document The machine redials the number and resends the failed pages only The machine does not perform automatic redial when a transmission error occurs After the first attempt at dialing fails redialing is not attempted Select whether to delete the document of the failed transmission from memory The document of the failed transmission is deleted from memory The document of the failed transmission remains in memory TX Send Settings 11 15 Summary of Important Settings Summary of Important Settings 11 16 BRE 5 TIME OUT 6 STAMP ACTION DIRECT 8 MEMORY TX DIRECT TX 7 PIN CODE OFF ON NECESS PIN CODE OFF ON PIN CODE BEF AFT BEFORE TEL NO AFTER TEL NO Sets the interval between dialing entering phone numbers when sending to more than one destination See Sequential Broadcasting to More Than One Location on p 3 26 The machine scans the document in five or ten seconds after you enter the telephone number Press Start to begin transmission Otherwise the machine returns to the Standby mode Select whether to stamp every document you send or only documents sent using direct or memory sending This setting is available only after installing
282. rt the transfer operation Select one or several days for document transfer You can set up to five times for any of the selected days File Settings 11 27 Summary of Important Settings Summary of Important Settings 11 28 RE TT RR 2 END TIME EVERYDAY SELECT DAYS 6 PRINT RX DOC OFF ON OF RX COPIES 2 CHANGE DATA PASSWORD 3 DELETE FILE PASSWORD An asterisk indicates the default setting File Settings Set a specified time to end the transfer operation Set up to five times everyday to end the transfer operation Select one or several days for document transfer You can set up to five times for any of the selected days Sets the machine that transfers documents to print a copy of every document it transfers Received and transferred documents are not printed A copy of every document received and transferred is printed From 01 to 99 COPIES 01COPIES Sets the number of document copies to print Change the transfer settings Enter the password protecting the transfer settings You can now change any of the settings listed above 1 SETUP FILE Delete the transfer settings file Enter the password protecting the transfer file settings you want to delete System m Settings Follow this procedure to set the system settings Setting Procedure O 2 Press Data Registration ADDITIONAL FUNCT IOWS 1 PAPER SETTINGS Data Registration oS 3 Press v
283. s e If the display does not change after you press V or A this means only one name and number is registered for the key you just pressed O 5 With the telephone number you want to dial displayed press Using Speed Dialing mo v Set gt Start Start Sending starts TRANSMIT Bail SCANH IHG P 61 2 40 Using Directory Dialing CHAPTER This chapter describes the fundamental procedures for dialing and sending documents We also show you how to send a document to more than one location set a document for delayed sending and send a document with a subaddress and password Setting a Document for Sending 00 cc eee ees 3 2 Preparing Me DOCUS ver o ias aia Pee tn ae dad da 3 2 Siting the Document ON me WIACIING 5 seta pata a na is 3 3 Adjusting Ihe SCaM SCHINGSs stas Naiara A A A 3 4 Selecting a Senders Name occocoo eee teens 3 6 Using Regular Dialing 0 na 3 8 Cancel Sending a Document oo 3 9 Cancel Sending onra Single ING sc extra dard d a dun ge A a AA wore 3 9 Gancelsending on a Bal LS ses 8 a5 des nai A A eee ie iia 3 10 Checking Ganceling Fax Jobs sie curse aa a os 3 11 POW Ole NeCkKING Operati eeren ate Bo ds Ba hee EA ae wo ES OR oe eles 3 11 Canceling Wihtie Ston KEY caidas ant td eee eee yee 3 12 Canceling a Job from the Monitor Screen 6 eee ens 3 13 Dialing Long Distance with Regular Dialing 2 00002 eee 3 14 Overview of Sending Methods
284. s Data Registration ADCITIONAL FUNCTIONS 1 PAPER SETTINGS So 3 Press V or a until lt 3 FAX SETTINGS gt appears gt press lt P Set ALDITIONAL FUNCTIONS _ FAs SETTINGS J FAR SETTINGS i USER SETTINGS oO 4 Press V or A until lt 7 SYSTEM SETTINGS gt appears gt press lt P Set FAS SETTINGS _ SYSTEM SETTINGS T SYSTEM SETTINGS I MEMORY LOCK Ra If the prompt lt SYSTEM SETTINGS PASSWORD gt appears on the LCD display enter the system administrator s password using the numeric keys press 6 Set Setting Up the Access Code Key 2 29 Using Speed Dialing 3 oO 5 Press v or A until lt 5 ACCESS CODE gt appears gt press lt P Set SYSTEM SETTINGS gt ACCESS CODE Os ALLES gt S CODE DO HOT USE 0 9 6 Press v or a to display lt USE gt press Set 2 ACCESS CODE gt ACCESS CODE USE l ACCESS CODE KEY S 7 Press v or a until lt 1 ACCESS CODE KEY gt appears gt Cw press Set ACCESS CODE ACCESS CODE KEY 1 ACCESS CODE KEY a USIHG KEY So 8 Press v or a to select lt USING KEY gt or lt OTHER gt gt Cw press Set Using Speed Dialing lt USING KEY gt You have to press before entering an access code when using access code dialing lt OTHER gt You can set a program one touch key to be used as the access code key If you select OTHER here be sure to designate any program one touch key as the access code key See Settin
285. s 13 00 EVERYDAY ag EA an EVERYDAY ag paj gt The message lt DATA ENTRY OK gt appears on the LCD display for a few seconds 1 If you want to set more than one time for your machine to poll other fax machines press W or A to set the time in another empty setting column 2 NOTE e You can register up to five times for your machine to poll other fax machines everyday e If you make a mistake when entering the time press Clear to clear the number enter the correct time e To set preset polling for selected days L Press Data Registration START TIME EVERYDAY LI Press V or A to display lt SELECT DAYS gt gt press Set START TIME SELECT DAYS SELECT DAYS 1 5UH L Press V or A to display the name of the day you want to set up gt press Set SELECT DAYS MOH MOR gt ji Polling Other Fax Machines to Receive a Document 8 9 Using Polling gt 1 Press V or A to display an empty setting column gt press Set lt gt 00 1 Enter the time for your machine to poll other fax machines using the numeric DOO keys gt press Set 10900 Enter the time in 24 hour notation e g 1 00 p m as 13 00 00 oe o O The message lt DATA ENTRY OK gt appears on the LCD display for a few seconds 1 If you want to set more than one time for your machine to poll other fax machines on the selected day set the day of the week and the time in another empty setting colu
286. s 2 5 ACCESS Code Dalt es e AO ad hats oe 2 5 Setting Up One Touch Speed Dialing 0 ees 2 6 Setting Up Coded Speed Dialing 0 ccc ene eens 2 15 Setting Up Group Dialing s essre rer arken an eens 2 24 Setting Up the Access Code Key 0 000 cece eee eens 2 29 USINO SPEEA DIAN Gee isso bee Bees oe eee Ape ents eae 2 32 Using One Touch speed Dialing 22 eu ti a A OR Sele Cee 2 32 Using Coded Speed Dialng cotorra a tree eet aah Soe ge eS 2 34 SM tour EII ate oid ew A onde NO eared 2 35 Using Access Code DidlinGy es 3452 0 ad ee he we at A er ee os 2 37 Using Directory Dialing 5 74 andor es a ek ee IA ee 2 39 2 1 neg Ahis Before Entering Telephone Numbers Read this section before you register numbers for speed dialing especially if your site has special dialing requirements such as dialing through a PBX Private Branch Exchange Entering Pauses for Dialing If your machine is connected to a switchboard or PBX you may have to dial a number to connect to an outside line The outside number must also be registered with the fax number The switching system may also require that you insert a pause after the outside number For further assistance contact your local authorized Canon dealer or your local telephone company Using Speed Dialing mo Follow this procedure to enter a pause during regular dialing or when registering a number for a speed dialing key SS S z 1 When you come to a s
287. s are set to legal size and out of legal size paper See Printer Settings on p 11 19 10 22 How the Machine Operates with Default Settings ee ee Description of Default ECM Sending The machine is set to conduct all transactions using Receiving ECM Error Correction Mode If transmission speed appears to be extremely slow you may be able to speed up transmission time by turning ECM OFF See TX Send Settings on p 11 14 or RX Receive Settings on p 11 17 Energy Saver ENERGY SAVER If the machine remains idle for a specified time period it enters the Energy Saver mode If your machine is idle for three minutes the machine enters the Energy Saver mode See Chapter 5 Summary of Important Settings in the Reference Guide Language DISPLAY The initial display language is English Spanish French LANGUAGE and Portuguese are also available See Chapter 5 Summary of Important Settings in the Reference Guide Manual Receiving REMOTE RX To start receiving a fax manually by answering an with an Extension extension telephone connected to the machine dial 25 Telephone You can change this number if necessary See RX Receive Settings on p 11 17 Offhook Alarm OFFHOOK ALARM If the handset remains off the hook an alarm sounds The volume of this alarm can be adjusted or it can be turned OFF See User Settings on p 11 5 Pause Length PAUSE TIME A pause
288. se mentioned illustrations used in this manual are those taken when no optional equipment is attached to the LASER CLASS 710 The model LASER CLASS 710 is used for illustration purposes in this manual When there is any difference between the three models it is clearly indicated in the text e g LASER CLASS 720i only xii Legal Notices Users in the U S A A Location Supply a suitable table cabinet or desk for the machine See Chapter 8 Appendix in the Reference Guide for specific dimensions and weight B Order Information 1 Only a single telephone line touch tone or rotary should be used 2 Order an RJ11 C modular wall jack USOC code which should be installed by the telephone company If the RJ11 C wall jack is not present telephone fax operation is not possible 3 Order a normal business line from your telephone company s business representative The line should be a regular voice grade line or an equivalent one Use one line per unit DDD Direct Distance Dial line Ol IDDD International Direct Distance Dial line if you communicate overseas lt NOTE Canon recommends an individual line following industry standards such as the 2500 touch tone or 500 rotary pulse dial telephones A dedicated extension off a PBX Public Branch Exchange unit without Call Waiting can be used with the machine Key telephone systems are not recommended because they send nonstandard signals to in
289. sing Speed Dialing mo Setiny Up Group Dialing Group dialing enables you to register several telephone numbers for one touch speed dialing or for coded speed dialing so you can dial a large group of numbers by pressing a one touch speed dialing key or by pressing Coded Dial followed by a three digit code Telephone numbers already registered for one touch or coded speed dialing can be registered as members of a group Follow this procedure to register a group of telephone numbers for group dialing 1 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels eg O 2 Press Data Registration ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONS 1 P PER SETTINGS So 3 Press v or A until lt 4 ADD REGISTRATION gt appears gt PAS press Set ACDITIONAL FUNCTIONS ADD REGISTRATION ADD REGISTRAT IOH 1 1 TOUCH SPD DIAL So 4 Press v or 4 until lt 3 GROUP DIAL gt appears press Set D AbD REGISTRATION GROUP DIAL 3 GROUP DIAL gt ai 2 24 Setting Up Group Dialing 5 Specify an empty one touch speed dialing key or coded speed dialing code that you want to set as the group dial press Set ae DIAL lr DIAL To specify a one touch speed dialing key press W or A to scroll through the number display or close the appropriate one touch speed dialing panel gt press the one touch speed dialing key you want to specify To specify a coded speed dialing code press Coded Dial enter the three digit code 000 127 you
290. site The day and time for the machine to switch to the Transfer mode can be preset This feature is especially convenient for receiving important documents from a country several time zones away from your country Before You Setup Document Transfer 9 2 Note these important points before you create a transfer setup file e You can create only one transfer setup file e n order for the machine to transfer documents to a destination you must register the destination s telephone number under a one touch speed dialing key or a coded speed dialing code on your machine See Setting Up One Touch Speed Dialing on p 2 6 or Setting Up Coded Speed Dialing on p 2 15 e You can set the machine to transfer documents only from selected originators In order to select an originator you have to register the telephone number of the originator s fax machine on your machine under a one touch speed dialing key or a coded speed dialing code See Setting Up One Touch Speed Dialing on p 2 6 or Setting Up Coded Speed Dialing on p 2 15 Transferring Documents Setting Up the Machine for Document Transfer Follow the procedure below to create a file in order for the machine to automatically transfer documents to a selected location s aS 1 EA Open all three one touch speed dialing panels Registration 2 Press Data Registration Ey Ey lt p Ey gt lt P Si ADDITIONAL FUNCT IOWS 1 PA
291. specifications were met It does not imply that Industry Canada approved the equipment Avis Le prsent matriel est conforme aux spcifications techniques d Industrie Canada applicables au matriel terminal Cette conformit est confirme par le numro d enregistrement Le sigle IC plac devant le numro d enregistrement signifie que l enregistrement s est effectu conformment une dclaration de conformit et indique que les spcifications techniques d Industrie Canada sont t respectes II n implique pas qu Industrie Canada a approuv le matriel Before installing this equipment users should ensure that it is permitted to be connected to the facilities of the local telecommunications company The equipment must also be installed using an acceptable method of connection In some cases the company s inside wiring associated with a single line individual service may be extended by means of a certified connector assembly telephone extension cord The customer should be aware that compliance with the above conditions may not prevent deterioration of service in some situations The Ringer Equivalence Number REN of this terminal equipment is 0 3 The REN assigned to each terminal equipment provides an indication of the maximum number of terminal allowed to be connected to a telephone interface The termination on an interface may consist of any combination of devices subject only to the requirement that the sum of the Ringer Equivalence Number of all devices
292. ss Start Copying starts SCANH IHG COPY HO Hail Making Copies 5 7 Using the Machine as a Copier fo Using the Machine as a Copier a N 4 N N A N Checking Canceling Copy Jobs Flow of Checking Operations Monitor If you press Monitor the job status display appears You can check the status of copy jobs on the display 1 Press Monitor FAS MONI TOR 1 FAK tos 2 Press 4 or to display lt 2 COPY gt gt press Set FAS MONITOR gt CUPY STATUS sa COPY 44481 12 153 Hlxb5 The recent job appears on the display To scroll through the list of the jobs press W or A lt NOTE The Monitor screen does not appear during scanning R D J Press Stop to return to the Standby mode 5 8 Checking Canceling Copy Jobs Canceling with the Stop Key 7S Press Stop O If you press Stop during scanning STOF REY PRESSED PRESS SET KEY 4 Press Set CW The scanning stops and the job will be canceled e if there is only one job being processed d Press x x If you do not want to cancel the job press CAHCEL COPY IHG YESS HO 2 The job will be canceled if there are multiple jobs STOP KEY PRESSED FASS COPYS CRS x L Press x to select the copy job gt press x S J If the prompt lt SELECT JOB TO CANCEL gt appears press V or A to select lt a job gt press Set CANCEL COPYING gt BABS H2105 Hlx33 CANCE
293. subaddress password transactions 13 18 When Trouble Occurs Remedy 1 If the other party s fax machine does not support ITU T subaddress password transactions you cannot receive confidential documents Remedy 2 Make sure the other party knows the correct subaddress password for your confidential mailbox Cannot poll another fax machine and receive its document Cause 1 Remedy Cause 2 You are polling without a subaddress password If the other party s fax machine is a Canon fax machine and can set a polling ID ask them to check their polling ID and set the polling ID to 255 decimal or 1111 1111 binary You are polling with an ITU T subaddress or password Remedy 1 Contact the other party and confirm that their fax machine supports receiving a polling request with an ITU T subaddress or password Remedy 2 If the other party s fax machine supports ITU T subaddress password polling confirm that you are using the correct ITU T subaddress and password Remedy 3 If the other party s fax machine does not support or not have set ITU T subaddress password polling poll the other party without a subaddress password See Polling Other Fax Machines to Receive a Document on p 8 3 Copying Documents Cannot copy Cause 1 Remedy Cause 2 Remedy Cause 3 Remedy The toner cartridge is out of toner Check the toner cartridge and if you find it empty replace it with a new one
294. sy try sending your document at a later time When you send documents long distance press Redial Pause after dialing See Dialing Long Distance with Regular Dialing on p 3 14 You cannot perform polling receiving Make sure the subaddress password matches the settings on the other party s fax machine If the other party s fax machine is a Canon fax machine and can set a polling ID request that the other party set their polling ID to 255 decimal or 1111 1111 binary The settings for the one touch speed dialing keys or coded speed dialing codes you are using to dial the other party have been deleted Reset the one touch or coded speed dialing settings See Setting Up One Touch Speed Dialing on p 2 6 or Setting Up Coded Speed Dialing on p 2 15 While registering the number for one touch or coded speed dialing you registered the number for confidential or relay sending but omitted the subaddress Open the OPTIONAL SETTING menu for one touch or coded speed dialing and make sure that you have entered a subaddress and password if required for the telephone number See Setting Up One Touch Speed Dialing on p 2 6 or Setting Up Coded Speed Dialing on p 2 15 After setting up relay broadcasting or confidential sending the subaddress password settings for one touch or coded speed dialing may have been changed Confirm the settings for one touch or coded speed dialing and ma
295. t CONFIDENTIAL gt and enter the ITU T subaddress and password Glossary D Default The machine is programmed at the factory with settings that we recommend These are known as factory default settings You can customize your machine by programming settings other than the factory default settings For details see How the Machine Operates with Default Settings on p 10 22 Delayed transmission With delayed transmission also called timer sending you can set a time for the document to be sent You do not have to be in the office when the document is sent at the specified time With delayed transmission you can send the same document to more than one destination at a preset time If you frequently send the same document to several destinations you can save time by using group dialing Density control You can darken or lighten documents that you send or receive with keys at the top of the operation panel Destination label Attachable labels used to label speed dialing keys on the machine Write the name of the other party on the label and paste the label above the key where his or her fax number is registered Dialing methods Dialing numbers at the press of one or a few keys To use automatic dialing you must register the fax numbers in the memory of the machine e Regular dialing e One touch speed dialing e Coded speed dialing e Group dialing e Access code dialing e Directory dialing Direct sending Use direct sendi
296. t Time C lt gt 6 Press Set The machine scans the documents and stores them into memory DELAYED T Hais SCANH IA Po HEI amp NOTE e The machine holds the documents in memory until the specified time arrives for the documents to be sent Then the machine sends the documents to the destinations you specified e To cancel a document set for Delayed Sending press Delete File See Erasing a Document from Memory on p 9 22 Sending Documents at a Preset Time 3 31 Sending Documents Sending Documents ES Sending a Document with a subaddress Password You can send documents with ITU T standard subaddresses and passwords In order for a transaction to succeed the subaddresses and passwords on the sending and receiving fax machine must match You can use two methods to send a document with an ITU T subaddress and password e Press a one touch speed dialing key or a coded speed dialing code registered for subaddress password sending e Enter the subaddress and password with Subaddress and Password on the operation panel when you send the document Subaddress Password Sending with Speed Dialing If you register the subaddress and or password for a one touch speed dialing key or a coded speed dialing code the subaddress and password are entered for you automatically after you press the one touch speed dialing key or enter a code See Using Speed Dialing on p 2 32 1 Register the
297. t information or set up important features Here we describe how to display and operate these menus The content and purpose of each menu is described in later chapters See Chapter 11 Summary of Important Settings in this guide or Chapter 5 Summary of Important Settings in the Reference Guide ab C O q D C H O E 0 _ See qu U O gt ab Sa O o m 1 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels to see the operation panel keys Registration 2 Press Data Registration ADDITIONAL FUNCT IONS 1 PAPER SETTINGS Using the Menus and Operation Panel Keys 1 11 3 Press v or a to display the name of the desired menu title m 38 There are eight Additional Functions menu items for Data Registration ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONS 7 ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONS 1 P PER SETTINGS Ss PRINT LISTS 2 NOTE Displaying menu names with V or A is rotational If you press V with the last menu name displayed the display rotates to the first menu name If you press A with the first menu name displayed the display rotates to the last selection Open a Menu and Select an Item ey 1 Press v or a until the name of the menu you want to open OL is displayed press Set lt P ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONS _ SYSTEM SETTINGS Be SYSTEM SETTINGS 1 575 ADMIN INFO 2 Press v or a to browse through the menu items press E Set to go to the next lev
298. t manually at the machine lt NOTE e Before you can use this feature you must install the optional handset kit or a regular telephone See Chapter 1 Before You Start Using This Machine in the Reference Guide Make sure the document is not set in the automatic document feeder e f you have installed the optional Dual Line Upgrade Kit if the machine receives a document on Line 2 it switches to the Automatic Receive mode regardless of whether lt MAN gt for the Manual Receive mode is displayed See How the Two Telephone Lines Operate on p 1 29 g a 1 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels a 2 Press Data Registration Registration ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONS 1 PAPER SETTINGS 4 4 Receiving Documents Manually 8 S Ca 3 Press v or a until lt 3 FAX SETTINGS gt appears press Set ADDITIONAL FUNCT IONS FAs SETTINGS J FAR SETTINGS i USER SETTINGS 4 Press v or a until lt 4 RX SETTINGS gt appears press Set FAs SETTINGS ks SETTIHGS Es SETTINGS a 1 ECM Re 5 Press v or a until lt 2 RECEIVE MODE gt appears press Set ks SETTINGS RECEIVE MODE 2 RECEIVE MODE a AUTO Ex 6 Press v or a to select lt MANUAL RX gt gt press Set RECEIVE MODE ks SETTINGS MANUAL Re 7 J REMOTE Ex Y Press Stop to return to the Standby mode Fak 12 31 2602 11 46 MAM The machine enters the Manual Receive mode and lt MAN gt
299. tam Stew Margene meng gon mine aioe gaat ea ges Theale ait udp aA Sees aaa att ad 11 19 File SCuINGS og A O O 11 22 DEMING PROC SOUS unis 8 td ik A tk eh coe in git itl ie Mien ak ee he ae 11 22 SY SIEM Seng S dia A cece edna Salk Bh hoa 11 29 DEMING ROCCU E fade S G4 tol ee ice wind te AA ts 11 29 E Summary of Important Settings Ops g the Additional Functions Menu Follow this procedure to display the user data settings 1 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels Registration 2 Press Data Registration ADDITIONAL FUNCT IOWS 1 PAPER SETTINGS So 3 Press v or a until lt 3 FAX SETTINGS gt appears press Cw Set to display the next menu ADDITIONAL FUNCT IOMS FAs SETTINGS J FAR SETTINGS gt 1 USER SETTINGS So 4 Press v or A to display the item you want to set or change gt press Set For details about the individual settings refer to their respective sections So 5 Press v or a to display the item you want to set or change lt P press Set lt NOTE e The Additional Functions menu selections are displayed one line at a time e Press V or A to display the Additional Functions setting items so you can check or change them 11 2 Opening the Additional Functions Menu Supmary of User Data Settings Here is a summary of the FAX SETTINGS menus E 1 USER SETTINGS Use these settings to set up the operating environment of the machine These settings include important
300. tart key on their fax machine then hang up their handset After the other party presses the start key on their fax machine you will hear a high pitched tone Press Start on your machine hang up your handset Sending starts C IMPORTANT 4 ag If the off hook alarm starts beeping make sure the handset is resting properly on the handset cradle The volume of the off hook alarm can be adjusted See User Settings on p 11 5 Overview of Sending Methods 3 21 Sending Documents Sending Documents ES ating When the Line Is Busy If the other party s line is busy or there is no answer the machine waits two minutes then tries to dial the same number again This feature is called Automatic Redialing What Is Automatic Redialing After the initial dialing attempt the machine waits two minutes and tries to dial again If the second attempt fails the machine waits for two more minutes and makes a third and final attempt to complete the call Auto Redial can be turned ON and OFF To perform this procedure see Setting Up Redialing on p 3 23 The number of redialing attempts and the time interval between attempts can also be set with the Auto Redial feature E Messages Displayed When Redialing While the machine is waiting to redial when using Direct TX the following message is displayed AUTO REDIAL Tarka HO 4413 If all redialing attempts fail the mach
301. tep that asks you to enter a number for DOO dialing use the numeric keys to enter the number 000 TEL HUMBER ENTRY TEL 43_ A 2 Toentera pause between two numbers press Redial Pause C After you enter the next number the uppercase lt P gt changes to a lowercase lt p gt TEL HUMBER ENTRE TEL 83P_ os 3 To enter a pause at the end of a number press Redial Pause C Set The pause at the end of a number appears as an uppercase lt P gt CD TEL HUMBER ENTRY lt gt TEL 63P123 4567P_ 2 2 Read This Before Entering Telephone Numbers lt NOTE Keep in mind these important points about pauses A pause entered within a number p is two seconds long You can add consecutive pauses pp by pressing Redial Pause Each additional pause adds two seconds to the pause time You can change the length of a pause entered within a number See Adjusting the Length of a Pause on p 2 3 A pause at the end of a number P is 10 seconds long You may have to insert one or more pauses at the end of a number to dial an overseas number You cannot insert a pause when you dial using the numeric keys after pressing Hook or after picking up the handset Adjusting the Length of a Pause Follow this procedure to adjust the length of a pause entered within a number lt NOTE This procedure is effective only for adjusting the length of pauses entered within telephone numbers The 10 seconds pause entered at the
302. ter the numbers for group dialing Smoothing Even if the image you receive from the other party s fax machine is of poor quality your machine smooths the image to produce a better quality image Stamp The optional stamp feature marks documents that have been scanned for transmission with a yellow circle stamped at the lower left side of the document Glossary Standard Use this setting to send normal typewritten or printed documents containing only text and no drawings photographs or illustrations Standby The machine is ON and ready to use All operations start from the Standby mode where the date and time are displayed Super Fine This key increases the clarity of documents you send The lamp shows you the current setting It is four times the standard resolution Switchboard Also called a PBX Private Branch Exchange internal switching system If you have to dial an outside line number along with the regular facsimile telephone number the outside line number must also be registered Depending on the system you may also have to insert a pause after the outside line number Redial Pause is preset at the factory to enter a two second pause However you can change the pause time to suit your PBX or telephone system Before adjusting the pause time check with your local authorized Canon dealer or your local telephone company about the correct pause time to use for your telephone system T Timer sending See delayed trans
303. the activity report feature is turned ON transactions are listed by department in the Department ID report shown below See Chapter 4 Restricting the Use of the Machine in the Reference Guide 12 31 2002 15 14 FAX 833 4423 WORLD ESTATE INC 71001 a or ee 3K KOK K K K K K K K K TORO DEPT ID 1234 ST TIME DESTINATION TEL ID MODE RESULT 12 31 15 11 ADAM BOOK CPA 0015 TRANSMIT CM 1 OK 00 15 SENDER NAME S ROBERTS DEPT ID 3111 ST TIME DESTINATION TEL ID MODE RESULT 12 31 15 11 ADAM BOOK CPA 0015 TRANSMIT ECM 1 OK 00 15 SENDER NAME R LOUIS 1 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels Report _ 2 Press Report gt Set GED REPORT L ALTIVITY REPORT ES The machine prints an Activity Management Report in the standard format with all transactions listed chronologically E Printing Reports and Lists 12 10 Reports Activity Reports The following reports report information about transmissions as they occur For details about setting up these activity reports to print or turning the settings OFF see Report Settings on p 11 11 E Error Report TX The machine is set to print a report if an error occurs during sending This is the default setting for the report settings WORLD ESTATE INC 71001 12 31 2002 11 48 FAX 833 4423 E EEE ok ok ok ok ok ok ok K kkk ERROR TX REPORT Kk k ok ok K K ok ok ok K K K ok K ok ok K K K K ok ok K ok K K K ok K TX FUNCTION WAS NOT C
304. the correct paper size press Stop gt load the correct size paper press Start REC PAPER JAM Cause Paper has jammed in the paper cassette or inside the printer Remedy Clear the paper jam After clearing the jammed paper open and close the printer cover to reset the printer See Chapter 7 Troubleshooting in the Reference Guide List of LCD Display Messages Alphabetical List 13 11 a Troubleshooting z Troubleshooting RECEIVED IN MEMORY Cause The machine has run out of recording paper the toner supply in the toner cartridge needs to be replaced or the output tray is full of paper Remedy Load paper into the paper cassettes change the toner cartridge or pick up the printed pages in the tray Once one of these tasks are completed the document prints automatically See When the Machine Displays lt RECEIVED IN MEMORY gt on p 9 15 REPLACE CARTRIDGE Cause The toner cartridge has run out of toner Remedy Replace the toner cartridge See Chapter 6 Maintenance in the Reference Guide START AGAIN Cause An error has occurred in the telephone line or in your machine Remedy 1 Start the procedure from the beginning Remedy 2 If the problem persists call your local authorized Canon dealer for service STOP KEY PRESSED PRESS SET KEY Cause You pressed Stop to cancel the current transaction Remedy Press Set to return the machine to the Standby mode SUPPLY REC PAPER Cause Y
305. the desired long distance setting press Set You Can select INTERNATIONAL 1 INTERNATIONAL 27 o INTERNATIONAL 3 TERRAN Tonan co a ES iS TERRAN Tonan co Lo ES lt NOTE If you experience transmission errors during long distance sending change the long distance setting Select INTERNATIONAL 1 and try to send the document again If this setting does not solve the problem try settings 2 and 3 22 If you want to change the transmission speed press vw or A until lt 5 TX SPEED gt appears gt press Set If you do not want to perform this setting proceed to step 24 OPTIOMAL SETTING gt Ta SPEED Os Tx SPEED 4 S6HRBFS 23 Press v or a to select the desired transmission speed gt press Set Te SPEED gt OUR TIONAL SETTING 1446Hbrs E ECH 2 NOTE If your document transmissions are slow in starting this may mean that the telephone lines in your area are in poor condition Select a slower speed You can select 33600bps 14400bps 9600bps or 4800bps Setting Up One Touch Speed Dialing 24 If you want to turn ECM Error Correction Mode ON or OFF press vV or a until lt 6 ECM gt appears press Set OPTIONAL SETTING gt ECH E ECH OM lt NOTE ECM Error Correction Mode reduces system and line errors during sending or receiving with another fax machine that supports ECM If the other fax machine does not support ECM this setting is
306. the document you send and must match the RX password on the fax machine where it is received If your TX password matches the RX password of the other party s fax the document is received If the password does not match the document is not received The maximum length of a password is 20 digits and may consist of numbers spaces asterisks x and pound marks Glossary U UHQ Stands for Ultra High Quality Image This enables you to send documents that are very close to the quality of the original Ultra Fine This key increases the clarity of documents you send The lamp shows you the current setting It is eight times the standard resolution Urgent document Use direct sending to send an urgent document ahead of documents in the memory waiting to be sent Feed the urgent document into the machine dial the fax number gt press Direct TX As soon as the machine finishes sending the current document from the memory it sends the urgent document See also direct sending Glossary 14 21 FS Appendix z Appendix y Symbols OF RX COPIES 11 20 1 9 A ACCESS CODE 11 33 access code dialing 2 5 setting 2 9 2 17 2 26 using 2 37 access code key setting 2 29 activity management report 12 9 printing report 12 9 sample 12 9 activity management report TX RX separate sample 12 9 ACTIVITY REPORT 10 24 11 13 activity report confidential receive report 12 14 error report RX 12 13 error rep
307. three one touch speed dialing panels press P Advanced Communication Advanced Communication 7 10 O Es TRANSMIT POLLING Setting Up and Using the Confidential Mailbox Feature 9 Cw Ey OOOO OOOO OSO o OOOO 3000 K OOOO 5 2 Press v or a to display lt CONFIDENTIAL gt gt press Set Es TRANSMIT CONFIG THR COMF IDENT IAL gt 1 COHFIDENTIAL Tx Press v or A until lt 2 CONFIDENTIAL RX gt appears gt press Set COHF ID Tara 2eCONFIDENTIAL Es E EET BOE 4 i Ab 4 Enter a two digit mailbox number from 00 to 99 using the numeric keys gt press Set CONFIDENTIAL Es gt COHFIDEHTIAL Re SET Elx 12 PASSWORD 5 Enter the password up to seven digits for the mailbox using the numeric keys press Set COHFIDEHTIAL Es PASSWORD EEL The following messages alternately appears on the LCD display RECEIVED IH MAILBOs Fak 12 31 2602 63 45 AUTO The document is printed Setting Up and Using the Confidential Mailbox Feature 7 11 Using Confidential Mailboxes x Sensi g a Confidential Document Sending a document with a subaddress and password does not ensure that the document will be received as a confidential document Before your machine sends a document it cannot confirm that the other party has their machine set up for confidential receiving You can use two methods to send a confidential document e f you frequently use the confi
308. tial mailbox number EA ae ER OOO DATA EA e ER OOO Setting Up and Using the Confidential Mailbox Feature 071970 5 Enter the password up to seven digits protecting access to z 3 the confidential mailbox using the numeric keys press 000 Set If you have not previously set a password proceed to step 6 CHANGE CATA CHANGE CATA PASSWORD kk gt 1 FILE MAME 6 Press v or a to display the setting you want to change press Set o S or You can change the file name password subaddress RX password and the of RX copies To change the settings for an item follow the same procedure you used for the initial setup of the mailbox See Creating a Confidential Mailbox on p 7 2 Pace DATA eee eM corres DATA Pace MAME eee eM corres Re COPIES lt NOTE e To delete an item press Clear gt Set e To change the password of your confidential mailbox you have to first enter the old password it is not displayed as you enter it gt press Set gt enter a new password it is displayed as you enter it gt press Set Y gt 7 When you are finished making changes press Stop to return to the Standby mode Using Confidential Mailboxes Setting Up and Using the Confidential Mailbox Feature 7 7 Deleting a Confidential Mailbox Follow this procedure to delete a confidential mailbox 1 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels press Data Registration gt
309. til lt 6 FILE SETTINGS gt appears press 4D Set gt v or 4 until lt 3 PRESET POLLING gt appears gt press Set If necessary see steps 4 and 5 of Polling to Receive at a Preset Time on p 8 5 Using Polling 3 Press v or a until lt 3 DELETE FILE gt appears gt press Set PRESET POLLING DELETE FILE J DELETE FILE SET BOx Hi 8 12 Polling Other Fax Machines to Receive a Document OOOO OOOO OSO o S OOOO OOOO OSO o S 4 Enter the two digit number of the preset polling box you want to delete using the numeric keys press Set You can also press W or A to select the preset polling box number DELETE FILE DELETE FILE SET Bur 11 PASSWORD 5 Enter the password up to seven digits protecting the preset polling box using the numeric keys press Set If you have not previously set a password for the preset polling box proceed to step 6 DELETE FILE DELETE FILE PASSWORD Hato gt FILE DELETED The preset polling box is deleted 6 Press Stop to return to the Standby mode Polling Other Fax Machines to Receive a Document 8 13 Using Polling gt Da U p Polling Sending This section shows you how to set up your machine to store and hold a document until it is polled by another fax machine to send it Before You Can Be Polled to Send Before you set up your polling box contact the parties who are going to poll your machine to receive do
310. ting a Document for Sending 1 Press the appropriate key underneath the indicators repeatedly to illuminate the desired scan setting o Ultra Fine o Super Fine oFine oStandard A Resolution Resolution Contrast Document Type lt NOTE Darker Standard Text Lighter o Text Photo Cc gt C gt Contrast Document Type Adjusts the resolution for documents with fine text and thin lines The higher the resolution the higher the output quality but the slower the scanning speed Ultra Fine Eight times the Standard resolution Super Fine Four times the Standard resolution Fine Twice the Standard resolution Standard For normal printed or typewritten text Adjusts the lightness darkness of the document pages scanned for sending Darker For documents with light text or colors standard For normal printed or typewritten text Lighter For documents with dark text or colors select for documents containing text only or both text and photographs on the same page Text For documents that contain text without photographs Text Photo For documents that contain text and photographs on the same page Automatically the machine adjusts the quality of the image and text on the same page If the other party does not have the Ultra Fine setting and you send a document with Text Photo set as the document type setting and Ultra Fine is set for the resolution setting the image the oth
311. tion 3 Direct TX Sets the machine to the Direct Sending mode so you can send a document ahead of other documents stored in memory Direct Sending scans a document and sends it immediately without storing the document in memory 4 Fax I Fax Press to select the telephone line to send a fax when the optional Dual Line Upgrade Kit is installed or send an l Fax lt Cursor Keys Move the cursor left or right during data registration A Y Search Keys Enable you to scroll through the display so you can see other options and selections in the menus during data registration They also enable you to search through the registered fax numbers during directory dialing 6 Set Selects a menu item during data registration 7 One Touch Speed Dialing Keys Dial numbers registered under one touch speed dialing keys One Touch Speed Dialing Panels The first panel displays keys 1 24 Open the first panel to access keys 25 48 Open the second panel to access keys 49 72 Open the third panel to access the registration keys 9 Energy Saver Press to enter or cancel the Energy Saver mode When the machine is in the Energy Saver mode the Energy Saver indicator lights and the other keys and indicators are turned OFF Copy Enables the machine to act as a copier so you can copy a document df Speaker Volume Switch Adjusts the speaker s volume 2 Clear Clears an entire entry during information registrati
312. to familiarize yourself with its capabilities and to make the most of its many functions After reading this manual store it in a safe place for future reference How to Use This Manual Symbols Used in This Manual The following symbols are used in this manual to explain procedures restrictions handling precautions and instructions that should be observed for safety A WARNING Indicates a warning concerning operations that may lead to death or injury to persons if not performed correctly In order to use the machine safely always pay attention to these warnings A CAUTION Indicates a caution concerning operations that may lead to injury to persons or damage to property if not performed correctly In order to use the machine safely always pay attention to these cautions IMPORTANT Indicates operational requirements and restrictions Be sure to read these items carefully in order to operate the machine correctly and to avoid damage to the machine E NOTE Indicates a clarification of an operation or contains additional explanations for a procedure Reading these notes is highly recommended Keys Used in This Manual The following symbols and key names are a few examples of how keys to be pressed are expressed in this manual The operation panel keys on the machine are indicated within brackets Start Press Start Ragietration_ Press Data Registration Illustrations Used in This Manual Unless otherwi
313. to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures e Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna e Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver e Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected e Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help Use of shielded cable is required to comply with Class B limits in Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC Rules A WARNING Do not make any changes or modifications to the equipment unless otherwise specified in the manual If such changes or modifications should be made you could be required to stop operation of the equipment Canon U S A Inc One Canon Plaza Lake Success NY 11042 U S A TEL No 516 328 5600 Pre installation Requirements for Canon Facsimile Equipment A Location Supply a suitable table cabinet or desk for the machine See Chapter 8 Appendix in the Reference Guide for specific dimensions and weight B Order Information 1 Provide only a single line to touch tone or rotary telephone set terminated with a standard 4 pin modular telephone plug Touch tone is recommended if available in your area 2 Order an RJ11 C modular wall jack USOC code which should be installed by the telephone company If the RJ11 C wall jack is not present tel
314. to send a document for a relay broadcast with the Advanced Communication key lt NOTE You can set only specify one destination for the relay unit 1 Place your documents on the machine For instructions explaining how to place your documents See Setting the Document on the Machine on p 3 3 DOCUMENT READY Sending a Document to a Relay Unit for Relay Broadcasting 2 NOTE e You can adjust the resolution contrast and document type for scanning See Adjusting the Scan Settings on p 3 4 e You can also specify a sender s name with TTI Selector See Selecting a Sender s Name on p 3 6 2 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels press Advanced Communication comunico Exa TRAHSHIT POLLING 0 8 3 Press V or A to display lt RELAY gt gt press Set 22 Ex TRANSMIT ORIG RELAY Ta RELAY gt SELECT LOCATIONS FR 4 Dial the telephone number of the relay unit gt press Set You can specify the destination using regular dialing one touch speed dialing 5 coded speed dialing access code dialing or directory dialing See Using Regular Dialing on p 3 8 Using Speed Dialing on p 2 32 or Using 2 Directory Dialing on p 2 39 gt T a 123456 cr on O 006 l DOO 5 Enter the ITU T subaddress required to start the relay DO O broadcast on the other party s fax machine using the numeric O keys gt press Set TEL 63
315. tting the Document on the Machine on p 3 3 DOCUMENT READY lt NOTE e You can adjust the resolution contrast and document type for scanning See Adjusting the Scan Settings on p 3 4 e You cannot select the sender s name when sending documents manually 2 Press Hook If you have installed the optional handset pick up the handset without pressing Hook The In Use Memory lamp flashes green and you can hear the dial tone 3 Specify the destination You can specify the destination using regular dialing one touch speed dialing coded speed dialing access code dialing See Using Regular Dialing on p 3 8 or Using Speed Dialing on p 2 32 3 20 Overview of Sending Methods 2 NOTE 4 ag Start 6 e When entering a number using regular dialing if you see that you have entered an incorrect digit press Delete to delete the rightmost digit gt enter the correct digit e You can also use Clear to clear the entire telephone number gt begin entering the telephone number again e If you notice that you made a mistake while the machine is dialing the number press Stop to return to the Standby mode gt start again When you hear the other party answer the call pick up the handset and talk If you hear a high pitched tone instead of the other party s voice the machine is ready to receive your document Proceed to step 6 Ask the other party to press the s
316. ture is turned ON 1 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels Pegistraon 2 Press Data Registration ADDITIONAL FUNCTION 1 PAPER SETTINGS Setting Up and Using the Optional Stamp Feature 10 19 3 Other Special Features 3 Other Special Features oS 3 Press v or a until lt 3 FAX SETTINGS gt appears gt press lt P Set ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONS FAX SETTINGS Se FAS SETTINGS gt 1 USER SETTINGS 0 9 4 Press v or a until lt 3 TX SETTINGS gt appears gt press Set lt P FAs SETTINGS Te SETTINGS J TA SETTINGS gt 1 ECM TH oO 5 press v or a until lt 6 STAMP ACTION gt appears gt press 0 Set Ta SETTINGS STAMP ACTION 6 STAMP ACTION gt DIRECTS MEMORY Ta oO 6 Press v or a to display lt DIRECT amp MEMORY TX gt or Cw lt DIRECT TX gt gt press Set lt DIRECT amp MEMORY Stamps all documents you scan for direct and TX gt memory sending lt DIRECT TX gt Stamps only documents you scan for direct sending STAMP ACTION _ Ta SETTINGS DIRECT Ta YePIHN CODE US 7 Press Stop to return to the Standby mode 10 20 Setting Up and Using the Optional Stamp Feature Turning the Stamp Feature ON OFF If you have set TX STAMP to TX STAMP ON documents are stamped according to the setting made in the STAMP ACTION menu Follow the procedure below to temporarily turn OFF the TX STAMP feature 1 Place your documents on the machine For instructions explaining how to
317. uments see Setting the Document on the Machine on p 3 3 DOCUMENT READY lt NOTE e You can adjust the resolution contrast and document type for scanning See Adjusting the Scan Settings on p 3 4 e You can also specify a sender s name with TTI Selector See Selecting a Sender s Name on p 3 6 Using Speed Dialing mo Coded Dia 2 Press Coded Dial enter the desired three digit code 000 127 using the numeric keys gt After five or ten seconds the machine starts to send the document TEL 123 4567 41 CANON CANADA If you are using Direct Sending you will see a series of brief alternating messages that tell you the machine is dialing calling then transmitting the document The number being dialed name of the other party and transaction number of the document are also displayed TRANSMIT KEES SCANHM IAG Pa HEI OOOO OSO OSO 2 34 Using Speed Dialing lt NOTE e To start scanning immediately press Start Otherwise the machine waits five or ten seconds before it starts to scan This timeout feature can be turned OFF See TX Send Settings on p 11 14 e The machine does not start dialing until you place your documents for sending If you dial the code before you place your documents the machine prompts you to set your documents SET DOCUMEHMT e If you press Coded Dial and enter a three digit code where no number has been registered the
318. uments can also be transferred to the same location specified with the settings of the Transfer mode lt NOTE If you are using the LASER CLASS 730i or LASER CLASS 720i you can specify an l Fax machine Personal Computer and FTP server as the destinations Before You Set Up the TX Document Archiving Note these important points before you set up the TX Document Archiving e The TX Document Archiving is active only in the case that the transfer settings have been already set and both the Transfer mode and lt 6 TX DOC ARCHIVING gt must be set to ON at the same time e The destinations of the TX Document Archiving are the same as the one touch or coded speed dialing keys specified in the Transfer mode If you specify day and time schedules for Transfer mode the TX Document Archiving will be switched automatically ON and OFF as day and time schedules specify You can also specify the one touch or coded speed dialing keys including fax Fax e mail and FTP server destinations LASER CLASS 730i or LASER CLASS 720i only e TX TYPE TX START SPEED and ECM Error Correction Mode are referred to the destinations specified with the one touch or coded speed dialing keys by the Transfer mode See Setting Up One Touch Speed Dialing on p 2 6 or Setting Up Coded Speed Dialing on p 2 15 If you do not register the settings of TX TYPE TX START SPEED and ECM to the one touch or coded speed dialing keys they are
319. ur machine the type of telephone line to which your machine is connected transmission start speed and reception start speed If you have installed the optional Dual Line Upgrade Kit this item appears on the LCD display Register your fax number See Registering the Machine s Telephone Number and Unit Name on p 1 19 This setting is required in the United States Set the telephone line type See Checking and Setting the Telephone Line on p 1 21 The telephone line is set for touch tone dialing The telephone line is set for rotary pulse dialing If you need to dial into an information service that requires touch tone dialing press Tone on the operation panel See Tone Dialing on a Pulse Line on p 10 4 Set the transmission speed for all documents you send Available settings 33600bps 14400bps 9600bps 7200bps 4800bps 2400bps Set the transmission speed for all documents you receive Available settings 33600bps 14400bps 9600bps 7200bps 4800bps 2400bps Register your name or company s name See Registering the Machine s Telephone Number and Unit Name on p 1 19 In the United States you are required to enter your name or company s name An asterisk indicates the default setting User Settings E ee 3 SENDER NAME 1 SENDER NAME REG 2 PERSONAL SETTINGS 1 SENDER FAX NUMBER USER TEL NUMBER OTHER FAX NUMBERS 2 MAIL ACCOUNT 4 TX TERMINAL ID
320. use The memory is full Remedy 1 If the document has been received in memory print the document See Printing a Document in Memory on p 9 18 Remedy 2 If documents have been received in confidential mailboxes print them See Receiving a Confidential Document on p 7 10 Remedy 3 Check the contents of the memory If there are unnecessary documents stored in memory delete them See Erasing a Document from Memory on p 9 22 Remedy 4 If you tried to send a document with the Ultra Fine Super Fine or Text Photo document setting try using the Direct Sending method or set the resolution to Fine or Text and send the document using Memory Sending MEMORY FULL PLEASE WAIT Cause The memory is full Remedy Wait until the current document transmission is completed Try sending your document again when the current transmission is complete NO DOC STORED Cause You tried to check the contents of the memory but no documents are currently stored in memory Remedy Store documents if necessary NOT AVAILABLE NOW Cause 1 You pressed a one touch speed dialing or Coded Dial followed by a three digit code that is not registered for the feature you are trying to use Remedy Try again without using the feature or assign the feature to the one touch speed dialing key or coded speed dialing code Cause 2 When using Manual Sending you pressed a one touch speed dialing key or coded speed d
321. while the machine is busy sending another document 1 Place your documents on the machine For instructions explaining how to place your documents see Setting the Document on the Machine on p 3 3 DOCUMENT READY lt NOTE e You can adjust the resolution contrast and document type for scanning See Adjusting the Scan Settings on p 3 4 e You can also specify a sender s name with TTI Selector See Selecting a Sender s Name on p 3 6 3 16 Overview of Sending Methods Start 2 Specify the destination You can specify the destination using regular dialing one touch speed dialing coded speed dialing access code dialing or directory dialing See Using Regular Dialing on p 3 8 Using Speed Dialing on p 2 32 or Using Directory Dialing on p 2 39 lt NOTE e When entering a number using regular dialing if you see that you have entered an incorrect digit press Delete to delete the rightmost digit gt enter the correct digit e You can also use Clear to clear the entire telephone number gt begin entering the telephone number again e If you notice that you made a mistake while the machine is dialing the number press Stop to return to the Standby mode gt start again 3 Press Start The machine starts scanning the first page into memory 2 NOTE e If you are using one touch or coded speed dialing with the timeout feature ON you
322. with the press of a one touch speed dialing key C IMPORTANT To use this feature you must first register a telephone number for one touch speed dialing See Setting Up One Touch Speed Dialing on p 2 6 1 Place your documents on the machine For instructions explaining how to place your documents see Setting the Document on the Machine on p 3 3 DOCUMENT READY lt NOTE e You can adjust the resolution contrast and document type for scanning See Adjusting the Scan Settings on p 3 4 e You can also specify a sender s name with TTI Selector See Selecting a Sender s Name on p 3 6 D 2 Press the desired one touch speed dialing key C O If you do not see the number of the key you want open the first or second one touch speed dialing panel to see more keys After five or ten seconds the machine starts to send the document TEL 123 4567 16 CANON U S A HY 2 32 Using Speed Dialing If you are using Direct Sending you will see a series of brief alternating messages that tell you the machine is dialing calling then transmitting the document The number being dialed name of the other party and transaction number of the document are also displayed TRAHSMIT HAS SCAHHIHG FP B i NOTE e To start scanning immediately press Start Otherwise the machine waits five or ten seconds before it starts to scan This timeout feature can be turned OFF See TX Send
323. y by pressing Redial Pause on the operation panel The last number called is the number redialed Glossary Manual sending Use manual sending when you have installed the optional handset kit or connected an extension telephone and you have to speak to the other party before you send the document You may have to do this to send transmissions to older fax machines Place the document on the machine then dial the number After the call connects if you hear a high pitched tone press Start to send the facsimile then hang up If the other party or the other fax machine does not answer hang up the handset If the other party answers tell them that you are going to send a facsimile transmission and that he she should press the start key on his her own machine Press Start on your machine then hang up the handset Memory broadcast Enables you to send one scanned document to a maximum of 210 destinations using one touch speed dialing coded speed dialing and regular dialing Dial the numbers sequentially when you send a document If you must do this frequently register the numbers for group dialing Memory file A document stored in memory is also called a memory file Memory list See document memory list Memory lock Usually a document is printed as soon as it is received but the memory lock feature forces all documents to be received in memory until you enter a password to print them This feature prevents printed documents
324. you have previously set a password Proceed to step 5 Otherwise proceed to step 6 5 Enter the password up to seven digits using the numeric keys press Set 00 0000 OOOO If you have not previously set a password proceed to step 6 CHANGE DATA CHANGE DATA PAsSHORD Hot 1 GROUP DIAL HAME 6 Press V or A to display the setting you want to change press Set o S To change the settings for an item follow the same procedure you used for the initial setup of the relay group See Setting Your Machine as a Relay Unit on p 6 3 CHANGE DATA 1 6R0UP DIAL HAME lt NOTE e To delete an item press Clear gt Set e To turn OFF the relay feature for the group and retain the group setup press V or A to display lt 10 RELAY B CAST gt gt press Set and turn this feature OFF You do not have to delete the relay group to disable it temporarily e To change the password for your relay group you have to first enter the old password it is not displayed as you enter it gt press Set gt enter a new password it is displayed as you enter it gt press Set Using a Relay Network o US 7 When you are finished making changes press Stop to return to the Standby mode 6 8 Setting Up and Using a Standard Relay Unit Deleting the Relay Group Follow this procedure to delete the relay group and all of its settings 1 Open all three one touch speed dialin
325. you will have these features set up in the very near future so we can enjory more efficient secure and ecomical facsimile communications For documents that you receive you can turn ON the RX PAGE FOOTER feature which displays the date time received transaction number and page number in the lower right corner of the document See RX Receive Settings on p 11 17 12 31 2002 TUE 03 57 TX RX NO 5015 7 001 Things You Must Do Before Using This Machine 1 17 Before You Start Using This Machine Registering the Current Date and Time Follow this procedure to set the current date and time Data Registration 08 Before You Start Using This Machine OOOO 0000 OS S o 2 Stop 2 1 Open all three one touch speed dialing panels 2 Press Data Registration 3 6 ADDITIONAL FUNCT IONS 1 PAPER SETTINGS Press v or a until lt 5 TIMER SETTINGS gt appears gt press Set ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONS _ TIMER SETTINGS Os TIMER SETTINGS 1 DATE TIME SETTING Press v or a until lt 1 DATE TIME SETTING gt appears gt press Set TIMER SETTINGS gt PATE TIME SETTIHG 1 DATE TIME SETTING 1 31 H2 16 55 Register the current date and time using the numeric keys Use 24 hour notation to enter the time e g 1 00 p m as 13 00 You can also press lt q or P to move the cursor without changing a number entry To restore the previous entry

Canon 700 Series User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents